[R26BK01786914] 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 제작 공고문 전문

===== 1. 공고문 (화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 제작 2026-8008)_제한경쟁.hwp =====

한국원자력연구원 입찰공고번호 : 2026-8008

제조 전자입찰 공고

※ 본 계약은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제5조의2에 따른 청렴계약제가 적용 되며, 입찰참가자는 ‘청렴계약 이행서약서 및 청렴계약 이행각서’에 관한 내용을 숙지하여 입찰에 참가하여야 하고 본 공고의 낙찰자는 계약체결 시 청렴계약 이행각서를 제출하여야 합니다. 동 내용을 위반한 경우 발주기관의 조치에 대하여 어떠한 이의도 제기 할 수 없습니다.

1. 입 찰 명 : 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 제작

* 사업예산 : 604,000,000원(VAT포함)

2. 계약기간 : 계약후 455일 이내

3. 입찰일시 : 마감일시까지 가격입찰(나라장터 투찰) 및 입찰서류 접수(접수방법 반드시 확인)가 모두 완료되어야 유효한 입찰로 인정함

구
분

일
시

장
소

사전규격공개 2026.10.14. ~ 2026.10.19 나라장터 가격입찰 및 기술제안서 접수

2026.10.22. ~ 2026.11.02. 11:00

나라장터 및 구매팀(가격입찰 및 기술제안서·구비서류 제출)

기술제안서 평가 ~2026.11.04. 18:00 우리 연구원 개찰 2026.11.05. 11:00

(개찰일시는 제안서 평가 진행 상황에 따라 변경될 수 있습니다.)

입찰담당관 PC

※ 무응찰, 단독응찰, 평가일정 등에 따라 개찰일시는 변경될 수 있음

4. 입찰·낙찰·계약방법 : 전자입찰, 규격·가격 동시입찰, 제한경쟁(총액계약)

5. 입찰참가 자격

가. 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령｣ 제12조 및 동법 시행규칙 제14조에 의한 자격요건을 구비한 업체

나. 입찰공고일 현재 은행 또는 법정관리, 화의개시 중에 있지 않고, 정부기관에 의한 부정당업체로 제재 중에 있지 않은 업체

다. 「중소기업제품 구매촉진 및 판로지원에 관한 법률」 제9조 및 같은 법 시행령 제10조에 의한 직접생산확인증명서[세부품명: 화재수신반 4618250401]를 소지한 자

라. 「중소기업기본법｣ 제2조 제2항에 따른 중·소기업 또는 「소상공인 보호 및 지원에 관한 법률｣ 제2조에 따른 소상공인으로서 「중소기업 범위 및 확인에 관한 규정｣에 따라 발급된 중·소기업 또는 소상공인확인서를 소지한 업체

* 중소기업·소상공인확인서는 ‘중소기업제품 공공구매 종합정보망(http://www.smpp.go.kr)’에서 확인이 안 될 경우 입찰 참가자격이 없습니다.(특별법인은 특별법인임을 확인할 수 있는 서류를 제출하여야 함)

* 전자입찰서 제출 마감일 전일까지 발급된 것으로 유효기간 내에 있어야 합니다.

마. 조달청 나라장터에 입찰참가자격등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 입찰참가자격을 등록하지 않은 자는 「국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정｣에 따라 기술제안서 접수 마감일 전일18:00까지 입찰참가자격등록을 하여야 합니다.

바. 나라장터 전자입찰 이용자 등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 전자입찰 이용자등록을 하지 않은 자는 지정 공인인증기관의 인증서를 교부 받은 후 「국가종합전자조달시스템 이용약관｣에 동의한 다음 나라장터에 이용자등록을 하여야 합니다.

사. 이 입찰에 참여하고자 하는 업체는 우리 연구원 품질보증부서 승인공급자목록에 “화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 상세설계 및 제조” 분야의 T 등급으로 등록되어 있어야 합니다.

*입찰공고일 현재 위 목록에 등록되지 아니한 업체가 입찰에 참여하기 위해서는 입찰접수 마감전일 기준으로 1주일 전까지 우리 연구원 품질보증부서에 자격심사를 신청하여야 합니다.

*자격심사 신청접수 및 관련 정보 제공처는 우리 연구원 품질보증부서(051-726-7618, 042-868-8873)이며, 공급자 승인 증빙서류를 구매팀으로 제출하여야 합니다.

*해외 공장실사가 요구되거나 공급업체의 귀책 사유로 인해 입찰접수 마감 전일까지 자격심사가 완료되지 못할 수도 있으며, 이 경우 우리 연구원은 이에 대한 책임을 지지 않습니다.

6. 입찰보증금 및 귀속

가. 입찰보증금의 납부는 입찰보증금액의 납부확약 내용이 명시된 조달청 나라장터 전자입찰서의 납부이행 지급각서로 갈음합니다.

나. 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령 제37조 및 제38조의 규정에 의거 입찰보증금의 국고귀속사유가 발생한 경우에는 입찰금액의 100분의 5에 해당하는 금액을 지체없이 납부하여야 합니다.

7. 기술제안서 및 구비서류 제출 가. 접수기간 : 위의 3. 입찰일시 참고

나. 제출방법 (hard-copy와 전자파일 모두 제출을 완료하여야 함)

1) hard-copy 제출 : 한국원자력연구원 본관동 1층 구매팀(대전광역시 유성구 대덕대로 989번길 111, 042-868-8734)

※ 제출자는 자료제출 후 제출장소에 비치된 기술입찰서(기술제안서) 접수대장 작성

※ 제출을 위한 방문 전날 16시까지 원자력연 E-biz(https://ebiz.kaeri.re.kr)에서 담당자(민상기) 앞으로 사전 방문신청 필수

2) 전자파일 제출 : 국가종합전자조달시스템 나라장터(https://www.g2b.go.kr)의 해당 입찰공고 페이지

※ 입찰자는 반드시 기술입찰서의 정상송신 여부를 확인하여야 하며, 미확인으로 발생되는 모든 책임은 입찰참가자에 있음

※ 필요할 경우 기술입찰 관련 문의를 위해 담당자 정보 입력 요망(이름, 메일, 연락처 등)

다. 입찰등록 및 계약 구비서류 (직접 제출대상인 hard-copy 기준이며, 해당자료 각 1부를 나라장터를 통해서도 제출)

1) A4 규격의 기술(규격)입찰서 (제안서 및 요약서 등) 6부(원본1, 사본5) hard-copy 제출

기술입찰서는 분량제한없으나 요약서의 경우는 PDF 25페이지 이내

세부 작성요령 : 첨부의 제안요청서 파일 참조 (제출서류 확인)

2) 사업자등록증(사본), 인감증명원, 사용인감계(필요시), 법인등기부등본(법인에 한함), 거래은행통장사본 각 1부

* 우리 연구원 등록업체는 위의 서류를 “거래업체등록필증”으로 갈음할 수 있음

3) 공고 게시일 이후 나라장터에서 등록 또는 갱신하여 출력한 경쟁입찰참가자격등록증 전체페이지 1부

4) 중·소기업 또는 소상공인확인서 1부

※ 참가자격 확인을 위하여 필요시에는 관계기관이 발행한 증빙서류를 참가자에게 요구할 수 있음

5) 직접생산확인증명서 [세부품명: 화재수신반 4618250401] 1부

6) 우리 연구원 품질보증부서가 발행한 공급자 승인 증빙서류(“화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 상세설계 및 제조” 분야의 T 등급)

7) (입찰안내서 등에서 별도로 요청할 경우) 기타 평가에 필요한 자료 각 1부

8. 가격입찰서 제출

가. 본 입찰은 전자입찰 입찰자 신원확인제도가 적용됨에 따라 개인인증서를 보유한 대표자 또는 사전에 등록된 입찰대리인만이 입찰서 제출이 가능합니다.

나. 전자입찰서는 지정된 기간 내에 조달청국가종합전자시스템을 통하여 송신되어야 합니다.

다. 입찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 입찰금액은 반드시 부가가치세를 포함한 가격으로 투찰해야 하며, 입찰결과 낙찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 계약금액은 낙찰금액에서 부가가치세 상당액을 차감한 금액으로 합니다.

라. 본 입찰의 예정가격 작성방식은 단일예가 방식이며, 사업예산은 다음과 같습니다.

* 사업예산 : 604,000,000원(VAT포함)

9. 낙찰자 결정방법 : 기술(규격)입찰서 적격자 중 예정가격 이하 최저투찰자

가. 기술(규격)제안서 평가 결과 적정점수 이상의 점수를 획득한 업체에 한해 적격자로 판정하며, 적격자를 대상으로 가격입찰서를 개찰하여 예정가격 이하의 최저가 입찰자를 낙찰자로 선정합니다.(동일가격으로 입찰한 최저가 입찰자가 2인 이상인 경우에는 제안서 평가 점수가 고득점인 자를 낙찰자로 결정, 제안서 평가 점수 또한 동점인 경우 추첨을 통해 결정)

나. 기술(규격)적격자가 2인 이상인 경우로서 가격개찰 결과, 예정가격 이하로 입찰한 자가 없을 때에는 당해 기술(규격)적격자를 대상으로 다시 가격입찰을 실시할 수 있습니다.

* 낙찰자는 낙찰 후 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 하며, 정당한 사유 없이 계약을 체결하지 않을 경우 부정당업자 제재 등 불이익을 받을 수 있습니다.

10. 무효입찰

가. 우리 연구원 계약업무요령 제23조의 규정(입찰참가자격이 없는 자가 행한 입찰 등), 국가계약법시행령 제39조 3항, 동법 시행규칙 제44조에 해당하는 경우에는 그 입찰을 무효로 합니다.

나. 입찰참가자격등록상의 상호 및 대표자(수인대표인 경우 대표자 전원의 성명을 모두 등재, 각자 대표도 해당)가 법인등기부등본상의 상호, 대표자와 다른 경우에는 입찰 참가자격등록증을 변경등록하고 입찰에 참여하여야 하며, 변경등록하지 않고 참여한 입찰은 무효입찰임을 알려드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.

다. 입찰참가자격의 판단기준일은 입찰참가자격등록일 마감일(기준일이 정해져 있는 경우에는 해당일)이며 마감일(일시가 정해져 있는 경우에는 해당 일시)까지 참가자격을 갖추지 않은 경우 무효입찰을 알려드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.

라. 국가계약법 시행규칙 제44조 및 제조입찰유의서 제12조에 정한 입찰무효 해당여부 확인을 위하여 등록정보 확인을 위한 서류(법인등기부등본, 입찰대리인임을 확인할 수 있는 서류, 관련되는 면허 등을 증명하는 서류 등)를 요청하는 경우, 낙찰대상자는 관계서류를 수요기관으로 제출하여야 합니다.

11. 청렴계약 이행준수

본 입찰에 참가하고자 하는 자는 청렴계약이행을 위한 조달청 청렴계약 입찰특별 유의서 및 청렴계약 특수조건을 숙지하고 입찰에 참가하여야 하며 낙찰자는 계약 시 소정의 청렴계약이행각서를 첨부하여야 합니다.

12. 기 타

가. 본 입찰과 관련한 사업내용 및 제안서 내용, 평가 등은 붙임문서를 참조하시기 바랍니다.

나. 입찰공고내용이 붙임문서와 상이한 경우에는 본 공고서 내용이 우선하며, 공고서에 없는 사항은 붙임문서에 의합니다.

다. 입찰자는 입찰공고, 법령 및 계약예규, 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서, 국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정, 입찰유의서, 계약조건 등 본 입찰에 관련한 제반사항을 완전히 숙지하고 입찰에 응하여야 하며, 이를 숙지하지 못한 책임은 입찰자에게 있습니다.

* 법령 및 계약예규 : 국가법령정보센터(http://www.law.go.kr)

* 조달청 고시 등 : 조달청 홈페이지(http://pps.go.kr) → 정보제공 → 업무별 자료

라. 전자입찰 참가희망업체의 전산장비 등의 사유로 인하여 전자입찰등록 및 투찰이 곤란한 경우에는 나라장터 Call Center(1588-0800)에 문의하여 주시기 바라며, 위와 같은 문제로 발생되는 모든 책임은 입찰참가자에게 있습니다.

마. 법령(국세징수법 등)에 따라 4대 사회보험료, 국세 및 지방세 미납 낙찰업체에게는 (세액 납부 완료 시까지)일체의 대금 지급이 불가하오니, 입찰 시 참고하시기 바랍니다.(대금지급 전 4대 보험료 및 국세/지방세 납부 완납 증명서 제출하여야 함)

바. 낙찰자는 낙찰통지를 받은 후 3일 이내에 물품 제조원가계산서(산출내역서)를 제출하여야 하며, 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 합니다. 낙찰자가 계약을 체결하지 않을 때에는 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 제9조 제3항 및 동법 시행령 제38조의 규정에 의하여 입찰보증금이 국고로 귀속됩니다.

사. 직접생산을 요구하는 계약에서 계약상대자가 직접생산 확인기준을 위반한 사실이 확인된 경우 계약해지, 계약보증금 국고 귀속, 입찰참가자격제한 등의 조치가 가해질 수 있습니다. 다만, 해당 계약물품을 직접생산 확인기준을 위반하여 제조･납품한 사실이 없는 경우에는 입찰참가자격제한 조치는 제외할 수 있습니다.

아. 이 입찰 공고 건은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령」 제73조와 「(계약예규) 정부 입찰․계약집행기준」 제19장에 따라 기성대가 및 준공대가 지급 시 국민건강보험료 등을 사후 정산하게 됩니다. 입찰참가자는 입찰금액 산정 시 예정가격에 반영된 아래의 국민건강보험료 등의 금액(부가가치세 제외)을 조정 없이 반영하여야 합니다.

자. 계약자는 계약체결 이후 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한 법률 」 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·보건에 관한 의무를 준수하여야 하며, 입찰자는 현장여건, 과업내용 등을 미리 확인하여 이와 관련된 제반비용을 입찰가격에 반영하여야 합니다. 수요기관은 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한 법률 시행령」 제4조 제9호에 따라 계약자가 동 법 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·보건에 관한 의무를 준수하는지 평가·점검할 수 있으며, 계약자는 수요기관이 평가·점검을 실시하는 경우 이에 협조하여야 합니다.

차. 아래 관련규정은 입찰 공고일 기준 현행 규정을 적용합니다.

(조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서

(조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정

- (계약예규) 물품구매(제조) 입찰유의서 - (계약예규) 정부 입찰·계약 집행기준 - (계약예규) 물품구매(제조)계약 일반조건

(조달청 지침) 물품구매(제조)계약 특수조건

(조달청 지침) 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건

(조달청 지침) 물품구매계약 품질관리 특수조건

(조달청 고시) 조달 물자의 하자처리 등 사후관리에 관한 규정

카. 본 입찰과 관련한 기술적인 사항, 평가 및 낙찰 이후의 제작 협의는 발주부서 담당자(T. 010-5228-7464,
[email protected])로, 기타 계약관련 사항은 구매팀(T.042-868-8734, [email protected])으로 문의하여 주시기 바랍니다.

위와 같이 공고함 2026. 10. 한 국 원 자 력 연 구 원 장

===== 1. 공고문 (화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 제작 2026-8008)_제한경쟁.pdf =====
한국원자력연구원 입찰공고번호 : 2026-8008

제조 전자입찰 공고
※ 본 계약은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제5조의2에 따른 청렴계약제가 적용
되며, 입찰참가자는 ‘청렴계약 이행서약서 및 청렴계약 이행각서’에 관한 내용을 숙지하여 입찰에 참
가하여야 하고 본 공고의 낙찰자는 계약체결 시 청렴계약 이행각서를 제출하여야 합니다. 동 내용을
위반한 경우 발주기관의 조치에 대하여 어떠한 이의도 제기 할 수 없습니다.

1. 입 찰 명 : 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 제작
* 사업예산 : 604,000,000원(VAT포함)

2. 계약기간 : 계약후 455일 이내
3. 입찰일시 : 마감일시까지 가격입찰(나라장터 투찰) 및 입찰서류 접수(접수방법 반드시 확인)가
모두 완료되어야 유효한 입찰로 인정함
구

분 일 사전규격공개 시 장 소 2026.10.14. ~ 2026.10.19 나라장터

가격입찰 및
기술제안서 접수

2026.10.22. ~ 2026.11.02. 11:00

나라장터 및
구매팀(가격입찰 및
기술제안서·구비서류 제출)

기술제안서 평가 ~2026.11.04. 18:00 우리 연구원 2026.11.05. 11:00 입찰담당관 PC 개찰

(개찰일시는 제안서 평가 진행 상황에 따라 변경될 수 있습니다.)

※ 무응찰, 단독응찰, 평가일정 등에 따라 개찰일시는 변경될 수 있음

4. 입찰·낙찰·계약방법 : 전자입찰, 규격·가격 동시입찰, 제한경쟁(총액계약)

5. 입찰참가 자격
가. 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령｣ 제12조 및 동법 시행규칙 제14조에 의한 자격
요건을 구비한 업체
나. 입찰공고일 현재 은행 또는 법정관리, 화의개시 중에 있지 않고, 정부기관에 의한 부정당업체로
제재 중에 있지 않은 업체
다. 「중소기업제품 구매촉진 및 판로지원에 관한 법률」 제9조 및 같은 법 시행령 제10조에 의한 직접
생산확인증명서[세부품명: 화재수신반 4618250401]를 소지한 자
라. 「중소기업기본법｣ 제2조 제2항에 따른 중·소기업 또는 「소상공인 보호 및 지원에 관한 법률｣

제2조에 따른 소상공인으로서 「중소기업 범위 및 확인에 관한 규정｣에 따라 발급된 중·소기업
또는 소상공인확인서를 소지한 업체
* 중소기업·소상공인확인서는 ‘중소기업제품 공공구매 종합정보망(http://www.smpp.go.kr)’에서
확인이 안 될 경우 입찰 참가자격이 없습니다.(특별법인은 특별법인임을 확인할 수 있는
서류를 제출하여야 함)
* 전자입찰서 제출 마감일 전일까지 발급된 것으로 유효기간 내에 있어야 합니다.
마. 조달청 나라장터에 입찰참가자격등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 입찰참가자격을 등록하지 않은
자는 「국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정｣에 따라 기술제안서 접수 마감일 전일
18:00까지 입찰참가자격등록을 하여야 합니다.
바. 나라장터 전자입찰 이용자 등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 전자입찰 이용자등록을 하지 않은 자는
지정 공인인증기관의 인증서를 교부 받은 후 「국가종합전자조달시스템 이용약관｣에 동의한
다음 나라장터에 이용자등록을 하여야 합니다.
사. 이 입찰에 참여하고자 하는 업체는 우리 연구원 품질보증부서 승인공급자목록에 “화재수신반
및 워크스테이션 상세설계 및 제조” 분야의 T 등급으로 등록되어 있어야 합니다.
*입찰공고일 현재 위 목록에 등록되지 아니한 업체가 입찰에 참여하기 위해서는 입찰접수 마감
전일 기준으로 1주일 전까지 우리 연구원 품질보증부서에 자격심사를 신청하여야 합니다.
*자격심사

신청접수 및 관련 정보 제공처는 우리 연구원 품질보증부서(051-726-7618,

042-868-8873)이며, 공급자 승인 증빙서류를 구매팀으로 제출하여야 합니다.
*해외 공장실사가 요구되거나 공급업체의 귀책 사유로 인해 입찰접수 마감 전일까지 자격심사가
완료되지 못할 수도 있으며, 이 경우 우리 연구원은 이에 대한 책임을 지지 않습니다.

6. 입찰보증금 및 귀속
가. 입찰보증금의 납부는 입찰보증금액의 납부확약 내용이 명시된 조달청 나라장터 전자입찰서의
납부이행 지급각서로 갈음합니다.
나. 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령 제37조 및 제38조의 규정에 의거 입찰보증금의
국고귀속사유가 발생한 경우에는 입찰금액의 100분의 5에 해당하는 금액을 지체없이 납부하여야 합니다.

7. 기술제안서 및 구비서류 제출
가. 접수기간 : 위의 3. 입찰일시 참고
나. 제출방법 (hard-copy와 전자파일 모두 제출을 완료하여야 함)
1) hard-copy 제출 : 한국원자력연구원 본관동 1층 구매팀(대전광역시 유성구 대덕대로 989번길 111, 042-868-8734)
※ 제출자는 자료제출 후 제출장소에 비치된 기술입찰서(기술제안서) 접수대장 작성
※ 제출을 위한 방문 전날 16시까지 원자력연 E-biz(https://ebiz.kaeri.re.kr)에서 담당자(민상기)
앞으로 사전 방문신청 필수
2) 전자파일 제출 : 국가종합전자조달시스템 나라장터(https://www.g2b.go.kr)의 해당 입찰공고 페이지
※ 입찰자는 반드시 기술입찰서의 정상송신 여부를 확인하여야 하며, 미확인으로 발생되는 모든

책임은 입찰참가자에 있음
※ 필요할 경우 기술입찰 관련 문의를 위해 담당자 정보 입력 요망(이름, 메일, 연락처 등)
다. 입찰등록 및 계약 구비서류 (직접 제출대상인 hard-copy 기준이며, 해당자료 각 1부를 나라장터를
통해서도 제출)
1) A4 규격의 기술(규격)입찰서 (제안서 및 요약서 등) 6부(원본1, 사본5) hard-copy 제출

기술입찰서는 분량제한없으나 요약서의 경우는 PDF 25페이지 이내
세부 작성요령 : 첨부의 제안요청서 파일 참조 (제출서류 확인)

2) 사업자등록증(사본), 인감증명원, 사용인감계(필요시), 법인등기부등본(법인에 한함), 거래은행
통장사본 각 1부
* 우리 연구원 등록업체는 위의 서류를 “거래업체등록필증”으로 갈음할 수 있음
3) 공고 게시일 이후 나라장터에서 등록 또는 갱신하여 출력한 경쟁입찰참가자격등록증 전체페이지 1부
4) 중·소기업 또는 소상공인확인서 1부
※ 참가자격 확인을 위하여 필요시에는 관계기관이 발행한 증빙서류를 참가자에게 요구할 수 있음
5) 직접생산확인증명서 [세부품명: 화재수신반 4618250401] 1부
6) 우리 연구원 품질보증부서가 발행한 공급자 승인 증빙서류(“화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 상세설계
및 제조” 분야의 T 등급)
7) (입찰안내서 등에서 별도로 요청할 경우) 기타 평가에 필요한 자료 각 1부

8. 가격입찰서 제출
가. 본 입찰은 전자입찰 입찰자 신원확인제도가 적용됨에 따라 개인인증서를 보유한 대표자 또는
사전에 등록된 입찰대리인만이 입찰서 제출이 가능합니다.
나. 전자입찰서는 지정된 기간 내에 조달청국가종합전자시스템을 통하여 송신되어야 합니다.
다. 입찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 입찰금액은 반드시 부가가치세를 포함한 가격으로 투찰해야
하며, 입찰결과 낙찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 계약금액은 낙찰금액에서 부가가치세 상당액을
차감한 금액으로 합니다.
라. 본 입찰의 예정가격 작성방식은 단일예가 방식이며, 사업예산은 다음과 같습니다.
* 사업예산 : 604,000,000원(VAT포함)

9. 낙찰자 결정방법 : 기술(규격)입찰서 적격자 중 예정가격 이하 최저투찰자
가. 기술(규격)제안서 평가 결과 적정점수 이상의 점수를 획득한 업체에 한해 적격자로 판정하며,
적격자를 대상으로 가격입찰서를 개찰하여 예정가격 이하의 최저가 입찰자를 낙찰자로 선정
합니다.(동일가격으로 입찰한 최저가 입찰자가 2인 이상인 경우에는 제안서 평가 점수가 고득점인
자를 낙찰자로 결정, 제안서 평가 점수 또한 동점인 경우 추첨을 통해 결정)
나. 기술(규격)적격자가 2인 이상인 경우로서 가격개찰 결과, 예정가격 이하로 입찰한 자가 없을
때에는 당해 기술(규격)적격자를 대상으로 다시 가격입찰을 실시할 수 있습니다.
* 낙찰자는 낙찰 후 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 하며, 정당한 사유 없이 계약을 체결하지
않을 경우 부정당업자 제재 등 불이익을 받을 수 있습니다.

10. 무효입찰
가. 우리 연구원 계약업무요령 제23조의 규정(입찰참가자격이 없는 자가 행한 입찰 등), 국가계약법
시행령 제39조 3항, 동법 시행규칙 제44조에 해당하는 경우에는 그 입찰을 무효로 합니다.
나. 입찰참가자격등록상의 상호 및 대표자(수인대표인 경우 대표자 전원의 성명을 모두 등재,
각자 대표도 해당)가 법인등기부등본상의 상호, 대표자와 다른 경우에는 입찰 참가자격등록증을
변경등록하고 입찰에 참여하여야 하며, 변경등록하지 않고 참여한 입찰은 무효입찰임을 알려
드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.
다. 입찰참가자격의 판단기준일은 입찰참가자격등록일 마감일(기준일이 정해져 있는 경우에는
해당일)이며 마감일(일시가 정해져 있는 경우에는 해당 일시)까지 참가자격을 갖추지 않은
경우 무효입찰을 알려드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.
라. 국가계약법 시행규칙 제44조 및 제조입찰유의서 제12조에 정한 입찰무효 해당여부 확인을
위하여 등록정보 확인을 위한 서류(법인등기부등본, 입찰대리인임을 확인할 수 있는 서류,
관련되는 면허 등을 증명하는 서류 등)를 요청하는 경우, 낙찰대상자는 관계서류를 수요기관
으로 제출하여야 합니다.

11. 청렴계약 이행준수
본 입찰에 참가하고자 하는 자는 청렴계약이행을 위한 조달청 청렴계약 입찰특별 유의서 및
청렴계약 특수조건을 숙지하고 입찰에 참가하여야 하며 낙찰자는 계약 시 소정의 청렴계약이행
각서를 첨부하여야 합니다.

12. 기 타
가. 본 입찰과 관련한 사업내용 및 제안서 내용, 평가 등은 붙임문서를 참조하시기 바랍니다.
나. 입찰공고내용이 붙임문서와 상이한 경우에는 본 공고서 내용이 우선하며, 공고서에 없는
사항은 붙임문서에 의합니다.
다. 입찰자는 입찰공고, 법령 및 계약예규, 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서, 국가종합
전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정, 입찰유의서, 계약조건 등 본 입찰에 관련한 제반사항을
완전히 숙지하고 입찰에 응하여야 하며, 이를 숙지하지 못한 책임은 입찰자에게 있습니다.
* 법령 및 계약예규 : 국가법령정보센터(http://www.law.go.kr)
* 조달청 고시 등 : 조달청 홈페이지(http://pps.go.kr) → 정보제공 → 업무별 자료
라. 전자입찰 참가희망업체의 전산장비 등의 사유로 인하여 전자입찰등록 및 투찰이 곤란한 경우
에는 나라장터 Call Center(1588-0800)에 문의하여 주시기 바라며, 위와 같은 문제로 발생되는
모든 책임은 입찰참가자에게 있습니다.
마. 법령(국세징수법 등)에 따라 4대 사회보험료, 국세 및 지방세 미납 낙찰업체에게는 (세액 납부
완료 시까지)일체의 대금 지급이 불가하오니, 입찰 시 참고하시기 바랍니다.(대금지급 전 4대
보험료 및 국세/지방세 납부 완납 증명서 제출하여야 함)

바. 낙찰자는 낙찰통지를 받은 후 3일 이내에 물품 제조원가계산서(산출내역서)를 제출하여야
하며, 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 합니다. 낙찰자가 계약을 체결하지 않을 때에는 국가를
당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 제9조 제3항 및 동법 시행령 제38조의 규정에 의하여 입찰
보증금이 국고로 귀속됩니다.
사. 직접생산을 요구하는 계약에서 계약상대자가 직접생산 확인기준을 위반한 사실이 확인된 경우
계약해지, 계약보증금 국고 귀속, 입찰참가자격제한 등의 조치가 가해질 수 있습니다. 다만,
해당 계약물품을 직접생산 확인기준을 위반하여 제조･납품한 사실이 없는 경우에는 입찰참
가자격제한 조치는 제외할 수 있습니다.
아. 이 입찰 공고 건은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령」 제73조와 「(계약예규)
정부 입찰․계약집행기준」 제19장에 따라 기성대가 및 준공대가 지급 시 국민건강보험료 등을
사후 정산하게 됩니다. 입찰참가자는 입찰금액 산정 시 예정가격에 반영된 아래의 국민건강보험료
등의 금액(부가가치세 제외)을 조정 없이 반영하여야 합니다.
자. 계약자는 계약체결 이후 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한 법률 」 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·
보건에 관한 의무를 준수하여야 하며, 입찰자는 현장여건, 과업내용 등을 미리 확인하여 이와
관련된 제반비용을 입찰가격에 반영하여야 합니다. 수요기관은 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한
법률 시행령」

제4조 제9호에 따라 계약자가 동 법 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·보건에

관한 의무를 준수하는지 평가·점검할 수 있으며, 계약자는 수요기관이 평가·점검을 실시하는
경우 이에 협조하여야 합니다.
차. 아래 관련규정은 입찰 공고일 기준 현행 규정을 적용합니다.

(조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서
(조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정
(계약예규) 물품구매(제조) 입찰유의서
(계약예규) 정부 입찰·계약 집행기준
(계약예규) 물품구매(제조)계약 일반조건
(조달청 지침) 물품구매(제조)계약 특수조건
(조달청 지침) 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건
(조달청 지침) 물품구매계약 품질관리 특수조건
(조달청 고시) 조달 물자의 하자처리 등 사후관리에 관한 규정

위와 같이 공고함
2026. 10.

한 국 원 자 력 연 구 원 장

===== 붙임1. KJ-567-KG-427-001_R3_화재수신반및워크스테이션_구매_과업지시서(260919).pdf =====
PROPRIETARY

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션(T/S class) 구매 과업지시서
Doc. No. :

KJ-567-KG-427-001 Rev. No. : 3

SHIN SUNG KEE
Prepared by :

2026-09-21

Construction
Management

Signature

최민호
Reviewed by :

2026-09-21

공사관리팀 Group
Manager

Signature

ChansikCho
Reviewed by :

Quality Assurance Group
Manager

Signature

Construction Management
Site Manager(SM)

Signature

Kijang Research Reactor Design &
Construction Agency Manager(PM)

Date
2026-09-21

Signature

Min-Hwan Kim
Approved by :

Date
2026-09-21

(代)

HA SUNG WOOK
Reviewed by :

Date
2026-09-21

시공기술팀 Group
Manager
Nam Ji-hee

Reviewed by : Date

Date
2026-09-21

Signature Date

This document is the property of the Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute (KAERI) and is to be
used only for the purpose of the agreement with KAERI pursuant to which it is furnished.

1/2

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

Revision History
Document Title :

수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션(T/S class) 구매 과업지시서

Document No. : KJ-567-KG-427-001

Rev.
No.

Section or Page Date

Description of Revision
(Including the Revision Reason)

Rev. No. : 3

Prepared
by

Approved
by

SHIN SUNG Min-Hwan
KEE
Kim

0 2024-07-19 Full Revision 1

1.2.2.(2) 품질요건
2024-12-13 명시, 1.2.4.(1) 과 품질요건 명시, 납품기일 수정
업기간 수정

2 2025-02-17

1.2.2.(2) 시스템호
화재감지경보시스템과의 호환성 요건추가
환성 요건 추가

SHIN SUNG Min-Hwan
KEE
Kim

3 2026-09-21

1.2.3.(3) , 1.2.4.(1) 시운전조건부계약 명시, 과업기간 수정 및 납품
, 1.2.4.(3), 2.1.(4) 조건 명시, 계약일반조건 최신본 적용

SHIN SUNG Min-Hwan
KEE
Kim

Section or page
including TBD

Initial issue

SHIN SUNG Min-Hwan
KEE
Kim

N/A 2/2

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

1/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

목 차 1.0

과업(구매) 일반사항 --------------------------------

2 1.1

사업개요 ----------------------------------------

2 1.2

과업역무 범위 -----------------------------------

2 1.3

과업 일반사항 -----------------------------------

과업 특수사항 ------------------------------------

10 2.1

지식 재산권의 침해 -----------------------------

10 2.2

품질보증 ---------------------------------------

10 2.3

표준 및 공정관리 -------------------------------

13 2.4

포장, 납품 및 검사 -----------------------------

14 2.5

대가지급 ---------------------------------------

18 2.6

하자보수보증 -----------------------------------

18 2.0

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

2/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

1.0 과업(구매) 일반사항
1.1

사업 개요

한국원자력연구원(이하 “발주자”)은 부산시 기장군에 수출용신형연구로 (이하
“기장로”)라고 명칭한 15MW 연구용원자로 1기를 건설 예정이다. 이 기장로는
부산광역시 기장군 장안읍 동남권 의과학산업단지 내에 있다.
1.2

과업 역무범위 1.2.1 과업명 및 공급 기기

본 과업지시서는 “수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 (Fire Alarm
Control Panel & Workstation)”공급에 적용한다.
화재수신반 및 워크스테이션의 공급 업무는 아래와 같은 기기 품목들을 포함하
고, 기술규격 요건과 설계도서에 따른 해석 및 설계, 자재 및 부품구매, 제작, 공
장 성능시험, 운송, 설치 지원, 성능시험, 시운전 지원업무 등을 포함하며 상세
한 사항은 설계시방서 (KJ-567-DE-416-001 Design Specification for Fire
Detection and Alarm System) 내용을 따른다.
기기 설계 단계에서 계통 내 기기(필요시 계측기 포함)의 크기 및 수량은 발주자
의 승인 후 변동될 수 있다. 설치에 필요한 모든 부품과 설치, 운전 및 유지보수
에 필요한 모든 부품 및 전용 공구는 공급자가 준비하는 것을 원칙으로 하되, 필
요시 협의할 수 있다.
1.2.2

품목별 적용 설계, 기술규격 및 역무범위

(1) 품목별 적용 설계 및 기술규격

KJ-567-DE-416-001 : Design Specification for Fire Detection and Alarm System
Enclosures of the electrical equipment는 NEMA 12에 따라 제작

(2) 공급 대상기기

화재수신반 및 워크스테이션은 수출용신형연구로 화재감지경보시스템

(Fire Detection and Alarm System)과 호환되는 제품이여야 한다.
구 분
MODULE(중계기)

DETECTOR &
LOCAL DEVICE
(감지기 & 기타)

품 명
ADDRESSABLE INPUT MODULE
(입력중계기)
ADDRESSABLE OUTPUT MODULE
(출력중계기)
PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR
(광전식 연기감지기)
FIXED TYPET HEAT DETECTOR
(정온식 열감지기)
HORN / STROBE (혼&스트로브)

사 양
일반 옥내형,
1 IN / 0 OUT
일반 옥내형,
0 IN/ 1 OUT

제조사 모델명 SIMPLEX 4090-9001 SIMPLEX 4090-9002 아날로그형 SIMPLEX 4098-9714 아날로그형 SIMPLEX 4098-9734 SIMPLEX 4903-9417 - 2 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

3/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

화재수신반(Fire Alarm Control Panel) 및 워크스테이션(Workstation)

품 명 규 격 수 량

Quality
Class

1 EA T 1 EA S 1 EA S 1 EA S 1 EA S

자립형, 120VAC, 50Hz~60Hz,
1

Main Fire Alarm Receiving &

3000 Address 3000/1600회로,

Control Panel (Type R),

24시간 감시, 5분동작, Draw-out type,

주수신기(R형) [KJ-567-FA-001]

Seismic category II,
Calculation and Channel Base 공급※주1)
21인치 LED모니터, Window 10 이상, RAM 4GB이상,
200GB HDD이상, CPU Quad core 이상,

2 Workstation, LAN 100Mbps 2Port 이상, 워크스테이션

UPS, Desk포함,
주수신기의 Reflection 개념으로 주수신기와 별도
Room에서 모니터링 필요

Local Fire Alarm Receiving &
3

Control Panel (Type R),
부수신기(R형) [KJ-567-FA-002]

Local Fire Alarm Receiving &
4

Control Panel (Type R),
부수신기(R형) [KJ-567-FA-003]

자립형, 120VAC, 50Hz~60Hz,
2000 Address 2000/400회로(RI),
2000/110회로(RW),
24시간 감시, 5분동작
자립형, 120VAC, 50Hz~60Hz,
2000 Address 2000/400회로(RI),
2000/110회로(RW),
24시간 감시, 5분동작

Local Fire Alarm Receiving &

벽부형, 120VAC, 60Hz, Control Panel (Type P), 32/20회로, 부수신기(P형) [KJ-567-FA-004] 24시간 감시, 5분동작

※주 1) KJ-567-DE-416-001 Design Specification 1.2.6 참조

(3) 상세역무범위

화재수신반 및 워크스테이션의 기기 설계, 제작, 도장, 검사, 공장성능시

험, 청결유지, 포장, 운송은 공급자 역무에 포함하는 것을 원칙으로 하나,
불필요함이 명확하다고 판단되는 경우 발주자의 승인을 득한 후 제외 할
수 있다.

화재수신반 및 워크스테이션의 성능시험(System Performance Test)을 포

함한 모든 시운전시 기술지원 업무도 포함하는 것을 원칙으로 하나, 과업
에 미치는 영향을 고려하여 발주자와 협의할 수 있다.

설계도면(Engineering drawing)에 따른 제작 도면(shop detail drawing)은

발주자의 승인을 득한 후에 제작에 착수하여야 한다.

적용 Codes & Standards를 변경할 시 발주자와 협의 및 승인을 득한 후

수행한다.

공급자는 필요시 설비의 작동성 확인을 위해 목업(mock-up) 시험을 수행

해야 하며, 모든 시험 결과는 보고서의 형태로 제출해야 한다. 이는 가급
적 요구되나 불필요 하다고 판단되는 경우 발주자의 승인을 득한 후 제외
할 수 있다.

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

1.2.3 공급 요건 및 특기 사항

(1) 공급자는 품목별 기술규격서에서 요구하는 재료/부품 구매, 설계, 제작,
성능시험 또는 성능검증을 만족시켜야 하고, 과업지시서 및 설계시방서,
기술규격서에서 요구하는 제출문서 들을 모두 제출하여야 한다.
(2) 관련 역무 범위는 본 과업지시서에 기술된 역무 범위와 설계시방서
(KJ-567-DE-416-001 Design Specification for Fire Detection and Alarm
System) 내용에 따르며, 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서의 요건에 따라 공급
자의 설계 및 해석 업무, 공장성능시험 및 성능 검증 업무를 포함하는
것을 원칙으로 하나, 인허가 등에 문제가 없고 명확히 불필요하다고 판
단되는 경우 발주자의 승인을 득한 후 일부 제외 할 수 있다. 또한 현장
설치에 필요한 모든 물품은 공급자가 준비하여야 한다.
(3) 공급자는 납품시 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건(조달청지침 제7356호,
'26.01.01.)에 따라 납품 검사 완료일로부터 시운전 종료일까지의『시운전
성능이행 보증』을 하여야 하며, 시운전을 통해 성능을 확인한 후 제2.6
항에 의한 하자보수보증을 하여야 한다.
(4) 발주자는 시운전시 성능시험을 수행하여 납품한 물품의 성능 요건을 검
사하며, 공급자는 성능 불만족 시 설계시방서 및 기술규격서의 요건 대로
성능을 구현하기 위한 조치를 취하는 등 시운전 지원 업무를 수행하여야
한다.
(5) 기술규격에 맞지 않는 제품은 계약 후 SDDR 등을 제출하여 변경 승인을
득한 후 제작하여야 한다.
1.2.4 과업기간 및 납품 특기사항
(1) 과업기간은 계약일로부터 16개월 이내로 한다.

최초 초도납품은 계약후 3개월 이내
현장 공정에 따른 발주자와 협의 분할 납품 조건

(2) 납품은 가능한 현장설치 일정에 따라 납품이 가능하도록 제작일정을 관리
하여야 하고, 계약 후 발주자와 협의된 일정에 맞추어 제작 착수 시점과 납품
시점을 조정하여야 한다. 현장설치 일정변경으로 인해 납품시점이 지연
될 경우 공급자 책임하에 제품 품질에 문제가 발생하지 않도록 적절히 보관
되어야 한다.
(3) 납품조건: 부산광역시 기장군 장안읍 동남권 의과학산업단지 내 현장 / 납품
장소 차상도 조건.

- 4 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

4/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

1.3 과업 일반사항

1.3.1 수행계획서
(1) 공급자는 계약체결 후 30일 이내에 아래 내용을 포함하는 과업수행계획서를
제출하여야 한다. 발주자가 승인한 과업 수행계획서 내용 개정은 발주자의
재 승인을 받아야 한다.

과업수행 체계 : 조직 및 인력 투입계획
과업수행 계획 : 기기설계(응력해석 포함), (필요시) 제작(구매 포함), 납품

(운송 포함) 계획 등

품질관리 계획 : 품질보증 및 품질관리계획, 제출문서 목록 및 문서관리 계획
공장 성능시험, 현장설치 후 시험계획 및 절차 : 공장 성능시험 등
기술지원 계획 : 시운전 성능시험 등
기타 : 하도급을 포함하는 경우 하도급 업무 및 일정 관리 계획

※ 아래 도서는 각각의 파일로 제출되어야 한다.
a. 서류목록 (List of Documents and Drawings)
b. 서류제출 일정 (Document Submittal Schedule)
c. 품질증빙서류 (Quality Verification Documents ; QVD)
(2) 과업수행계획서에는 1.2 항의 과업 역무 범위(품목, 수량, 납품일정, 특기
사항 등)에 따라 세부 일정이 아래와 같이 구분되어 작성되어야 한다.

과업 착수 ~ 제작 시행 이전

a. 해석 및 설계 (필요시)
b. 제작도면
c. 자재구매
d. 성능검증계획 (필요시)

제작 착수 ~ 제작 종료

a. 수행 절차 및 소요 일정

- 5 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

5/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

b. 기기 제작 (시험용 목업 포함) (필요시)
c. 공장성능시험 (필요시)

제작 종료 ~ 납품

a. 성능시험 및 성능검증 (필요시)
b. 도장 및 검사
c. 저장보관 및 유지관리, 포장, 운반, 납품
d. 설치 지원
(3) 과업수행계획서 제출 및 승인 이후 일지라도, 건설공사 일정의 단축 또는
지연으로 인하여 발주자가 기기 공급 일정(납품 일정) 조정을 요청하는
경우, 공급자는 발주자의 요청에 따른 납품 일정 변경에 최대한 협조하여야
하고 쌍방의 협의 하에 조치 되어야 한다.
1.3.2 기성관리절차서
(1) 공급자는 계약체결 후 30일 이내에 아래 내용을 포함하는 기성관리절차서를 제출
하여야 한다. 기성관리절차서는 1.3.1 항의 과업수행계획서와 연동되어야
한다. 발주자가 승인한 기성관리절차서 내용 개정은 발주자의 재 승인을 받
아야 한다.

기성관리 일반사항 : 목적, 기성율 산정 기준 정의, 기성 신청 기본 사항
기성고 신청 및 검사 절차
예정기성율 산정 : 월별 예정 기성을, 기성 신청 계획, 예정 누계 기성율,

예정기성율 기준 공정표 등
(2) 건설공사 일정의 단축 또는 지연으로 발주자가 기기 공급 일정(납품 일정)
조정을 요청하여 쌍방 협의하여 조치 된 경우, 기성관리 절차서내용 개정 후
발주자의 재 승인을 받아야 한다.
1.3.3 수행지침
(1) 문서관리 및 교신

공급자가 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 따라 발행하는 모든 설계도서

(기자재 설계 및 제작 관련 도서, 절차서, 성능시험 및 성능검증보고서,
품질보증 문서 등)는 추후 발주자가 제공하는 수출용신형연구로 사업
관리절차서(이하“사업관리절차서”)에 따라 생산되어야 한다. 이는 공
급자의 하도급자가 발행하는 모든 설계도서에도 공통으로 적용되어야

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

6/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

한다.

계약 쌍방의 계약서에 따른 의사전달(계약상 모든 통지, 요청, 청구, 승

인)은 사업관리절차서에 따라야 한다.

공급자(하도급자 포함)는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 명시된 제출문

서와 관련된 제반 기술적 자료 이외에 과업수행(공장성능시험, 기기검
증 등) 과정에서 이용 또는 취득하는 back-up data 및 기타 특기사항
자료(응용프로그램 등)를 관리하고, 발주자 요청 시에 제공할 수 있어
야 한다.

공급자(하도급자 포함)의 모든 문서 관리는 사업관리절차서에 따라야

하고, 공급자의 모든 설계도서 및 제출문서들은 사업관리절차서에 따라
문서 번호가 부여되어야 한다.
(2) 공급자 정보(시공 연계 사항)

공급자가 기기 설계 이전 제공한 기기 정보(기기 크기, 기기 기초, 기기

앵커 등)들이 공급자 기기 제작 설계, 응력해석, 성능시험 결과에 따라
수정 조치가 필요한 경우, 공급자는 해결방안을 제시하고 건설공사 일
정에 영향이 없는 조치가 가능하여야 한다.

공급자 공급 부품의 시공연계사항 반영 조치 결함 등으로 인하여 사후

조치가 필요한 경우, 변경내용 사후조치를 위한 추가 자재 및 보수 비
용 등은 공급자의 책임사항이 된다.
(3) 제작 설계 및 설계변경

공급자는 기기 설치 위치, 크기 및 계통과 연계된 부품들의 설계도서

(기기배치도, 기초도면 등)에 대한 검토 의무를 갖는다. 제작 설계는 기
기배치도 및 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서의 요건 등을 만족시킬 수 있
어야 하고, 공급자가 제공하는 기기 및 기기 기초의 정보에 대한 책임
을 가져야 한다.

공급자는 기기설계, 제작 도면, 제작 기술사양서 등을 발주자에게 제출

하여 사전 기술검토회의 과정을 거친 후 제작에 착수해야 한다.

공급자가 제출하는 설계 도서는 해당 기기 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서

에서 요구하는 설계, 제작, 설치, 시험 등의 요건에 부합하여야 한다.

발주자의 요구에 따라 상당 부분의 설계변경(계약 당시 기준으로 기기 품목

수량 증가, 자재등급 변경 또는 상당한 물량 증감)이 불가피하다고 쌍방
이 인정되는 경우를 제외하고, 제작도서 제출/승인 이후라 할지라도 공
급자 도서의 부분적인 경미한 수정 또는 변경 조치에 의한 변경 내역들은
모두 계약금액에 포함된 것으로 본다.

- 7 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

7/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

(4) 구매 및 하도급

설계시방서 또는 기술규격서의 요건이 하도급자에게도 공통으로 적용될

수 있도록 구매 시방을 작성하여야 한다.

계약상의 주요 업무에 대하여 공급자가 직접 수행하여야 한다. 다만 공

급 기자재 구성품목의 일부 부품 가공 및 구매, 공장성능시험 및 기기
검증, 비파괴검사 등의 특수 업무에 대해서 발주자 승인 후 하도급자에
게 위임할 수 있다.

하도급자에게 위임하고자 하는 업무가 발주자의 사전 승인 업무에 해당

하는지 여부가 불명확한 경우, 공급자는 발주자에게 요청하여 명확한 해
석을 받아야 한다.

공급자는 하도급자 선정 이전, 하도급자의 정보(부품공급이력, 재정상태)

및 하도급에 대한 공급자 평가 결과를 발주자에게 제출, 승인 후에 계
약하여야 한다. 발주자는 기자재의 성능요건을 만족시킬 수 없다고 판단
되는 하도급에 대해서는 거절할 수 있는 권한을 갖는다.

공급자의 역무 일부를 하도급으로 하는 경우, 본 과업의 계약에 따른

공급자의 의무는 면제되지 않는다. 또한 공급자는 하도급자의 모든 결
과물에 대한 최종책임을 갖는다.
(5) 기술지원 및 하자관리

공급자는 납품하는 기기의 성능요건을 만족시키기 위해 수행하는 성능시

험 동안 기술지원을 제공하여야 한다.

공급자 기기의 성능시험 기술지원 일정은 발주자와의 과업수행일정 조정회

의 결과에 따른다.

공급자는 포장, 운송 및 현장취급 과정에서 발생할 수 있는 파손 및 기능

손상 방지를 위한 보호 장치를 해야만 하고, 현장납품 시에 공급기기 및
부품들의 취급 절차 및 주의사항 등을 제공하여야 한다.

공급자의 기술지원은 공급기기의 성능시험 이외에 추가로 기기납품 및

계약종료 이후 시운전 기간 동안 발생할 수 있는 성능개선 요구사항에
대한 해결방안 조치 등의 지원업무를 포함한다.

발주자의 시운전 기간 동안 공급기기의 성능요건 미달인 경우로 판정되

는 경우 공급자는 하자보수 또는 성능 달성을 위한 조치에 대한 책임을
진다.
(6) 인허가 관리

공급자는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에서 요구하는 제출문서 이외에 발주

자의 인허가 취득과 관련하여 허가기관이 추가로 요구하는 자료 등의 제
출 요구에 적극 협조하여야 한다.

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

8/18 9/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

운영허가 획득을 위해 수행되는 발주자 수검과 관련하여 공급자는 검사

자의 업무 [1)서류검토 및 보고서 작성 업무, 2)품질/성능 확인을 위한
자료제공 및 답변, 3)성능검증 또는 성능시험 결과에 대한 자료제공 및
답변] 등을 지원할 수 있도록 협력하여야 한다.
(7) 제출문서 및 책임

공급자가 발행하는 문서, 결과물로 공급하는 기기 및 부품(예비품 포함)의

성능 및 하자에 대한 책임이 있다. 이는 하도급자가 제공하는 모든 제출
문서 및 부품에 대해서도 동일하게 적용한다.

공급자(하도급자 포함)가 제출하는 자재의 CMTR or MTR(Material Test

Report; 재료시험보고서), 해석 및 설계도서, 제작도서, 성능시험 보고서
및 기기 설치/시운전 매뉴얼 등에 대한 기술지원 책임이 있다. 발주자의
승인 문서라 할지라도 설계시방서 및 기술규격서 제반 요건을 만족하지
못하는 결과물의 수정/변경 사항에 대해서는 재 승인을 받아야 한다.

설계시방서 및 기술규격서에서 요구하는 제출문서 이외에 인허가, 성능

검증, 운전, 유지보수 등에 필요한 상세 기술 데이터(기술특기사항, 사
용 절차, 보수 절차, 성능시험 데이터)의 추가 제출 요청에 협력하여야
한다.

(필요시) 구조해석 입력 파일, 3차원 설계 파일 (STEP, IGES 등), 운전제

어 로직 파일을 제출해야 한다.

품질증빙서류 (Quality Verification Documents) 일체
과업기간 중 제출되는 자료는 출력물 및 파일(전자문서) 형태로 제출하

며, 제출 내용중 기일 내에 미제출 또는 불성실한 내용으로 인한 납기
지체에 대한 책임은 공급자에게 있다. (발주자의 필요에 따라 전자문서
로만 제출할 수 있다.)
(8) 포장, 운송, 인수, 저장 및 취급

공급 기기의 포장, 운송, 인수, 저장 및 취급은 ASME NQA-1 (KEPIC

QAP-2, II.2)에 따른다

공급 품목의 등급(Level)은 아래 표에 따른다.

Item

Level 화재수신반 B 워크스테이션 B - 9 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

2.0 과업 특수사항

2.1 지식 재산권의 침해
(1) 공급자는 계약에 의한 역무 및 공급한 결과물로 인하여 발주자가 제3자
로부터 일체의 특허권, 실용신안권, 디자인권, 프로그램, 상표권, 저작권,
지식재산권 및 기타 법령 또는 조항에 따라 보호되는 독점적 권리(이하
“지식재산권 등”)에 대한 침해를 이유로 소송 또는 손해배상청구 등을
받지 않도록 해야 한다. 발주자가 지식재산권 등의 침해와 관련한 소송이 제
기된 사실을 공급자에게 서면으로 통보하면, 공급자는 자기 부담으로 소송
을 수행해야 하며, 발주자에게 부과된 배상금·소송비용 등 그와 관련
된 손실을 전액 보상해야 한다.
(2) 공급자는 (1)항의 소송 등으로 인하여 용역 결과물을 발주자가 사용하지
못하는 경우 신속한 조치를 취하여 발주자의 사업에 영향을 미치지 않
도록 해야 한다. 또한 본 지식재산권의 침해 보증은 계약의 해지 또는
만료에 관계없이 유효한 것으로 본다.
(3) 발주자를 상대로 손해배상 청구소송이 제기되면 계약자는 피해자 측에 합
의 배상하고 발주자를 상대로 민·형사상 청구권을 포기하겠다는 합의서
를 제출해야 하며, 동 합의서 제출 시까지 과업 대가의 지급을 보류한다.
(4)『물품구매(제조)계약일반조건(재정경제부계약예규 제146호, 시행2026.04.30.)』
제29조의 2(계약목적물의 지식재산권 귀속 등)에도 불구하고 계약목적물
에 대한 지식재산권 및 계약의 이행과정에서 발생한 무형적 결과물은 발
주기관의 소유로 한다. 다만, 이의가 있을 경우 위의 『물품구매(제조)계
약일반조건』제31조(분쟁의 해결)에 의해 해결한다.
2.2 품질보증
2.2.1 일반사항
(1) 본 조항은 품질등급 T 품목에 적용한다. 품질등급 S 품목은 본 조항의
적용이 요구되지 않으나, 공급자는 설계 및 제작에 요구되는 품질 수준
을 만족할 수 있도록 본 조항을 참조하여 적절한 품질 활동을 수행하여
야 한다.
(2) 공급자는 본 조항과 기장연구로 사업 품질보증구매시방서(QPS-KJ-001)에
기술된 요건에 따라 품질보증 활동을 수행하여야 한다.
2.2.2 품질보증계획
(1) 공급자는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서 등의 적용 서류와 기장연구로 사
업 품질보증구매시방서에 규정된 품질보증 기준에 따라 품질보증계획을
수립하여 이행할 책임이 있다.
(2) 공급자는 수립된 품질보증계획서를 발주자에게 제출하여 승인 받아야

10 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

10/18 11/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

한다
(3) 공급자가 업무의 일부를 다른 기관에 하도급하거나 구매하는 경우, 본
품질보증 요건이 하도급자에게 적용되도록 요구하고 관리하여야 한다.
2.2.3 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사
(1) 발주자(대리인 포함) 또는 정부 규제기관(이하 발주자)은 품질보증감사,
품질감독 또는 품질검사 등을 위해 별도의 비용 지불 없이 공급자(하도
급업체 포함)의 해당 시설을 출입하거나, 서류, 기록을 열람하거나, 검사
장비를 사용하는 등의 활동을 수행할 수 있으며, 공급자는 이에 적극
협조하여야 한다.
(2) 품질검사가 요구되는 업무를 수행하는 공급자는 해당 업무(하도급 업무
포함)에 대한 시험, 검사 및 서류검토 공정을 상세하게 기술하는 품질검
사계획(Quality Plan 또는 Inspection & Test Plan)을 작성 및 제출하여
해당 업무 착수 2주 이전까지 발주자의 승인을 받아야 한다. 또한 입회
점(Witness Point) 및 필수확인점(Hold Point)으로 선정된 공정에 대해 공
급자는 발주자와 검사일자를 협의한 후 입회검사 요청을 해야 한다.
(3) 발주자는 중대한 품질 문제에 대하여 해결될 때까지 해당 작업 중지를
요청할 권한을 가지며, 공급자는 작업을 중지하고 필요한 조치를 취한
후 그 결과를 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다. 이러한 경우 작업 중지에
따른 제반 책임은 공급자에게 있다.
(4) 발주자에 의한 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사가 품질보증계획 이
행에 대한 공급자의 책임을 면제하는 것은 아니다.
(5) 본 과업지시서의 지정된 작업에 대해 다음 품질 등급을 적용한다.
Item ID
Main Fire Alarm Receiving & Control Panel (Type R),
주수신기(R형) [KJ-567-FA-001]
Workstation,
워크스테이션
Local Fire Alarm Receiving & Control Panel (Type R),
부수신기(R형) [KJ-567-FA-002]
Local Fire Alarm Receiving & Control Panel (Type R),
부수신기(R형) [KJ-567-FA-003]
Local Fire Alarm Receiving & Control Panel (Type P),
부수신기(P형) [KJ-567-FA-004]
2.2.4

Quality class
T
S
S
S
S

불일치 사항의 관리

(1) 공급자는 업무 또는 시험 및 검사과정에서 불일치사항이 발견되면 즉시

- 11 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

해당 작업을 중지하고 품질보증 요건에 따라 처리하여야 한다.
(2) 불일치품목을 현상태사용(Use-as-is) 또는 수리(Repair)로 처리하고자 하
는 경우에는 기술적 타당성과 처리방안을 문서화하며 발주자의 승인을
받아야 한다.
2.2.5

서류제출

(1) 공급자는 수출형신형연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, 설계시방서 또는 기술규
격서 등 계약에 적용되는 문서에서 요구되는 각종 서류를 발주자에게 제
출하여야 한다.
(2) 공급자가 제출하는 모든 서류에는 자체 품질보증계획서에 따라 작성, 검
토, 승인되어야 하며 서명자의 소속, 직책, 성명, 서명 및 일자가 포함되
어야 한다.
2.2.6

품질보증기록

(1) 공급자는 품질보증기록이 명확하게 추적 관리되도록 사전에 관리체계를
수립하여 이행하여야 한다.
(2) 공급자는 발주자에게 제출하지 않은 품질보증기록에 대하여 품질보증기록
관리 요건에 따라 보존기간을 설정하고 관리하여야 한다. 기록 보관
중 공급자의 불가피한 사정으로 자체 보관이 어려운 경우에는 공급자 비
용으로 발주자에게 해당 품질보증기록을 인계하여야 한다.
2.2.7 일반규격품 대체사용
(1) Q등급 조립품(Assembly) 제작 시 안전기능을 수행하는 부품을 일반규격
품으로 사용하고자 하는 경우, 공급자는 일반규격품 품질검증(CGID:
Commercial Grade Item Dedication)을 수행하고, 일반규격품 품질검증프
로그램(CGID Program), 일반규격품 품질검증계획(CGID Plan) 및 일반규
격품 품질검증보고서(CGID Report)를 제출하여 발주자의 승인을 받아야
한다.
(2) (1)항에도 불구하고 설계문서 또는 발주자에 의해 CGID가 요구되는 경
우, 품질등급 T 품목에 대해서도 일반규격품 대체사용 지침을 적용할
수 있다.
2.2.8 위·모조품 및 의혹자재(CFSI) 사용방지
(1) 공급자는 계약이행과 관련하여 발주자에게 제출하는 품목 및 관련 서류
를 위조 또는 모조하여 납품(제출)하거나 그 밖의 방법으로 허위 제출해
서는 안된다. 만약 이러한 사실이 확인된 경우 발주자는 고발, 부정당업
자(업체) 제재조치, 공급자 등록 취소 및 일정 기간 재등록 금지, 손해배
상 등의 조치를 취할 수 있다.

12 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

12/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

(2) 공급자는 위․모조품 및 의혹자재가 제작 시 사용되거나, 공급되는 것을
방지하기 위한 관리 요건 및 절차를 문서화하고 이행해야 한다.
2.2.9 원자력안전법의 준수
(1) 원자력안전법 제15조의2의 이행을 위해, 공급자는 안전관련설비의 설계,
제작, 성능검증 하도급 계약을 체결한 경우, 계약체결일로부터 7일 이내
에 계약신고를 위한 서류를 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다.
(2) 원자력안전법 제15조의3의 이행을 위해, 공급자(성능검증기관, 일반규격
품 품질검증(CGID)수행기관 포함)가 안전관련설비를 발주자에게 정상적
으로 납품 후에 불일치를 발견하여 ‘원자력안전위원회고시 부적합사항
의 보고에 관한 규정’ 제6조에 따라 평가한 결과가 ‘원자력안전법’
제11조 및 제21조의 허가기준(제30조 및 제30조2에서 준용하는 경우 포
함)을 위배를 초래할 가능성이 있을 경우, 원자력안전위원회에 부적합사
항을 보고하여야 한다. 이 경우, 공급자는 즉시 발주자에게 해당 내용을
알려야 한다.
(3) 불일치 사항을 발견한 공급자가 스스로 평가할 능력이 없다고 판단할
경우, 그렇게 판단한 시점으로부터 근무일 기준 2일 이내에 발주자에게
해당 불일치 사항에 대한 평가를 요청하여야 한다.
(4) 성능검증 대상 품목의 공급자는 원자력안전법 제15조의4에 따라 성능검
증 관리기관으로부터 인증된 성능검증기관에서 성능검증을 수행하여야
한다.
(5) 공급자의 상기 규정 위반으로 인해 발주자가 과태료/과징금 처분을 받았
을 경우, 발주자는 공급자의 책임에 상당하는 금액을 청구할 수 있다.
2.3

표준 및 공정관리 2.3.1 코드·표준

(1) 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 달리 명시되어 있지 않은 한, 해당법규 및
계약발효일 현재 관할권을 갖는 법정기관의 법령 규정, 코드와 표준상의 요
건에 적합하여야 한다. 공급자는 필요한 경우 그러한 요건 적합성에 대
한 증명서를 획득하여야 한다.
(2) 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 달리 명시되어 있지 않은 한, 공급자는 도면,
자료, 운전 설명서 등에 국제단위계(SI system)를 사용하여야 하며, 계측기의 눈
금과 범위 및 물품의 명판에도 미터법을 사용하여야 한다. 그러나, 필요한 때
에는 피트-파운드법을 사용할 수 있다.
(3) 공급자가 계약에 따라 제공하여야 하는 모든 설계, 엔지니어링, 인허가
및 제작은 설계 시방서 또는 기술규격서에 규정된 모든 요건을 충족하여야
한다. 또한 계약 이후 새로 공표되거나 개정된 코드 및 표준이 공급자

- 13 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

13/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

판단에 의거 발주자에게 유익할 경우 공급자는 이를 제안하여야 하며,
발주자 사전승인 하에 새로운 코드 및 표준을 사용할 수 있다.
(4) 공급자가 계약 이후 새로 공표되거나 개정된 코드 및 표준에 따라 공급된
제품에 대한 설계변경 또는 공급제품의 성능 향상을 위해 설계변경을 시행
하고자 하는 경우에도 발주자의 검토, 승인 없이 설계변경을 수행할 수 없다.
2.3.2 공정관리
(1) 발주자는 공급자 또는 하도급 업체의 공장, 기타 시설물에 업무의 이행을
점검할 권한을 가진다. 공급자는 별도의 비용부담 없이 공급자 및 협력
업체의 공장이나 설비, 현장, 서류 등을 자유롭게 검토, 열람, 확인할 수
있도록 협조하여야 하고, 필요한 설비(사무실, 전화 등)를 제공하여야 한
다.
(2) 계약체결 후 발주자에게 제출, 합의된 예정공정표에 따라, 공급자의 계약
이행 진도를 실제적으로 파악할 수 있도록 상세한 내용의 월별 또는 분기별
진도보고서를 제출하여야 한다. 진도보고서에는 하도급자의 작업진도가 포
함되어야 한다.
(3) 물품의 납품은 계약문서에 규정된 조건에 따라 시험 및 검사에 합격한
물품을 “기장로” 부지 지정된 장소에서 공급자로부터 발주자(설치자 입회)
가 수령한 때에 완료된다.
(4) 계약서상 설치 및 현장 성능시험 등의 조건이 공급자 공급범위에 포함되어
있는 경우에는 이를 공급자가 완전히 수행하여 발주자가 확인, 인수한 때
에 완료된다.
2.4 포장, 납품 및 검사
2.4.1 공통 일반사항
(1) 본 과업지시서는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서를 보완하는 사항이며, 이
계약에 의거 공급되는 물품의 포장, 보존, 표시 및 납품에 적용하되, 설
계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 규정하고 있는 요건을 우선 적용한다. (단,
본 과업지시서는 하도급자에게도 동일하게 적용한다)
(2) 모든 기자재 및 포장단위는 기계적으로 조작할 수 있는 특성을 가져야
하며, 필요할 경우 걸쇠, U링크 등이 물품에 장착되거나 활재(skid)를
갖추어야 한다.
(3) 기자재는 가능한 한 최대단위로 조립되어 납품되어야 한다. 납품여건상
분해되어 납품될 경우에는 각 부품에 연계 표시가 있어야 하며, 성능보증에
어떠한 영향도 미치지 않아야 한다. 모든 물품 및 그 용기는 계약번호
품목번호 등이 표시되어야 하고, 식별번호가 표시된 꼬리표를 최소 두 군

14 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

14/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

데 이상 각 물품에 부착하여야 한다.
(4) 공급자는 물품의 현장저장, 보관, 사용 및 취급상의 주의사항 및 요령을
제공하여야 한다. 공급자는 공급하는 물품에 대하여 공급자의 부주의 또는
부적절한 조치로 인하여 발생된 손상 또는 망실에 대하여 책임을 져야 한다.
2.4.2 보존처리
(1) 모든 패널은 주변 온도와 습도가 높은 환경에서 배송 및 장기간 보관할
수 있도록 포장해야 하며, 배송 중 및 창고 보관 중 먼지유입, 손상이나
열화로부터 보호하는 데 필요한 모든 보호 덮개, 포장박스, 버팀대, 건조
제, 곰팡이 억제 및 보존을 위한 조치(Space heater 등)를 준비하고 제공
해야 한다.
2.4.3 포장
(1) 공급자는 산업 및 국제표준에 따라 모든 물품을 자신의 비용으로 수송과 현
장에서의 취급 및 일시적인 저장에 적합하고, 습기, 강우, 이상 저온·고
온, 먼지, 마찰 및 충격 등에 의한 손상을 방지하며, 수송 또는 저장 중
자연재해와 도난, 조작 상의 손상·파괴를 피할 수 있도록 포장하여야
한다.
(2) 예비품과 특수공구는 관련 계약번호 및 기호 등을 명기한 꼬리표를 부
착하고, 별도로 포장하며 포장의 외부에 ‘예비품’ 또는 ‘특수공구’
라고 명기하여야 한다.
(3) 스풀(Spool)이나 조립용 부품(Fittings), 볼트와 너트 등의 부속품과 분해된
부품은 관련 계약번호 및 기호 등을 명기한 꼬리표를 붙여 별도로 포장
하며, 포장 외부에 ‘부속품’과‘분해된 부품’이라고 명기하여야 한다.
(4) 공급자는 납품시 포장 내용물에 관하여 상세히 기재한 포장명세서를 제
출하여야 한다. 포장명세서에는 포장번호, 포장수, 포장품명, 수량, 순무게,
부피 등을 기명하여야 한다. 또한, 포장에는 포장명세서 1통을 첨부하여
야 한다. 다만, 드럼 등 명세서를 첨부하기 어려운 것에는 용기에 기명
하여야 한다.
2.4.4 표시
(1) 납품되는 물품에는 제작자명 또는 상표, 모델번호, 크기, 계약번호, 품목번호
등을 표시한 표지를 부착하여야 하며, 표지는 그 물품의 내용 년 수와
같아야 하고, 물품의 형태 또는 성질에 따라 인쇄, 금속판 접착, 꼬리표
또는 기타 방법에 의하여야 한다.
(2) 포장의 외부표지는 2인치 이상 크기의 글자로 읽을 수 있고 지워지지 않
도록 각 포장 단위의 양쪽 면이나 묶음(bundle)의 양단에 견고하게 묶인

15 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

15/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

꼬리표에 페인트나 스텐실(stencil)로 다음 기재사항(공급자 성명 및 주소
포함)을 표시하여야 한다.
(3) 납품물품의 특성에 따라
1) “취급주의”.
2) “깨지는 물건 떨어뜨리지 마시오”.
3) “바로 세우시오”,
4) “이 면을 위로”,
5) “무게중심”, “이곳을 매달 것 (화살표와 함께 표시)”
6) “갈고리 사용금지”
등과 같은 특별표시를 포장단위의 표면에 표시하여야 한다.
(4) 하자품 교체 또는 수량 부족분 보충자재일 경우에는 포장단위 표면에
"조사보고서 번호‘000'에 의거한 대체품 또는 누락품”임을 명시하여야
한다.
2.4.5 납품
(1) 공급자는 납품 시 발주자의 검수 절차에 따라 납품 검사를 수행한다.
(2) 납품한 모든 물품의 규격은 계약상 명시된 규격명세서, 규격번호 및 발
주자가 제시한 견품의 규격을 충족하여야 하며, 구매 목적에 맞는 신품이
어야 한다. 계약상 규격이 명시되어 있지 않은 경우에는, 상거래 관습과
기술적 타당성 및 구매규격 등에 부합하는 물품이어야 한다. (예비부속품
으로서 기계·기구를 완성하는데 필요한 조립비는 물품 가격에 포함되어
있는 것으로 간주한다)
(3) 발주자가 필요에 따라 분할납품을 요구하거나, 계약상 분할납품이 허용된
경우를 제외하고는 분할납품을 할 수 없다. 분할납품이 허용된 경우에도
납품 횟수는 발주자와 협의된 횟수 범위 내에 한한다. 위반시 대가 지급
을 연기할 수 있다.
(4) 공급자는 납품예정일로부터 최소한 14일 이전에 상차장소, 납품품목 명세,
총중량 및 용적, 가장 큰 화물의 중량과 치수, 송장금액, 예정납품일, 검수
입회자 인적사항, 기타 발주자가 검수에 필요한 정보를 발주자에게 이메일,
유선 및 팩스전송 등으로 통보하여야 한다.
(5) 공급자는 본 계약에서 정한 납품기일까지 해당물품(검사에 필요한 서류 등
포함)을 발주자가 지정한 장소에 납품하여야 하며, 납품된 물품을 검사·
수령 하기까지 발주자의 책임 없는 사유로 인하여 발생된 물품의 망실·파
손 등은 계약상대자의 부담으로 한다.
(6) 공급자는 사용 및 취급상의 주의가 필요한 경우 그 물품의 사용, 보관, 수리
등의 요령과 주의사항을 명기한 주의서를 제출하여야 한다.
(7) 공급자는 납품 시에 다음 각 호의 서류를 물품과 함께 발주자에게 제

16 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

16/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

출하여야 한다. 납품서류를 물품과 같이 포장하는 경우에는 포장 겉면에
이를 표시하여야 하며, 포장단위가 여러 개일 경우에는 일련번호 1번의
포장단위에 이를 위치하도록 한다.

납품서 5부, 상세 포장명세서 5부
기타 발주자가 요청하는 서류

2.4.6 납품검사
(1) 공급자는 계약서 또는 납품요청서상에 규정된 납품 기일까지 물품 반입을
완료한 후 또는 설치 및 현장 성능시험조건 등이 포함된 경우에는 이를
완료한 후 서면(납품서, 설치 및 현장 성능시험보고서 등)으로 검사요청
을 하여야 한다. 기납 부분에 대하여 완납 이전에 대가의 전부 또는 일
부를 지급받고자 할 때에도 또한 같다.
(2) 발주자가 서면에 의한 검사요청을 받은 때, 14일 이내에 공급자 입회 하에
이행을 확인하기 위한 검사를 하며, 천재지변 등 불가항력적인 사유로
인하여 검사를 완료하지 못한 경우에는 해당 사유가 존속되는 기간과 해당
사유가 소멸된 날로부터 3일까지 연장할 수 있다.

공급자가 검사를 받기 위하여 발주자가 지정하는 장소에 물품을 반입

하였을 때, 발주자에게 즉시 반입통지를 하여야 하며, 발주자는 품질,
규격, 수량, 포장, 표기 상태, 포장명세서 등에 관하여 검사 완료시점
을 납품으로 본다. (물품의 성질상 제조과정이 중요한 품질, 규격 등의
경우에는 제조과정 및 공장에서 검사를 할 수 있다.)

공급자의 업무가 설치 및 현장 성능시험을 포함하는 경우에는 과업지

시서 및 실계시방서, 기술규격서에 규정된 설치 및 현장 성능시험을
완료하고, 발주자의 준공검사를 완료한 시점을 납품으로 본다.

공급자는 현장시험 및 검사에 필요한 물품(시험품 포함)의 납품을 요

청 받은 경우 지체 없이 이를 제공하여야 하며, 물품(시험품 포함)의
제공과 검사를 하기 위한 변형, 소모, 파손 또는 변질로 생기는 손상
은 공급자의 부담으로 한다.

공급자는 관계법령 또는 설계시방서, 기술규격서에 의하여 시험 또는

형식승인 등을 필 하여야 하는 물품에 대하여는 물품납품 시에 시험
성적서 또는 형식승인서를 제출하여야 한다.

공급자가 수입승인·통관 등의 수입절차를 이행하는 데 필요한 경우,

발주자는 공급자의 비용부담으로 필요한 협조를 공급자에게 제공한다.
(3) 납품 검사에 있어서 공급자의 계약이행 내용의 전부 또는 일부가 계약에
위반되거나 부당함을 발견한 때에는 필요한 시정조치를 요구할 수 있다.
이 경우에는 공급자로부터 그 시정을 완료한 사실을 통지받은 날로부터
검사 기간을 재 계산한다. 시정조치로 인해 계약이행 기간이 연장된 때에

17 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

17/18

KJ-567-KG-427-001 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 과업지시서_Rev.3

는 [기획재정부 계약예규‘제조(물품)계약일반조건’]의 지체상금 규정에 의한
지체상금을 부과한다.
(4) 공급자의 입회 거부 및 검사에 협력하지 않음으로 발생하는 지체에 대하여는
[기획재정부 계약예규‘제조(물품)계약일반조건’]의 지체상금 규정에 의
한 지체상금을 부과한다.
(5) 공급자는 검사에 이의가 있을 때 재검사를 요청할 수 있으며, 발주자는 지체
없이 재검사를 하여야 한다.
(6) 발주자는 검사를 완료한 때에 그 결과를 서면으로 공급자에게 통지하여야 한다.
2.5 대가지급
(1) 공급자는 계약상의 납품 및 검사 검수를 완료한 후 발주자에게 대가지급을
청구할 수 있으며, 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제15조(대가의
지급) 및 동법 시행령 제58조 내지 제59조에 따라 지급한다.
(2) 계약상 분납으로 되어 있거나 발주자의 필요에 의해 분납을 요청하였을
경우를 제외하고는 전량 납품 및 검사, 검수 완료 후 대가를 지급함을
원칙으로 한다. (다만, 설치 일정에 맞추어 기기 품목별 납품예정일을 과
업지시서에 명시한 경우, 분납 및 인수검사, 검수 후에 지급할 수 있음)
(3) 계약서에 분류된 품목이 분할 납품될 경우, 청구 금액은 납품 부분의 가액에
비례하여 분할되어야 하며, 해당 품목의 납품이 완료될 때까지 납품서류상에
일련번호를 기재하여야 한다.
(4) 대가지급 청구서는 계약조건 및 상거래 관례에 따라 정확히 작성되어야
한다.
2.6 하자보수보증
(1) 하자보수와 관련하여,「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제18조
(하자보수보증금)에 의하여 하자보수보증금을 납부하여야 한다. 그 납부금
액 및 시기, 방법, 예치기간, 그밖에 필요한 사항은 동법 시행령 제60조
내지 제63조 및 시행규칙 제70조 내지 제73조 등에 따른다.
(2) 하자보증기간이 경과되었을 지라도 하자보증기간 내에 발주자가 하자보수를
요청한 경우에는 해당 하자보수완료에 대하여 발주자가 확인한 시점에 하
자보증기간이 종료된다. 또한, 하자부분이 단위기기 내에서 매우 중요하거
나 업무의 다른 부분에 영향을 미친 경우의 하자보증은 단위기기 전체 또
는 영향을 받은 업무까지 적용된다.
(3) 물품 및 용역의 전부나 일부분이 수리, 교체 또는 변경되었을 경우 공급자
는 해당 부분에 대하여 수리, 교체 또는 변경의 완료일로부터 규정된 하자보
증기간 동안 추가로 보증책임을 진다. 단, 총 보증기간은 규정된 보증기간
의 2배를 초과하지 않는다.

- 18 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:50:37

18/18

===== 붙임8. 기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서(QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11).pdf =====
서류번호: QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

기장연구로사업
품질보증구매시방서
(QA Procurement Specification for
Ki-Jang Research Reactor Project)

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

3/28

개 정 이 력
개정
번호

승인일자 0 2014. 01. 10 … …

개정사유
최초 제정

작성자 승인자
강자영 박찬국

… … …

(1) 품질보증요건 적용 방안 보완
(2) 품질보증계획서 관리 요건 보완
3

2019.10.10

(3) FCR/SDDR/NCR 관리 절차 보완
(4) 품질검사계획 요건 보완

김진형 박찬국

(5) 출하검사 절차 보완
(6) 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL) 양식 보완
(1) S 등급 품목 품질관리 지침 추가
4

2020.04.23 (2) CGID 및 CFSI 요건 보완 김진형 남지희

(3) 문구 수정
(1) S 등급 품목 품질관리 지침 보완
5

2020.10.15 (2) 일부 양식 영문 수정 김승언 남지희

(3) 문구 수정
(1) 품질보증계획 요건 보완
6

2022.01.13 (2) 품질등급 용어 통일 김승언 남지희

(3) CFSI 사용 방지 요건 보완
(1) 적용범위 보완

7 2023.02.06 8 2024.04.18. (1) 품질증빙서류의 해당 항목 변경 정영수 남지희 9 2024.08.05. (1) CFSI 검증대상 제외절차 수정 전재언 남지희 (2) 붙임 8. 삭제 정영수 남지희

(1) 조직변경사항 반영
10

2025.03.26. (2) 문구수정 정영수 남지희

(3) 붙임5. QVD 표지 양식 추가
11

2026.07.20

(1) 일반규격품 대체사용 CFSI 검증관련
보완

김진형 남지희 한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

4/28

1. 적용범위
1.1 본 시방서는 계약에 의하여 한국원자력연구원 기장연구로사업의 품질등급 Q,
T 품목 또는 용역(이하 ‘품목’)을 제공하는 계약자에게 적용한다.
1.2 계약자는 해당 업무의 특성을 고려하여 본 시방서에서 규정된 사항 중 해당하
는 사항을 이행하여야 한다. 이행여부가 불명확한 사항은 발주자와 협의하여
결정한다.
1.3 본 시방서에 기술된 내용이 계약관련서류, 규제요건 또는 기술기준과 상호 불
일치하거나 불명확한 조항이 있는 경우에는 발주자에게 통보하여 명확한 해
석을 받은 후 이행하여야 한다. 계약 기간 중 기장연구로사업 관련 규제요건
또는 기술기준이 제·개정되는 경우에도 계약자는 해당 요건을 준수해야 한다.
1.4 계약자가 업무의 일부를 다른 기관에 하도급하거나 구매하는 경우, 본 시방서
의 요건이 하도급자에게 적용되도록 요구하고 관리하여야 한다.

2. 용어의 정의
2.1 발주자 : 한국원자력연구원 또는 그의 대리인을 의미함
2.2 계약자(공급자) : 발주자인 한국원자력연구원에게 계약에 의거 품목 또는 용
역을 공급하는 자
2.3 입회점(Witness Point) : 계약자가 발주자의 품질검사자에게 입회검사 요청을
해야 하는 검사점으로 발주자의 입회검사 결과 만족을 의미하는 확인서명 후
에 다음 공정을 진행할 수 있음. 다만, 입회요청을 받은 발주자의 품질검사자
가 입회할 의사가 없음이 확인되면 계약자의 판단 하에 다음 공정을 진행할
수 있음.
2.4 필수확인점(Hold Point) : 계약자가 발주자의 품질검사자에게 입회검사 요청을
해야 하는 검사점으로 발주자의 입회검사 결과 만족을 의미하는 확인서명 후
에 다음 공정을 진행할 수 있음. 다만, 입회요청을 받은 발주자의 품질검사자
가 입회할 의사가 없음이 서류상으로 확인되면 다음 공정을 진행할 수 있음.
2.5 안전관련설비 : 원자로 및 관계시설 중에서 원자력안전위원회규칙으로 정하는
안전에 중요한 구조물·계통 및 기기로서 원자력안전위원회규칙으로 정하는 바
에 따라 안전등급이 부여된 설비
2.6 불일치사항(Nonconformance)
2.6.1 안전관련설비가 설계문서 및 구매문서에 기술된 요건으로부터 벗어나
있거나 그 요건을 준수하지 못하는 상태에 있는 것
2.6.2 품목 또는 업무의 품질을 불합격 또는 불확실하게 하는 특성, 문서 또는
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

5/28

절차상의 결함
2.7 부적합사항(Noncompliance) : 안전관련설비가 다음 중 하나에 해당하는 상태
에 있는 것
2.7.1 「원자로시설 등의 기술기준에 관한 규칙」에 의한 구조·설비 및 성능에
관한 기술기준에 적합하지 않은 경우(구조·설비 및 성능에 관련된 시험·
유지·보수 등의 용역이 기술기준에 적합하지 않게 수행되어진 경우를
포함)
2.7.2 발주자 또는 계약자가 불일치를 발견하여 원자력안전위원회고시 「부적
합사항의 보고에 관한 규정」제6조에 따라 평가한 결과 그 불일치로

말

암아 원자력안전법 제11조 및 제21조의 허가기준(제30조 및 제30조2
에서 준용하는 경우 포함) 위배를 초래할 가능성이 있을 것으로 판정한
미

경우. 다만, 계약자의 경우 해당 안전관련설비가 발주자에게 정상적으로

납품된 경우에 한함.
2.8 품질증빙서류(QVD : Quality Verification Documents) : 품목 또는 용역의 품
질에 대한 객관적 증거를 제공하는 완성된 서류
2.9 계약관련서류: 계약서, 구매시방서, 과업지시서, 설계시방서 등 기술, 품질 등
계약요구사항을 포함하는 서류

uu
u
품이 아니거나 진품이 아닐 가능성이 있는 모든 품목을 총칭함. 위․모조품
(Counterfeit, Fraudulent Item)은 자재의 외관, 성능, 재질, 특성, 관련 서류
등이 계약자 또는 제조사 등에 의해 고의로 진품 또는 사실과 다르게 공급
된 자재를 의미함. 의혹자재(Suspect Item)는 위․모조품이 공급되었을 가능

2.10 위․모조품 및 의혹자재(CFSI: Co nterfeit, Fra d lent, S spect Item) : 진

성이 있는 자재를 의미함. u v

2.11 공급자 불일치사항(S pplier De iation) : 계약자가 업무 수행 중 계약관련서
류의 내용과 불일치한 사항

3. 공급자 자격
3.1 본 시방서가 적용되는 품목의 계약 대상자는 해당 품목에 대한 공급자로서 발
주자의 승인공급자목록에 등재되어야 한다.
3.2 발주자의 승인공급자목록에 등재되어 있지 않은 미등록업체가 해당 품목을 공

찰

급하고자 하는 경우에는 발주자에게 공급자 평가를 요청하여 해당 품목 입
접수

마감 전까지 공급자 평가가 완료되도록 하여야 한다.

한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

6/28 4. 품질보증계획

활동을 수행하기 위하여 다음의 요건
에 따라 동등 이상의 품질보증계획을 수립하여 이행할 책임이 있으며, 외국기

4.1 계약자는 해당 업무에 적합한 품질보증

준과 국내기준이 상이할 경우에는 국내기준을 우선하여 적용한다.

KEPIC MN/SN/EN 적용 품질등급 Q 품목: KEPIC MNA 4000(2005년
판)/ SNA 4000(2005년판)/ ENA 4000(2005년판 및 2007년 추록)
(2) ASME B&PV Code Section III 적용 품질등급 Q 품목: ASME B&PV
Code Section III Subsection NCA 4000(2001 Edition through 2002, 2003
Addenda)
(3) 기타 품질등급 Q 품목: KEPIC QAP(2005년판) 또는 ASME NQA-1(1994
Edition and 1995 Addenda)
(4) 품질등급 T 품목 : KEPIC QAP(2005년판) 또는 ASME NQA-1(1994
Edition and 1995 Addenda) 또는 <붙임 9. T등급에 적용되는 품질보증계
획 요건>을 준수하는 품질보증계획
(1)

(5) 품질등급 Q/T등급 품목의 설계업무에 대해서는 설계확인 요건을 적용하
여야 한다.

효

4.2 계약자는 계약 발 일로부터 2주 이내 또는 작업

아 착수 2주 전까지 품질보증계

획서 1부를 발주자에게 제출하여 승인을 받 야 한다. 단, 제출기한 및 제출
부수에 대하여 구매시방서, 과업지시서 등에서

별도로 요구되는 경우 그에 따

른다. 또한 발주자는 계약자의 품질보증계획서를 승인한 후에라도 그 내용에

흡 미 한 부분이 발견되면 개정을 요구할 권한을 갖는다.

참조하여 품질보증계획에 적용하고자 하는 경우,
요건 대비표와 그 사유를 제출하고, 발주자의 승인을 받아야 한다.

4.3 계약자가 다른 기술기준을

4.4 발주자에게 이미 제출하여 검토를 받은 계약자의 품질보증계획서가 공급품목

동일하게 적용되는 경우에는 관련 증빙서류(제출 또는 승인 공문)의 제출
로 품질보증계획서의 제출을 대신할 수 있다. 이때 계약자는 공급품목에 적용
할 품질보증계획서의 명칭, 개정번호, 개정일자 등을 발주자에게 알려야 한다.
4.5 발주자가 제시한 검토의견은 늦어도 20일 이내에 품질보증계획서에 반영하여
발주자의 최종 검토를 받아야 하며, 품질보증계획서의 개정본은 원본과 동일
한 방법으로 발주자의 검토 및 승인을 받아야 한다.
에

4.6 계약자는 하도급자의 품질보증계획서를 검토하고 필요시 검토의견을 반영하도

며

록 하여야 하 , 이행상태를 확인하는 등 계약자와

동을 수행하도록 관리하여야 한다.

동등 이상의 품질보증 활
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

7/28

4.7 계약자는 발주자에게 승인받은 품질보증계획서가 개정되는 경우, 발주자에게
품질보증계획서 개정본을 제출하여 승인 받은 후 업무에 적용하여야 한다.

5. 일반규격품 대체사용
5.1 안전기능 수행 품목의 일반규격품 대체사용은 다음의 경우로 한정한다.
(1) 해당 품목(부품)을 원자력 품질보증계획을 적용하여 공급할 수 있는 업체
가 없는 경우

종품 또는 설계서류에 명시된 경우
5.2 계약자는 품질등급 Q 조립품(Assembly) 제작 시 안전기능을 수행하는 부품
을 일반규격품으로 사용하고자 하는 경우, <붙임 1. 일반규격품 대체사용 지
침서>에 따라 일반규격품 품질검증(CGID : Commercial Grade Item
Dedication)을 수행하고, 일반규격품 품질검증프로그램(CGID Program), 일반
(2) 단

규격품 품질검증계획(CGID Plan) 및 일반규격품 아야 한다. 품질검증보고서(CGID Report)를 제출하여 발주자의 승인을 받

5.3 5.2항에도 불구하고 설계문서 또는 발주자에 의해 CGID가 요구되는 경우, 품
질등급 T 품목에 대해서도 붙임 1을 적용할 수 있다.
5.4 계약자는 일반규격품 구매 시 위․모조품 및 의혹자재(CFSI)가 사용되는 것
을 예방하고, 추적성 확보를 위해

신뢰성 있는 공급자로부터 구매하고, 관련

품질서류를 확보해야 한다. 일반규격품 인수 시, 14항에 따라 일반규격품의
위․모조품 및 의혹자재 사용 방지를 위한 점검을 수행하여야 한다. 이 경우

며, 14항의 “품질등급 Q 품목 및 용역” 및 “품질등급
Q 또는 T 품목 및 용역”은 “일반규격품”으로 본다.
14.7항의 요건은 제외되

5.5 계약자는 일반규격품을 일반규격품 제작사와 직접 계약을 하거나 일반규격품
제작사의 공식 인증대리점을 통해 구매하여야 한다. 단, 일반규격품 제작사의
공식 인증대리점이

아닌 일반대리점 또는 중개인을 통한 구매가 불가피한 경

우, 5.6항에 따른다.
5.6 계약자가 일반규격품을 일반대리점(또는 중개인)을 통하여 구매하는 경우, 위·
모조품 및 의혹자재 사용 방지 확인에 대한 책임이 있으

～ 법 며, 일반규격품의 품

질서류에 대하여 다음 (가) (나) 중 한 가지 방 을 통해 품질서류의 진위
여부를 확인하고, 확인 결과에 대한 증빙을 일반규격품 품질검증보고서(CGID
Report)에 포함하여 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다.
(가) 계약자는 위·모조품 및 의혹자재 사용 방지를 위한
가

포함된 일반규격품 제작사의 아래 문구(예시) 품질보증확인서(Certificate of 한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

8/28 며

Conformance : C of C)를 제출하여야 하 , 제출된 C of C가 진본임
을 계약자가 직접 일반규격품 제작사에 확인 후, 품질서류 진위여부
확인서(붙임 8)를 작성한다.

“모든 품목 및 품질증빙서류는 계약조건(CFSI 검증요건)에 따라 위변
조품목의 사용, 구매 및 허위문서에 대한 검증을 하였으며, 그 결과
CFSI 및 허위문서가 발생하지 않았음을 보증합니다”
(나) 계약자는 계약자->(중개인)->일반대리점->(중개인)->일반규격품 제
작사의 유통구조 전반을 확인하고 각 사로부터 계약내역(문서)을 확
보하여 해당내역을 비교하고 추적성을 확인한다.
6. 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사
6.1 발주자(대리인 포함) 또는 정부 규제기관(이하 발주자)은 계약자가 수행하는
계약업무(하도급 업무 포함)에 대하여 정기 또는 수시로 품질보증감사, 품질
감독 및 품질검사 등을 실시할 수 있다.
6.2 발주자에 의한 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사가 품질보증계획 이행에
대한 계약자의 책임을 면제하는 것은

아니다.

6.3 계약자는 자체의 설비로 수행하지 못하는 시험, 검사 등이 있을 경우 공인기
관 또는 발주자가 인정하는 전문기관에서 시험, 검사 등을 수행해야 한다. 단,
계약자의 품질보증절차에 따라

며

심사 및 자격이 부여된 하도급 기관에서 시험,

검사 등을 수행할 수 있으 , 이 경우 하도급 기관은 발주자의 승인이 필요하
다.
6.4 계약자는 발주자의 품질보증감사, 품질감독 또는 품질검사 결과 지적사항에

며

대해 해결 방안을 제시해야 하 , 지적사항 접수 후 요구된 기일 이내에 시정
조치 결과 또는 조치계획을 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다.

생 시 즉시 작업 중지

6.5 발주자는 계약자의 업무 수행 중 중대한 품질 문제점 발

며

를 요청할 권리를 가지 , 계약자는 작업 중지 요청서 접수 후 작업을 중지하

러

고 필요한 조치를 취한 후 그 결과를 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다. 이 한 경
우 작업 중지에 따른 제반 책임은 계약자에게 있다.
6.6 계약자 자체 품질검사
(1) 계약자의 품질검사 조직은 계약관련서류의 요건 및 관련 기술기준, 발주
자가 검토한 설계서류 및 품질보증계획서 등의 요건에 적합하게 품질검사
업무를 관리할 수 있도록 지시서, 절차서 등을 작성하여 이행하여야 한다.
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

9/28 열처리, 비파괴검사,

(2) 품질검사 대상 업무에는 품질보증, 설계, 구매, 용접,

각종 시험, 도장, 포장, 취급, 선적, 운송 등이 포함된다.

(3) 발주자의 검사를 받기 전에 계약자의 자체 품질검사가 선행되어 필요한

료

후속조치가 완 되어야 한다. 계약자의 자체 품질검사가 선행되지 않은
경우, 발주자는 검사진행을 거절할 수 있다. 다만,

압력시험 등 불가피한

동시에 검사를 진행할 수 있다.
6.7 품질검사계획(Quality Plan 또는 Inspection & Test Plan) 제출
경우에는 발주자와 계약자 품질검사자가

(1) 품질검사가 요구되는 업무를 수행하는 계약자는 해당 업무(하도급 업무

세
계획을 작성 및 제출하여 해당 업무 착수 이전까지 발주자의 승인을 받아
야 한다. 단, 계약관련서류에서 제출기한이 별도로 규정되는 경우에는 그
포함)에 대한 시험, 검사 및 서류검토 공정을 상 하게 기술하는 품질검사

에 따른다. 며 <붙임 2. 품질검

(2) 품질검사계획에는 최소한 다음 사항이 포함되어야 하 ,

> 양식 또는 계약자의 자체 양식을 이용한다.

사계획서

가. 계약명
나. 품질검사계획 번호 및 개정번호
다. 작업, 시험, 검사 공정

별 적용서류(절차서, 도면 등) 및 개정번호 라. 공정

마. 계약자 자체 품질검사점(입회점, 필수확인점)

란

바. 발주자의 품질검사점(입회점, 필수확인점) 선정
사. 품질검사 결과 서명

란

아. 해당 공정의 품질보증기록 제출 여부 등
(3) 품질검사계획은 다음 중 해당하는 사항을 반영하여 작성한다.

v 립품) 별 공정

가. 작업공정표(Tra eler)에 준하여 품목(부품, 조

든 시험/검사 항목

나 계약관련서류에 요구된 모
다. 해당 공정 전 적용

될 문서의 승인여부 점검 항목

라. 해당 공정 후 적용된 문서의 설계변경여부 점검 항목

마. 구매품목의 위․변조 여부 및 관련 서류의 진위여부 확인 항목
바. 원자력 공인검사(ANI) 완료 여부 점검 항목
사. 기기검증(성능검증) 점검 항목(기기검증(성능검증) 품질검사계획서는

별도 작성)

아. 일반규격품 품질검증 항목(일반규격품 품질검증 품질검사계획서는 별
도 작성)
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

10/28

자. 출하 검사 전 품질증빙서류(QVD) 검토 항목

종 확인 항목

차. 출하검사 전 계약관련서류 제출 및 승인 여부 최

카. 출하 검사 항목
하. 기타

성능시험(Performance Test)의 경우 각 점검 항목별로 세분화
도장검사의 경우 표면처리검사와 도장검사로 구분
체적검사(Volumetric Test) 항목
볼트, 너트 조임 및 토크값 확인 점검 항목
Part List 점검 항목
플랜지, 오리피스, 커플링, 엘보우 등 방향, 평형도 점검 항목
노즐 위치 등 현장 Interface 확인 항목
최종 육안 검사의 경우 구체적인 점검 항목 세분화
포장 등급에 따른 포장상태 확인 항목

(4) 발주자의 품질검사자는 계약자 품질검사계획에 발주자의 품질검사점(입회

신

점, 필수확인점)을 선정하고 승인서명하여 계약자에게 회 한다.
6.8 발주자의 품질검사
(1) 계약자는 발주자의 품질검사점(입회점, 필수확인점)에 대하여 해당 작업 7

까지 검사일자를 협의하고, 해당 작업 2일(근무일 기준)
전까지 <붙임 3. 품질검사요청서> 또는 계약자의 자체 품질검사요청서
일(근무일 기준)전

양식을 이용하여 발주자의 품질검사자(또는 대리인)에게 입회검사 요청을
해야 한다.

량

(2) 입회검사 요청시에는 검사품명, 검사공정, 수 , 예정일자, 검사장소, 계약
자

측의 담당자 및 전화번호 등을 포함하여야 한다.

(3) 검사과정에서 불일치사항이 발견되면 해당 작업을 중단하고 필요한 시정

며 아

조치를 취해야 하 , 필요시 발주자의 재검사를 받 야 한다.
(4) 발주자는 검사결과에 만족한 경우에는 품질검사계획의 해당

며 란에 서명한

다. 단, 발주자의 서명이 품질보증을 의미하지 않으 , 검사 이후에 발견
된 품질 문제에 대해서도 계약자에게 책임이 있다.
(5) 발주자는 검사결과에 불만족하거나 보완이 필요한 사항에 대해서는

> 며 <붙

임 4. 품질시정요구서 를 발행하여 시정을 요구할 수 있으 , 품질시정요
구서를 접수한 계약자는 요구기한 내에 시정요구사항에 대한 이행결과를

신 발주자에게 회 하여 확인받 아야 한다.

6.9 출하검사
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

11/28 료 후 발주자의 출

(1) 계약자는 제품을 출하하려면 다음 사항에 대한 조치 완

아

하검사를 받 야 한다.
가. 출하품목에 관련한 설계, 설계변경(FCR 등), 품질서류의 제출 및 발주
자 승인

종결

나. 제작, 시험, 검사 및 감사 관련 지적사항

종결(NCR, SDDR, 품질시정

요구서 등)
다. 품질증빙서류(QVD) 완비
(2) 발주자의 품질검사자는 출하검사 결과에 만족하면 품질검사계획(QP)에 출

란

며, 불만족하는 경우에는 출하를 보류할 권한을
갖는다. 단, 발주자의 사정에 의해 출하검사를 생략할 수 있다.
(3) 출하 검사의 완료가 선적지시를 의미하는 것은 아니며 계약서에 명시된
별도의 인도일정 또는 발주자의 지시에 따라 선적을 해야 한다.
(4) 발주자의 출하 검사 완료가 제품의 품질보증을 의미하지 않으며, 발주자
의 출하 검사 완료 후 발견된 품질 문제점에 대한 책임도 계약자에게 있
하 검사 확인 에 서명하

다. 화 며

6.10 품질검사계획에 따른 검사 및 시험결과는 보고서 형태로 서류 되어야 하 ,

량

해당 서류에는 검사품명, 검사항목, 수 , 검사일자, 검사결과, 작성/검토/승인
자의 소속, 직책, 성명, 서명, 서명일자, 판정결과 및 사용된
(장비명, 고유번호,

측정장비의 정보 교정유효일자 포함) 등이 포함되어야 한다. 7. 특수공정

량
좌우되는
검사 또는 시험에 의한 품질확인이 어려운 작업을 말하며, 용접, 열처리, 비파
괴검사 등이 있다.
7.2 특수공정은 계약관련서류에 명시된 적용 기술기준, 시방서 및 기타 특수요건
7.1 특수공정은 작업특성상 공정의 관리나 작업자의 기 에 따라 품질이

에 따라 인증된 절차서와 장비를 사용하여 자격이 부여된 인원에 의해 수행

며 립

되어야 하 , 이를 관리하고 보증하기 위한 지시서, 절차서 등이 수 되고 이
행되어야 한다.
7.3 특수공정 작업자, 공정 및 장비에 대한 자격부여절차 및 관련 기록이 작성, 승
인 및 유지되어야 한다.

8. 포장, 취급, 선적 및 운송
8.1 계약자는 품목의 포장, 취급, 선정 및 운송과정에서

손상을 입지 않고 안전하
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

12/28

될 수 있도록 필요한 제반 조치를 취해야 한다. 이를 위한

게 발주자에게 인도

적용 기술기준이 계약관련서류에 명시된 경우, 이를 우선 적용한다.

량 8.2 대형 중 물과 운송중

손상이 우려되는 품목은 필요에 따라 특별한 조치를 취

하여야 한다. 9. 예비품 및 대체품 별 며, 본 품목과 동일한 품질보증요건이 적용 9.1 예비품 및 대체품은 식 되어야 하

되어 검사 및 시험되고 관련 기록이 유지되어야 한다.

별요건이 계약관련서류에 명시된 경우, 이를 우선

9.2 예비품 및 대체품에 대한 식
적용한다.

10. 품질보증기록

료
집, 분류, 색인 및 편철하여 발주자에
게 제출하여야 하며, 품질보증기록은 명확하게 추적이 가능하도록 사전에 관
리체계가 수립되어야 한다.

10.1 계약자는 계약완 시 품질보증기록을 수

10.2 계약자는 발주자에게 제출하지 않은 품질보증기록에 대하여 품질보증기록 관

존 존

리 요건에 따라 기록 보 기간을 설정하고 보 기간

피 동안 보관 관리하여야

한다. 기록 보관 중 계약자의 불가 한 사정으로 자체 보관이 어려운 경우에
는 계약자 자체비용으로 발주자에게 해당 품질보증기록을 인계하여야 한다.

11. 출입 및 접근 권한
11.1 발주자(대리인 포함) 또는 정부 규제기관(이하 발주자)은

품질보증감사, 품

별도 비용 지불없이 계약자(하도급업체 포
함)의 해당 시설을 출입하거나, 서류, 기록을 열람하거나, 검사 장비를 사용
하는 등의 활동을 수행할 수 있으며, 계약자는 이에 적극 협조하여야 한다.
질감독 또는 품질검사 등을 위해

12. 현장변경요청서(FCR), 공급자불일치사항처리요청서(SDDR), 불일치
사항보고서(NCR), 부적합사항의 관리
12.1 계약자는

아래의 변경사항에 대하여 수출용 신형연구로 사업관리절차서 최신

본에 따라야 한다.

긴급하게 설계변경을 제안하는 경우, 현
장변경요청서(FCR)를 발주자에게 제출하여 검토 및 승인을 받아야 한

(1) 계약자가 설계문서의 변경 없이
다.

한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

13/28

U -As-Is) 또는 보수(Repair)로 처

(2) 계약자가 불일치품목을 현상태사용( se

리하고자 하는 경우, 불일치사항보고서(NCR)를 발주자에게 제출하여 검

아

토 및 승인을 받 야 한다.
(3) 계약자가 현장변경요청서(FCR) 및 불일치사항보고서(NCR) 내용 이외의

때, 공급자불일치사항처리요청서(SDDR)를
발주자에게 제출하여 검토 및 승인을 받아야 한다.
계약 요건을 변경하고자 할

12.2 계약자는 현장변경요청서(FCR), 공급자불일치사항처리요청서(SDDR), 불일치
사항보고서(NCR)가
12.3 계약자는

종결되지 않은 상태에서 해당 품목을 출하할 수 없다.

종결된 공급자불일치사항처리요청서(SDDR), 불일치사항보고서

(NCR)를 품질증빙서류로 제출해야 한다.
12.4 안전관련설비의 설계, 제작, 성능검증 또는 품질검증(CGI Dedication) 업무를

담당하는 계약자는 원자력안전위원회고시「부적합사항의 보고에 관한 규
정」을 준수하여야 하며, 원자력안전위원회에 부적합사항 보고를 하는 경우
에는 발주자에게 해당 내용을 알려야 한다.

13. 서류제출
13.1 계약자가 제출하는 서류는 정상적인

육안으로 판독이 가능하도록 작성되거나

복사상태가 양호해야 하며, 재 복사 또는 PDF 등의 전자매체 제작이 가능한
상태의 품질이 유지되어야 한다.

13.2 계약자가 제출하는 서류에는 서류명, 서류번호, 개정번호, 작성일자 등이 명

며, 서류의 각 면에 서류번호, 개정번호, 페이지(총 페

확하게 기재되어야 하 이지 수 포함)가 표시되어야 한다.

든 서류에는 자체 품질보증계획서에 따라 작성, 검토,

13.3 계약자가 제출하는 모

며 서명자의 소속, 직책, 성명, 서명 및 일자가 포함되어야 한

승인되어야 하

다. 또한 계약자가 자체 승인하지 않은 서류가 발주자에게 제출되어서는 안
된다.
13.4 발주자의 요청에 따라 전자매체를 이용한 서류를 제출하는 경우, 이 전자매

색 복사, 재생이 가능해야 한다. 또한 PDF 형태의 기록의 양이 많을
경우에는 책갈피(Bookmark) 기능을 이용할 수 있도록 해야 한다.
체는 검 ,

13.5 계약자는 발주자에게 서류 제출 시 계약관련서류 또는 사업관리절차서에 따
라 공식 서면으로 제출한다.
13.6 계약자는 계약관련서류에서 제출이 요구되는 서류와 본 시방서의 13.7항에서
요구되는 서류 중 해당하는 서류를 포함하는 품질증빙서류를

<붙임 5. QVD 한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

14/28 >

납품 시 제출해야 한다. 또한 품질증빙서류
에 대해서는 납품 이전에 발주자(품질검사자)의 검토를 받아야 하며, 검토
결과는 <붙임 6. 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL : Quality Verification Document
List)>에 기록되어야 한다.
표지 양식 을 이용하여 작성 후

13.7 계약자는 다음 중 해당하는 품질증빙서류(QVD)를 보고서 형태로 작성하여

납품시 제출하여야 한다. 발주자의 요구시 전자매체 파일도 포함하여야 한다.
(1) 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL)
(2) 품질보증확인서(Certificate of Conformance)

종결본
(4) Data Report (KEPIC MN 또는 ASME Sec. III 적용 품목)
(5) 재료일람표 (붙임 7 참조)
(6) 원자재 성적서(CMTR, 재료성적서 등)
(7) 품질검사계획서에 따른 각종 시험보고서 또는 검사보고서
(8) 특수공정(용접, 열처리, 비파괴검사, 세정, 도장 등) 관련기록
(9) 측정 및 시험장비 교정성적서(납품되는 측정 및 시험장비에 한함)
(3) 품질검사계획서

(10) 불일치사항보고서(NCR), 품질시정요구서, 공급자 불일치사항 처리요청
서(SDDR)

종결본

(11) 일반규격품 품질검증 기록
(12) 제3기관에서 발행한 품질서류에 대한 진위여부 확인서

타 계약관련서류에 규정된 제출 요구 서류
(14) 기타 발주자가 제출을 요구하는 서류
(13) 기

․

14. 위 모조품 및 의혹자재(CFSI) 사용 방지
14.1 계약자는 계약이행과 관련하여 발주자에게 제출하는 품목 및 관련 서류를 위
조 또는 모조하여

러

납품(제출)하거나 그 밖의 방법으로 허위 제출해서는 안

된다. 만약 이 한 사실이 확인된 경우 발주자는 고발, 부정당업자(업체) 제
재조치, 공급자 등록 취소 및 일정 기간 재등록

금지, 손해배상 등의 조치를

취할 수 있다.
14.2 계약자는 품질등급 Q 품목 및 용역에 대하여 14.3항부터 14.6항의 요건을 적
용해야 한다.
14.3 계약자는 위․모조품 및 의혹자재가 제작 시 사용되거나, 공급되는 것을 방

화 며, 해당 문서에는

지하기 위한 관리 요건 및 절차를 문서 하고 이행해야 하
최소한 다음 내용이 포함되어야 한다.

한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

15/28

(1) 계약자가 구매하는 품목(자재, 용역 포함)에 대하여 해당 품목 및 관련
서류의 진위 여부 확인 절차(책임사항, 확인 항목, 결과 기록 양식 등 포
함)
(2) 품목 또는 서류의 위․모조 및 의혹 사항 발견 시 보고 및 처리 절차
14.4 계약자는 제3기관(하도급업체 포함)에서 발행하는 품질서류(성적서, 보고서
등)에 대해 진위여부를 점검하고

<붙임 8. 품질서류 진위여부 확인서>를 발

주자에게 제출해야 한다. 붙임 8.의 정보가 포함된 계약자의 자체 양식이 있
는 경우, 이를 사용하여도 무방하다. 단, 다음 중 하나에 해당하는 경우
CFSI 검증대상에서 제외할 수 있다.

측정 및 시험장비(납품되는 측정 및 시험장비는 제외)의 교정시험성적서
(2) 계약자가 소재공급자로부터 재료를 구입하여 자체시험하고 CMTR을 발
행한 경우, 소재공급자의 재료성적서(MTR)
(3) 계약자가 소재공급자로부터 재료를 구입하여 시험기관에 위탁하여 시험
하고 위탁시험기관이 발행한 시험성적서를 근거로 CMTR을 발행한 경
우, 소재공급자의 재료성적서(MTR) 단, 위탁시험기관의 시험성적서는
(1)

검증대상 료 료

료를 구입하여 시험 후 CMTR을 발
행하고 계약자에게 재료를 공급한 경우, 재료제조자의 재료성적서(MTR)
단, 재료공급자의 CMTR 및 시험성적서는 검증대상

(4) 재 공급자가 재 제조자로부터 원재

(5) 발주자의 품질검사자가 직접 입회검사하여 확인한 시험/검사성적서
14.5 계약자는 자재 또는 부품(이하 ‘자재’)을 구매하는 경우, 인수검사 단계 혹은

법

제작 전에 다음 중 한 가지 방 을 통해 해당 자재의 적합성 여부를 확인
및 입증해야 한다.

께 확보한 품질서류(자재 시험성적서 등)가 진본이고, 구입한

(1) 자재와 함

자재에 대한 서류임을 확인
(2) 자재의 적합성 확인을 위한
14.6 계약자는 품질서류(공정

별도의 시험/검사 수행

별 작업기록 등 포함)에 실제 작업자/검사자의 소속,

직책, 성명, 서명, 일자를 기재하여 실제 업무수행자를 추적, 확인할 수 있도
록 한다.
14.7 계약자는 품질등급 T 품목 및 용역에 대하여 14.3항부터 14.6항을

립 참조하여

품목 및 서류의 위·변조 여부를 확인할 수 있는 절차를 수 하고 관리하여야

며

하 , 발주자가 요구하는 경우 해당기록을 제시하여야 한다.
14.8 계약자는 품질등급 Q 또는 T 품목 및 용역의 품질보증확인서(Certificate of
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

16/28

Conformance)에 승인된 품질보증계획(또는 절차서)에 따라 품목 및 서류의
위․변조 여부를 확인하

였으며, 그 결과 납품되는 품목 및 서류에 위․변조

및 의혹 사항이 없음을 확인한다는 문구를 추가한다.

15. 붙 임
15.1 붙임 1 : 일반규격품 대체사용 지침
15.2 붙임 2 : 품질검사계획서
15.3 붙임 3 : 품질검사요청서
15.4 붙임 4 : 품질시정요구서
15.5 붙임 5 : QVD 표지 양식
15.6 붙임 6 : 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL)

료 람표 15.7 붙임 7 : 재 일

15.8 붙임 8 : 품질서류 진위여부 확인서
15.9 붙임 9 : 품질등급 T 품목에 적용되는 품질보증계획 요건

한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

17/28

<붙임 1. 일반규격품 대체사용 지침>
1. 일반규격품 품질검증: 품질등급 Q 품목을 일반규격품으로 대체사용 하고자 하는
경우
1.1 계약자는 최소한 다음 사항을 포함하는 일반규격품 품질검증

g 아

Pro ram)을 제출하여 발주자의 사전 승인을 받 야 한다.
(1) CGID 요건을 포함하는 품질보증계획서

프로그램(CGID

(2) CGID 수행 관련 절차서(기술적 평가, 필수특성의 적합성 확인, 시험, 검
사, 불일치사항 관리, 수행 인원의 자격요건 등)

황
(4) CGID 수행 인원 현황
(3) CGID 관련 설비 현

(5) CGID 수행실적(해당 시)
1.2 계약자는 적합성 확인 전 다음 사항을 포함하는 일반규격품 품질검증계획

아

(CGID Plan)을 제출하여 발주자의 승인을 받 야 한다.

델

(1) 품목 정보(품목명, 모 번호, 공급자, 사양, 구매수

향 량, 발주자 자재번호,

안전기능, 예상 고장에 따른 영 분석결과 등)
(2) 필수특성
(3) 필수특성

별 적합성 확인 방법(표본선정방법 포함) 및 합격기준

1.3 계약자는 적합성 확인 결과 및 관련 증빙기록을 포함하는 일반규격품 품질검
증보고서(CGID Report)를 발주자에게 제출하여 승인받는다.

뢰

1.4 계약자는 일반규격품 품질검증 관련 시험을 외부에 의 할 경우, 한국인정기

KOLAS)로부터 인정받은 유자격 기관을 활용한다. 단, 계약자의 품질보증
절차에 따라 심사 및 자격이 부여된 하도급 기관에서 시험을 수행할 수 있
으며, 이 경우 하도급 기관은 발주자의 승인이 필요하다.
1.5 계약자는 일반규격품 품질검증 수행된 품목에서 결함 발생 시 불일치품목 관
리 절차에 따라 발주자에게 보고 후 조치하며, 관련 기록을 유지한다.
1.6 계약자는 일반규격품 품질검증 품목은 납품 시까지 식별관리한다.
1.7 계약자는 발주자의 승인을 득한 일반규격품 품질검증계획(CGID Plan) 및 품
질검증보고서(CGID Report)를 납품 시 품질증빙서류에 포함하여 제출한다.
구(

한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

18/28

<붙임 2. 품질검사계획서(1/2)>

페이지 : #/#
계 약 자

발 주 자 계 약 명 계약번호

기술시방서
번호(개정번호)

품질검사계획서
번호(개정번호)

품질검사계획서
품 명:

개정
번호

일 자 개정사유 ○○○○○○○○○○○○ 성명/ 서명 성명/서명 성명/서명 성명/서명 성명/ 서명 일 일 일 일 일 자

작성자
(계약자)

자

검토자
(계약자)

자

승인자
(계약자)

자 검토자 자 승인자 KAERI) (KAERI QC) ( 한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

19/28

<붙임 2. 품질검사계획서(2/2)>
품질검사계획서 번호 :

페이지 : #/# 품질검사계획서 A Q

검 사 점
No.

작업/시험/검사 항목 적용서류 계약자명 (개정번호) 검사점 확인 KAERI QC 검사점 확인 비 고

기록
제출

Y ( /N)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...

백 이하 여

(약어) WP: 입회점, HP: 필수확인점, R: 서류 검토

한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

20/28 <붙임 3. 품질검사요청서>

품질검사요청서
(Quality Inspection Request)
계약자는 이 양식을 이용하여 최소 2일전에 한국원자력연구원 품질검사자에게 검사를 요청하여야 한다.

h give notice to KAERI QC using this form at least two (working) days before
the inspection.)

(Contractor s all

계약자
(Contractor)
계약명 (용역명)
(Contract(Pro ect) Name)

j 량

검사품목/수
(Item
Q antit )

& u y

적용 ITP/QP 번호
( pplica le ITP/QP No.)

개정번호
(Re . No.)

작업공정 번호 및 내용
(Inspection No./Contents)

검사구분
(Le end: HP or WP)

검사장소
(Inspection Location)

검사일자
(Inspection Date)

A b 담 v g 화

계약자 검사
당
(Contractor s Contact
Person)

전 번호
(Tel.)

작성자
(Prepared)

작성일자
(Date)

' ※ 기타 특이사항 한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11

21/28 <붙임 4. 품질시정요구서>

품질시정요구서
(Quality Correction Request)

계약자
(S pplier)
계약명 (용역명)
(Contract(Pro ect) Name)
적용 ITP/QP 번호
( pplica le ITP/QP No.)

u A j b

개정번호
(Re . No.)

첨부(Attachment) : ▢있음(Yes) ▢없음(No)

불만족사항
( nsatisfied Condition)

첨부(Attachment) : ▢있음(Yes) ▢없음(No)
조치결과 회신기한(Corrective Action Due Date) :
시정요구내용
(Recommended ction
Re ested)

A qu

계약자 서명
(S pplier Si .)
RI 검사자 서명
RI Inspector Si .)

KAE
(KAE

u g g

일 자
(Date)
일 자
(Date)

아래 양식에 기록하여 검사자에게 제출한다.
(Supplier shall record the corrective action result on below form, and submit to KAERI
inspector for verification.)
첨부(Attachment) : ▢있음(Yes) ▢없음(No)
계약자는 조치 결과를

조치 내용
(Correcti e ction
Res lts)

v A
u

계약자 서명
(S pplier Si .)

일 자
(Date)

KAERI 검사자 서명
KAERI Inspector Sig.)

일 자
(Date)

u ( g 한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10

22/28 <붙임 5. QVD 표지 양식> 품질증빙서류

(QUALITY VERIFICATION DOCUMENT)

계 약 자 :

계 약 명 (용역명) :
계 약
제

번
출

호 : 일 :

회사명 / 00도 00시 00구 00동 000-000
Tel: 000)0000-0000, Fax: 000)0000-0000, E-mail: [email protected]
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10

23/28

<붙임 6. 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL)>

품질증빙서류목록
(Quality Verification Documents List)
계약명
(Contract
(Pro ect)
Name)

계약자
(S pplier)

u j

서류명
(Doc ment T pe)

u y

계약자 확인 KAERI 확인
쪽번호 (Verified
by (Verified by
(Pages)
Supplier)
KAERI)

품질증빙서류목록(QVDL) 1 품질보증서 2 종 þ 품질검사계획( 결본) 3 재 일 표 6 원자재성적서 9 검사성적서 12 료 람 ... Supplier Certification

We certify that the QVD meet the
quirements of the purchase order and
applicable specification.

re Certified by : u

' A
M g

S pplier s Q /QC
ana er

Date

비고
(Remar )

k þ

□
□
□
□
□
□

KAERI Acceptance

KAERI accept Supplier's QVD.
Accepted by :

KAERI Inspector Date 한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10

24/28 <붙임 7. 재료일람표>

재료일람표
(Material List)

페이지
(Page)

계약명
(Contract(Pro ect)
Name)

계약자
(S pplier)

도면번호
(D . No.)

개정
(Re .
No.)

부품번호
(Part No.)

내용
(Description)

A-KR-1234-11 2 11 3 - G ide P ipe v u

자재사양
( aterial Spec.)

량
y

수
(Q‘t )

A 2 S 508 GR.3

자재증명서
(C TR/ TR/ ill S eet)
번호
QVD 번호
(No.)
(Pa e)

M M M h CN200112456

쪽
g

히트/로트번호
(Heat/Lot No.)

비고
(Remar )

k 2C0159 한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10

25/28

<붙임 8. 품질서류 진위여부 확인서>

품질서류 진위여부 확인서
1. 계약자
2. 계약명
3. 품

목 4. 확인 내용 순번 서류명1) 료 확인 방 파괴 법 2)

1) 재 시험성적서, 비
검사보고서 등 서류명 (비
검사입회 시 확인 불필요)
2) 원본확인, 사본비 , 인터 확인,
mail 확인 등
3) 만족, 불만족 등
4) 불만족사유나 원본확인불가 등 특이사항
5) 계약자의 성명/서명/일자

교 넷 결과3) 비고4) 확인자5) 파괴검사보고서는 계약자가 직접 E-

5. 확인자
서류발행기관6)
(제조사 또는 시험기관)

계약자 품질책임자 기관명 계약자 부서/직책 부서/직책 성명/서명/일자 성명/서명/일자

락처
연락처
E-mail
E-mail
6) 확인방법이 인터넷확인일 경우 서류 발행기관의 확인은 생략할 수 있으며 이 경우
기관명에 N/A 명기. E-mail 확인일 경우 서명은 생략할 수 있다.
연

한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10

26/28

<붙임 9. 품질등급 T 품목에 적용되는 품질보증계획 요건(1/3)>
품질보증요건

적용여부 Og z 1. 조직 ( r ani ation)

○
○

기본요건 - 1S 1 조직 u y Assurance Program) 2. 품질보증계획 (Q alit

○
○
○
○
○

기본요건

2S-2 비파괴검사원의 자격인정
2S-3 품질보증감사자의 자격인정
2S-4 교육 및 훈련
3. 설계관리 (Design Control)
2S 1 검사 및 시험원의 자격인정

○ 기본요건 - 3S 1 설계관리

○
○
○
○
○
○

설계입력
설계공정
설계확인
변경관리
공유영역관리

화 및 기록
4. 구매문서관리(Procurement Document Control)
문서

기본요건 - 4S 1 구매문서 관리 u u wg

5. 지시서, 절차서 및 도면 (Instr ctions, Proced res and Dra in s)
기본요건

6. 문서관리 (Doc ment Control)
기본요건

- 6S 1 문서관리

○
○
○
○
○

한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10

27/28

<붙임 9. 품질등급 T 품목에 적용되는 품질보증계획 요건(2/3)>
품질보증요건

uh 적용여부 v

7. 구매품목 및 용역의 관리 (Control of P rc ased Items and Ser ices)
기본요건

- ○

7S 1 구매 품목 및 용역의 관리
구매계획
공급자 선정

찰서 평가 입

공급자 업무수행 평가
공급자 작성 문서관리
품목 또는 용역의 변경관리
품목 또는 용역의 합격여부 판정
공급자 불일치사항 관리
일반규격품목

별 및 관리 (Identification and Control of Items)

8. 품목의 식
기본요건

- 8S 1 품목의 식 별 및 관리

9. 공정관리 (Control of Processes)
기본요건

9S 1 공정관리
10. 검사 (Inspection)
기본요건

- 10S 1 검사

○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○

최

○
○
○
○
○
○

기록 ○

검사 요건
인원
필수확인점
검사계획
공정중 검사

종검사
가동중 검사

한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10

28/28

<붙임 9. 품질등급 T 품목에 적용되는 품질보증계획 요건(3/3)>
품질보증요건

적용여부

11. 시험관리 (Test Control)
기본요건

11S-2 컴퓨터 프로그램 시험
12. 측정 및 시험장비의 관리 (Control of Measuring & Test Equipment)
11S 1 시험관리

○
○
○

12S 1

○
○

기본요건 ○ 기본요건

측정 및 시험장비의 관리

13. 취급, 저장 및 운송 (Handling, Storage and Shipping)
-

13S 1 취급, 저장 및 운송

14. 검사, 시험 및 운전상태 (Inspection, Test and
기본요건
15. 불일치품목의 관리 (Control of Nonconformin
기본요건

- 15S 1 불일치품목의 관리 v Action)

16. 시정조치 (Correcti e
기본요건

u y Assurance Records)

17. 품질보증기록 (Q alit
기본요건

17S 1 품질보증기록
기록관리

Operating Status)
g Items)

○
○
○
○
○
○

인수

저장, 보관 및 보안
검색
기록의 처리
18. 품질보증감사 (

Audits) 기본요건 - 18S 1 품질보증감사

○
○
한국원자력연구원

===== 붙임3. 설계도서.zip =====

===== KJ-567-DE-416-001_IFC_3_Design Specification for Fire Detection and Alarm System.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for Fire Detection and Alarm System
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-567-DE-416-001 3 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Min-Chang Park 2022-11-25

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DE AE)

Signature

Date
2022-11-25

Jae-Hyung Lee
Reviewed by :
설계확인자(DE IR)

Signature

Date
2022-11-25

Sang-Ki Shin
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DE LE)

Signature 2022-11-25

Seun Beom Kwon
Reviewed by :

품질보증책임자(DQ
QA)

Date Signature

Date
2022-11-25

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
EM

Signature Date 2022-11-29 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

1 of 41 Rev. 3

Revision History
Rev.
No.

Date

Description of Revision
For Construction
Approved by PM MEMO KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0832

0 2016.09.28

Updated “DYNAMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS”, 4.3, page 20
Updated “ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS”, 4.4, page 20
Updated “SUBMITTALS”, 5, page 21
Updated “ATTACHMENTS”, 12, page 33
Updated “APPENDICES”, 13, page 34

For Construction
1

Approved by with Comment by KJ-L-KH/DH-16-1037

2020.05.14

This specification has been generally revised.
Refer to the bars on the right side of each page.

For Construction
Approved by with Comment by KJ-L-KH/DH-20-1748
Revised by AIL P4-8
Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-20-1770(조달청 설계 적정성 검토결과)

2 2021.04.30

ASME Code & Standard have been added.
Standard appendices (Owner’s document) have been revised from ‘by owner’ to ‘by
owner or purchaser’.
Updated “Attachment-B Drawing and Document Submittal Requirements” as per
KJ-L-KH/DH-20-1748.
Updated “Attachment-C_Quality Verification Documents List” as per KJ-L-KH/DH20-1748.
Updated “Attachment-D_Supplier's Technical Data”
Deleted “Attachment-E_Supplier Deviation Disposition Request” as per KJ-LKH/DH-20-1748.
“Attachment-G_Design Table” revised by AIL P4-8, KJ-L-KH/DH-20-1770(조달청
설계 적정성 검토결과).
Updated “Attachment-H_Floor Response Spectra(FRS) for MCR” according to
latest version.
For general revision, refer to the bars on the right side of each page.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

2 of 41 Rev. 3

For Construction
Internal revised.

결재정보
참조

Modified Sec. 1.2.3.3, 1.2.6, 4.3.1.7
Deleted Sec. 1.2.7 (Fabrication & Installation)
Added 4.3.1.8
Updated “Attachment-G_Design Table” Main Fire Alarm Receiving & Control
Panel’s cable entry opening is changed from Top to Bottom according to installation
location. Also Mounting Method have been changed.
Issued by PM MEMO for KJ-L-KH/DH-21-2020
‘자가용전기설비 검사에 필요한 시험성적서’ requirement have been revised as
per KJ-L-KH/DH-21-2020
Added. 5.2.11 and Modified Attachment-B, Attachment-C

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

3 of 41

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 4

DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 7

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND GUARANTEES ............................................................ 9

DESIGN CONDITIONS ............................................................................................... 13

SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................. 27

MATERIALS AND FABRICATION ............................................................................. 32

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ........................................34

SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING .............................................................. 35

NAMEPLATES ............................................................................................................ 36

10.

INSPECTION AND TESTING ..................................................................................... 37

11.

SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS...................................................................................... 39

12.

ATTACHMENTS.......................................................................................................... 40

13.

APPENDICES.............................................................................................................. 41

Rev. 3 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

1. SCOPE 1.1. GENERAL 4 of 41 Rev. 3

This specification covers the technical and associated requirement for design, manufacturing,
inspection, testing and furnishing of the Fire Detection and Alarm system and delivery to KI JANG
Research Reactor (KJRR) jobsite.
1.2.

WORK INCLULED 1.2.1.

The supplier shall be responsible for taking those actions like review and sealing (if required)
of both supplier’s and purchaser’s design drawings and documents as to assist purchaser in
acquiring technical permissions and licensing from Atomic Energy Act (AEA), Korea Fire
Services Act (KFSA), High Pressure Gas Safety Control Law (HPGSCL) and Hazardous
Material Safety Control Act (HMSCA).
All purchaser’s and supplier’s design drawings and documents required for acquiring licensing
from the Korea Fire Services Act (KFSA) and Hazardous Material Safety Control Act (HMSCA)
shall be reviewed and sealed by a fire protection professional engineer and prepared in
accordance with the related Acts.

1.2.2.

(Work Scope) All work and apparatus not expressly called for herein which are required for
proper operation, shall be performed and furnished by the Supplier at no increase in cost to
the Purchaser. It is not the intent to specify herein all details of design and construction. It shall
be the responsibility of the Supplier to provide the specified systems that have been designed,
manufactured & fabricated, shop & field tested with commissioning, and delivered & unloaded
in accordance with this specification, all related engineering codes and standards and the
updated purchaser’s design drawings and documents applicable to the specified service.
In addition to the supplier's scope of supply specified in other section of this Specification, the
supplier shall furnish the services and equipment, including all necessary features,
components, accessories and appurtenances for the safe, efficient and reliable erection,
operation and maintenance whether mentioned in this Specification or not.
Except for those specifically excluded in this specification, the supplier shall design,
manufacturer and furnish labor, materials and equipment required to deliver the specified
equipment in this specification with all parts in good working order, properly assembled and
tested. All work and apparatus not expressly called for herein which are required for proper
operation of the units, shall be performed and furnished by the supplier.
The supplier shall have overall responsibility for design and coordination of interfacing systems
so that all systems will systematically work enough to meet all relevant requirements.

1.2.3.

(Equipment) Major equipment is listed in accordance with the attachment-G, “Design Table”.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

5 of 41 Rev. 3

Type of materials and quantities mentioned in the paragraph 1, “SCOPE” are only for tender
purposes and will be changed according to the supplier’s detailed engineering.
The supplier may propose additional quantities and/or alternate types of necessary items, if it
performs better than that described in the specification.
1.2.3.1.

A fire alarm system shall be designed and delivered with all conduits, wires, outlet boxes,
junction boxes and all accessories to erect a zoned, electrically supervised fire alarm system
as herein specified.

1.2.3.2.

The system shall be complete and operational in every respect to fulfill the specified intent.
The system shall consist for the plant of a Fire Alarm Receiving & Control Panel, Sprinkler
Manual Stations, Fire Detectors, and so on, indicated in the attachment-G, ‘Design Table’. The
detailed information

1.2.3.3.

Automatic fire detectors shall be installed in each building /room /enclosure /container, etc., as
applicable and in cable floors and ducts. Detectors for automatic release of firefighting systems
shall be wired as cross-zoned circuit.

1.2.3.4.

(Air Sampling Smoke Detector) Installation, field test and commissioning of the air sampling
smoke detectors including necessary accessories and appurtenances shall be included.

1.2.4.

(Spare Parts) The supplier shall furnish one (1) lot of spare parts required during installation,
start-up, commissioning, and recommended two (2) years spare parts list and additional spare
parts. All requirements that apply to the original parts of the specified equipment shall apply
equally to the spare parts of the specified equipment. All documentation for spare parts shall
be submitted in the same manner as for original parts.

1.2.5.

(Special Tools) The supplier shall furnish one (1) lot of all special tools required for adjustment,
maintenance and dismantling of the equipment. Tools shall be new and of first class quality.
Tools shall be shipped in a separate suitable container clearly marked with the name of the
equipment. Tool container shall be marked for delivery.

1.2.6.

(Calculation) Building structure and load calculation and summary for equipment dynamic
qualification for main fire alarm control panel. The supplier shall calculate welding methods,
bolts size (for connection between fire alarm control panel and base frame), bolt torque
tightening value, etc. according to total weight and shall be submitted to purchaser. And
channel base shall be supplied for installation on H-beam support.

1.2.7.

(Program & Function) The fire detection and alarm system shall be capable of performing all
functions. Omissions in this specification shall not relieve supplier of obligation to furnish a fully
functioning system.
The supplier shall furnish all necessary programming to complete system including address
mapping and all necessary operating and application program software & firmware including

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

6 of 41 Rev. 3

source code data and source program listings and related manuals including licenses.
1.2.8.

(Technical Supports) The supplier shall furnish the services of competent technical advisor(s)
who shall provide technical advice, guidance and assistance for the successful operation of
the equipment furnished under this specification. The supplier shall furnish the service of
competent engineering personnel to attend technical meeting as requested by the purchaser.
The supplier and his sub-supplier shall attend a technical meeting. The purpose of the meeting
will be to clarify the actual purchaser/supplier interface points and to support technical issues
from the purchaser, the owner or the regulatory expert organization.

1.2.9.

(Appurtenances & Accessories) The supplier shall furnish all of accessories, installation fittings,
supports related section 1.2, besides shall be considered and proposed adequate installation
method. The supplier shall furnish all necessary appurtenances and accessories required to
fulfill the intent of this specification whether or not such appurtenances and accessories are
detailed herein.
All necessary installation materials including mounting pole, bracket, support, bolts & nuts,
washers and embedded materials in accordance with seismic qualification.

1.2.10.

RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED
The following items of work are not included in this specification.
A. Installation and erection works except for air sampling smoke detectors
A. Power and control power supply for incoming.
B. Civil and Foundations

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS

2.1. ABBREVIATIONS 2.2. KJRR KIJANG Research Reactor KAERI

Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute

IEEE

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IEC

International Electrotechnical Commission

KEPIC

Korea Electric Power Industry Code

TBD To be determined UL

Underwriters Laboratories

NEMA

National Electrical Manufacturers Association

7 of 41 Rev. 3

DEFINITIONS
In addition to definitions included in the General Conditions and Special Conditions the
following shall apply:

2.2.1. The purchaser: Owner 2.2.2.

The purchaser will review drawings and data submitted by the supplier, therefore, reference to
the terms "approve," "approved," "approval" etc., shall be construed to mean "review" or
"reviewed."

2.2.3.

Wherever the terms "or equal" or "as agreed upon" are used in this Specification, they shall
mean "as agreed upon" by "The purchaser" unless otherwise specifically stated.

2.2.4.

Wherever the word "harsh environment" appears in the Specification it shall mean an
environment which experiences a significant increase in pressure, temperature, humidity, or
chemical environment as a result of a design basis event or is predicted to experience a Total
Integrated Dose (TID) of greater than 102 Gy.

2.2.5.

Shall: Mandatory requirement

2.2.6.

Should: Recommendation or action which is advised but may/will not be required. Will is used
for all actions to be performed by the purchaser or others.

2.2.7.

May: Permission, neither a requirement nor a recommendation

2.2.8.

Commissioning: Commissioning is defined as “All test Process which KJRR component and
systems, having been constructed, are made operational and verified to be in accordance with

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

8 of 41 Rev. 3

design assumption and to have met the performance criteria.” It includes both Field Test and
Performance test.
2.2.9.

Field Test: Field Test consists of installation test of component/system and Pre-operational
test. Pre-operational test is conducted by the purchaser to test the operation and safety of the
entire process of the KJRR

2.2.10.

Whenever the word "Supplier" appears in the specification or reference documents, it shall
mean "Contractor" or "Supplier".

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND GUARANTEES

3.1. GENERAL 9 of 41 Rev. 3

The supplier shall control the quality of goods and services to meet the requirements of the
Specification and applicable codes and standards.
3.2.

CODES AND STANDARDS 3.2.1.

KEPIC shall be the 2005 edition through 2006 addenda, however, KEPIC ENA shall be 2005
edition through 2007 addenda.

3.2.2.

All codes and standards shall be the latest edition in effect as of 31st March, 2012, unless
otherwise indicated.

3.2.3.

If there is a conflict between KEPIC and the referenced codes and standards, the referenced
codes and standards take precedence over KEPIC except for the codes and standards in
accordance with “전력산업기술기준의 원자로시설 기술기준 적용에 관한 지침”.

3.2.4.

The systems shall be designed in accordance with the following codes and standards. But, the
followings are only a minimum of the applicable codes and standards.

3.2.5.

Codes and standards mentioned in attachments and appendices of this specification shall be
read to mean the equivalent article or sub article of KEPIC code.

3.2.6.

The followings are only a minimum of the applicable codes and standards. The work performed
shall comply with the applicable codes, standards and Regulation, and the following:
National Fire Safety Codes (NFSC)
Korea Electric Power Industry Code (KEPIC)
KEPIC

EMC 1100-2005

Industrial Control and Systems General Requirements

KEPIC EMC 3000-2005

Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures

KEPIC QAP-2005

Nuclear Quality Assurance

KEPIC SND-2005

Safety-Related Steel Structures for Nuclear Facilities

National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
NEMA

ICS 1-2000

Industrial Control and Systems

NEMA ICS 2-1988

Industrial Control and Systems Controllers, Contractors, and
Overload Relays Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750
Volts DC

NEMA ICS 6-1993(R2001)

Enclosure for Industrial Control and Systems

NEMA 250-2008

Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
(1,000 Volts Maximum)

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

10 of 41 Rev. 3

ANSI/ANS
15.11-2009
Radiation Protection at Research Reactor Facilities
International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA)
IAEA Safety No. NS-G-4.6-2008 Radiation Protection and Radioactive Waste Management in
Guide
the Design and Operation of Research Reactors
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (US NRC)
US NRC

SRP 9.5.1 BTP
CMEB 9.5-1-1981

Fire Protection Program Guidelines for Fire Protection for
Nuclear Power Plants

US NRC RG 5.71-2010

Cyber Security Programs for Nuclear Facilities

US NRC RG 8.8-1978

Information Relevant to Ensuring that Occupational
Radiation Exposures at Nuclear Power Stations Will be
ALARA

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
ASME

NQA-11994+1995A

Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear
Facilities

3.3. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 3.3.1.

For “T” class items, the supplier shall establish, submit and implement the quality assurance
program in accordance with requirements as described in the appendix, “Quality Assurance
Requirements (Prepared by Owner or Purchaser)”. For “S” class items, the quality
requirements are not defined but manufacturer’s quality assurance requirements or industry
standards shall be applied selectively.

3.3.2.

A distinct quality class is assigned to all work within this specification. Unless specifically noted
otherwise in this specification, the following quality class shall be applied to the specified work.
Quality class

3.3.3. Item I.D T

Main Fire Alarm Control Panel.

All Equipment and Devices for Fire Detection and Alarm System
and Local Fire Alarm Control Panel

A distinct Seismic Category is assigned to all work within this specification. Unless specifically
noted otherwise in this specification, the following Seismic Category shall be applied to the
specified work.
Seismic Category
II

Main Fire Alarm Control Panel

Non-Seismic
3.4.

Item I.D

All Equipment and Devices for Fire Detection and Alarm System
and Local Fire Alarm Control Panel

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE
All designing, procuring, manufacturing, processing, assembling, testing, examination, and
inspection performed by the supplier and its subcontractor are subject to review by the purchaser
or the purchaser’s authorized agents. This review shall in no way relieve the supplier of any

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

11 of 41 Rev. 3

contractual responsibilities.
Surveillance and documentation shall be in accordance with the appendix, “Quality Assurance
Requirements (Prepared by Owner or Purchaser), and the appendix, “General Requirement for
Document Submittal (Prepared by Owner or Purchaser).
3.5.

GUARANTEES
It shall be the responsibility of the supplier to supply equipment that are in accordance with high
standard of engineering and workmanship suitable for the intended services as described herein
and consistent with general accepted standards and practices whether or not specifically stated
in this specification. The supplier shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions
in the drawing and information supplies by him, whether they have been approved by the
purchaser or not.

3.5.1.

Guarantee of Availability and Compliance
A. Performance of the entire system and all component parts are guaranteed by the supplier
to be in full compliance with both this specification and his own published technical data.
B. All system component parts that are required to replacement and maintenance shall
identify stock level and recommended frequency of replacement and maintenance period
to bring the system life span to 50 years.
C. The supplier guarantees that the equipment shall be brand new incorporating the latest
design features and that no second hand or repaired parts shall be delivered.
D. Certificates shall be provided for the materials supplies showing the specified and attained
values in the various tests to be carried out according to the contract.
E. The supplier is obliged to repair and/or replace the equipment or any part thereof which
may show any defects during the guarantee.

3.5.2.

Guarantee of Functioning
The design, workmanship and materials of the system shall be guaranteed to be free of defect
and suitable for the service conditions contained in this specification.

3.6. CONFLICT 3.6.1.

Should conflict exist among codes, standards and the technical specification including
Attachments & Appendices, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser for clarification prior to
proceed with the work and submit the supplier deviation disposition request (SDDR) shown in
the appendix, “General Requirements for Document Submittal (prepared by Owner or
Purchaser)”.

3.6.2.

When the supplier suggests or applies the design change or deviation that is different from the
design conditions or requirements described in this specification, the supplier shall consult with

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

12 of 41 Rev. 3

the purchaser and/or obtain approval through SDDR and so on; in case that design
change/deviation were occurred, all the cost due to the design change to be approved shall be
at the supplier's expense.
3.7.

KOREA FIRE SERVICES ACT
The equipment and design of system shall be in compliance with the Korea Fire Services Act. In
the event of a conflict between the Korea Fire Services Act and any other Codes or Standards,
the Korea Fire Services Act shall take precedence and Supplier shall notify it to the Purchaser
(A/E). All of supplier’s scope shall be approved to Korea Fire Equipment Inspection Corporation
(KFI) and NFPA.

3.8. SUB SUPPLIERS 3.8.1.

A sub-supplier, i.e., a foundry, forging shop, or independent testing agency, may perform
operations, tests, and examinations that require procedure submittals and documentation of
results.

3.8.2.

The organization, which purposes to perform or performs the activity shall prepare the
procedure and documentation covering that activity; however, the supplier is solely responsible
for the acquisition of procedures and certified documents, for their submittal to the Purchaser,
and shall assure that the sub-suppliers are properly qualified in accordance with the appendix,
“Quality Assurance Requirements (Prepared by Owner or Purchaser)”.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

13 of 41 Rev. 3 4. DESIGN CONDITIONS 4.1. GENERAL 4.1.1.

The fire detection and alarm system shall be provided with NFSC & NFPA certificate.

4.1.2.

The fire detection and alarm system shall be applied to in accordance with section 3.2, and
unless otherwise indicated.

4.1.3.

Fire detection and alarm system are able to perform its function during any of the various plant
operating modes. The system also is designed to deliver its design capability following a loss
of normal power.

4.1.4.

The system consists of detectors appropriate for the areas in which they are installed and of
alarms to quickly identify the troubled area.

4.1.5.

All detectors associated with each room shall be provided with alarms and status lights at the
annunciator board located in the Main Control Room (MCR). And when alarm signal is occur,
the signal shall be provided to evacuation system.

4.1.6.

Fire and smoke monitoring and detection shall be accomplished by ionization, photoelectric,
flame, and fixed temperature detectors in areas where the potential of fire exists.

4.1.7.

The fire detection system shall actuate auxiliary relays to shut down air supply fans, exhaust
fan and close fire dampers to limit supply of oxygen to fires, and to prevent propagation of fire
from one area to another through ducts.

4.1.8.

The alarm system shall not initiate an alarm of fire upon the occurrence of a simple outage in
the system power supply.

4.1.9.

The fire detection system for each area should be independent of every other area. Ionization
detectors shall not be installed in areas where dose rate is in excess of 0.05mSv/hr or when
the area is subjected to diesel or gasoline exhaust fumes.

4.1.10.

The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall be provided with a standby battery pack with charger. The
battery shall supply power for supervision and alarm for a minimum of 24 hours

4.1.11.

Electrical apparatus and instrumentation shall be provided in accordance with KJ-070-DT-410007 and KJ-070-DT-410-009

4.1.12.

All the equipment in this Specification shall be designed and officially approved for fire
protection service in accordance with the requirements of the Korea Fire Institute and NFPA.

4.1.13.

The detection system shall consist of a Main Fire Alarm Control Panel, Local Fire Alarm Control
Panels, Signal Interface Cabinets, signal initiating devices, signal initiating devices circuits,
signal notification appliances, and devices, signal initiating devices circuits, signal notification
appliances, and equipment for the automatic, permanent visual recording of signals and

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

14 of 41 Rev. 3

signaling circuits (all circuits within Fire Protection System and Interfacing Circuits with FireRelated System). The instrumentation and control signals of the system shall be multiplexed
as much as practicable, which shall include all signals from separate initiating devices circuit
for each fire zone or subsection in the power block. Signal multiplexing shall be coped in such
a way that each fire zone or subsection shall be separately identifiable and addressable. The
system shall provide visual and audible alarms to operator, actuation signals to appropriate
fire suppression system devices, and smoke control function in the suppression zone by
automatically closing and/or opening proper dampers in HVAC systems and turning on exhaust
fans if required.
4.1.14.

Grounding
One copper-faced, 2-hole ground pad for 50 mm2 ground cable shall be provided on side of the
base, drilled and tapped with NEMA standard.

4.1.15.

Enclosures
The enclosures of the electrical equipment supplied under this specification shall be made
according to NEMA 12.

4.1.16.

Terminal device
The Supplier shall provide equipment with terminal device compatible with compression lug for
stranded conductor cables provided by Purchaser.

4.2.

OPERATING AND DESIGN CONDITIONS

4.2.1.

Detectors
A. General
1) Each detector shall be selected and spaced in accordance with the requirements of
KFI & NFPA
2) Analogue detectors shall be installed in the following areas;
a.

Safety related areas that include safety related systems & components.

Areas where automatic fire suppression system is installed.

Aisles, corridors, stairs to emergency exits.

3) All detectors provided shall be conventional or analogue type.
4) Smoke detector shall not be used alone in automatic fire suppression area unless it
is verified that smoke detectors are not susceptible to actuation by dust which may
rise during seismic events.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

15 of 41 Rev. 3

A. Ionization Smoke Detectors
Smoke detectors are capable of detecting smoke or other products of combustion. Smoke
detectors utilizing the ionization principle are usually of the spot type. An ionization smoke
detector has a small amount of radioactive material which ionizes the air in the sensing
chamber, thus rendering it conductive and permitting a current flow through the air
between two charged electrodes. This gives the sensing chamber an effective electrical
conductance. When smoke particles enter the ionization area, they decrease the
conductance of the air by attaching themselves to the ions, causing a reduction in mobility.
When the conductance is less than a predetermined level, the detector responds.
B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors
Photoelectric smoke detectors shall respond directly to visible smoke produced by
materials which smolder or bum slowly. The detectors shall consist of a light source and
a photocell arranged in a labyrinth chamber such that no direct or external light can reach
the photocell. Smoke particles entering the chamber shall be illuminated, and the
scattered light shall reach the photocell. The generated voltage shall be amplified by a
solid-state circuit that initiates the alarm.
The detector sensitivity shall be adjustable to compensate for varying background
conditions and should provide safeguards to prevent false alarms.
C. Flame Detectors (Ultraviolet(UV)/Infrared(IR), IR3)
1) UV/IR flame detector shall sense ultraviolet radiation with a vacuum photodiode tube
and a selected wavelength of infrared radiation with a photo cell and use the
combined signal to indicate a fire.
2) A multiple wave length infrared (IR/IR) flame detector senses radiation at two or more
narrow bands of wave lengths in the infrared spectrum.
3) The detectors shall be installed in areas where air currents which carry smoke may
be unpredictable.
4) To prevent false alarms, the infrared radiation must be sustained for at least 3
seconds.
D. Heat Detectors
1) Heat detectors types shall sense combination of fixed high ambient temperature
and/or high rate of ambient temperature rise (in excess of 15 °F per minute).
E. Air sampling smoke detector

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

16 of 41 Rev. 3

1) Air sampling smoke detectors’ line shall be run in MCR underfloor to be protected as
shown on the A/E's design drawings.
2) Air sampling smoke detectors shall be capable of detecting traces of smoke and byproducts of overheating materials before a fire occurs.
3) The air sample passes through a high-efficiency filter, to screen out airborne dirt and
dust particles, and into a precision optical sampling chamber within the detector
head. Once in the sampling chamber, the air sample is exposed to a high-intensity
broad spectrum laser light source. A minuscule proportion of the incident light is
scattered off any airborne particles contained in the air sample, towards an extremely
sensitive receiver. The receiver produces a signal which is processed to represent
the level of pollution (smoke) in the air sample.
4) Air sampling smoke detectors shall be used in main control room, etc.
F. Line type heat detector
1) Line heat detector of the type and temperature rating specified shall be installed in
tunnels to be protected as shown on the A/E’s design drawings.
2) Line heat detector shall be approved fixed temperature sensing elements comprising
two current carrying wires held separated by heat sensitive insulation for detection
service.
G. Hydrogen Gas detector (Battery Room)
1) Electro-chemical point detectors for hydrogen detection shall be located in battery
rooms where, during a recharge condition, high levels of hydrogen (H2) may
accumulate. Use of open and semi-sealed battery types shall be avoided.
2) As electro-chemical type detectors are considered to be less reliable than detectors
that utilize infrared technology.
3) The supplier shall be furnished to transmittal and cooperated with I&C A/E for PICS.
4) H2 gas detector alarm settings as follows:
-

0~100% Lower Explosive Limit and purchaser should be able to set another
range according to manual.

4.2.2.

Main Fire Alarm Control Panel

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

17 of 41 Rev. 3

A. Main fire alarm control panel shall be housed in a NEMA Type 12 for building indoor use
enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250, and shall meet the following power
requirements:
1) Available electric power will be 120 VAC±10%, single-phase, 60Hz power
2) A standby battery pack with charger shall be furnished by the Supplier to supply
power for supervision and alarm for a minimum of 24 hours. The system shall be
fully functional while on battery power.
3) The availability of the battery and its condition shall be monitored continuously.
4) The battery charger shall be of sufficient capacity to meet the power requirements
of the system plus the charging capacity required to restore the battery from the
minimum design charged state to the fully charged state within 48 hours.
B. The central processing unit (CPU) shall communicate with various local fire alarm control
panels. The unit shall provide continuous monitoring of monitored points for alarm
conditions. It shall initiate program start-stop operations and permit operator interface with
the system and shall be able to accept operator commands through the keyboard.
1) The CPU noted in this Specification is to be inclusive of all the necessary hardwire
such as computer, peripherals, input/output interfaces, programmer’s console, a bulk
memory, etc. The system shall monitor all events which affect the status of the
channels on an on-line real time basis. The system shall be provided with system
self-check and on-line diagnostic capability to detect malfunctions and alert the
operator in case of power failure, detector failure, signal interface failure and the like.
2) The system shall display information on color TFT LCD or LED monitor and system
interaction shall take place via keyboard. System hardware, software and
communication failure alarm shall be detected by system diagnostic program.
3) The TFT LCD or LED monitor shall be a 17 inch high resolution (diagonal measure)
color monitor and key locked or equivalent shall be provided.
4) The central processor shall include a power supply, input/output cards with
repeaters, central processor function card, and memory. These cards shall include
the malfunction alarm.
5) The memory shall be a sufficient size of RAM for current operating needs plus future
growth of the system. If the system architecture is based on a microprocessor based

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

18 of 41 Rev. 3

or PLC based system the memory shall be a sufficiently large size EPROM.
C. The digital LCD or LED display shall be alphanumeric display of a single data point, a
single group data point, or a message (pre-programmed into the CPU) at a time. The
selection of data to be displayed shall be made through the operator keyboard. The display
output data format shall include alarm or trouble condition transmitted from the CPU.
D. Printer shall be used to print hard copy of the alarm data, system diagnostics, and any
monitor page data. The software in the CPU shall control the format and description of the
alarm points displayed on the monitor.
1) The output data on the printer shall include the time, date, and location of the alarm
as well as action message.
2) The printer shall be a color printer with 500 DPI Resolution as a minimum.
3) Backup power supply to the system shall ensure that alarm messages or recorded
data are not lost in the event of a primary power failure.
E. The operator of the system can interact with the CPU through the keyboard. Via the
keyboard, The operator shall be able to interact the system to:
1) Acknowledge alarms
2) Change system parameters
3) Deactivate or activate detection zones
4) Request system status
5) Initiate other specific operator actions
6) Add or delete an input.
F. Various automatic responses can be programmed into the system software that will
automatically perform specific functions following receipt of the alarm.
Automatic function may include:
1) Smoke control (smoke removal and fresh air circulation)
2) Damper control
3) Elevator control
4) Fire pump start
5) Fire protection system control

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

19 of 41 Rev. 3

6) Fire / CO2/ security door
G. The software package of the system can be programmed to perform output and control
functions in addition to containing all executive and operating routines necessary for
system operations. If software modifications are required for future system expansion,
these modification shall be done by the manufacturer, but software documentation shall
be sufficient enough and user friendly to allow plant personnel to be able to perform the
same tasks.
H. The main fire alarm control panel shall be capable of operating remote displays and
printers. CPU shall be provided with a sufficient number of parallel or serial ports to allow
use of any commonly available computer peripherals.
I.

The main fire alarm control panel, display with keyboard and printer shall be designed in
accordance with seismic category II requirements in this specification.

Operator interface subsystem including one (1) displays per unit for overview graphics of
the entire system, with a flashing display of a faulted subsystem in case of an alarm
condition as a minimum function and fire alarms with location information on the overview.

K. The display, keyboard and printer shall be mounted on the main fire alarm control panel.
The mounting of keyboard and printer shall be a draw-out type.
L. Software Requirements
1) Supplier shall furnish a complete, operational, debugged, tested and documented
software system designed to operate programs. Supplier shall have the ultimate
responsibility for the performance and correctness of the software supplied.
1) The fire protection system will be operated by non-computer-trained personnel in the
nuclear power plant environment. Hence it is imperative that the software system
shall be user-friendly and well human engineered.
2) The software shall include supervisory/configuration function available at the
operator interface unit in the main control room and shall include adequate
unauthorized access control feature such as key-lock and/or password.
3) Software documentation on magnetic or optical media shall include as a minimum
loadable object code and source listings for all system and application software,
diagnostics and micro code; memory maps; etc. Documentation/information shall be
detailed enough to allow the Purchaser’s personnel to modify software to meet future
fire defection and protection monitoring requirements.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

20 of 41 Rev. 3

4) The system failure detection function shall provide the capability to detect any
system hardware, software, data communication failure to present failure message
and indication, and to perform failure recovery functions.
M. The fire alarms should be distinctive and unique so the operator will not be confused with
any other plant system alarms and operating noises.
N. The Supplier shall provide an ionization detector in the main fire alarm control panel. The
detector shall be located such that it can detect smoke and fire within the control panel.
O. The Supplier shall provide signals to activate evacuation alarm system and fire door control
system of the Purchaser when a fire occurs.
P. The main fire alarm control panel shall be designed to automatically discharge clean agent
initiated by the Fire Detection System. The system shall also be capable of emergency
manual actuation of the suppression system. The main fire alarm control panel shall also
be capable of emergency manual actuation with manual trips of the clean agent
suppression system initiated by local actuation.
1) The control system shall include an adjustable timer for the pre-discharge alarm and
associated timers for the main discharge and extended discharge cycle. After an
automatic discharge, the associated timers shall be ready for immediate manual
operation prior to resetting the controls.
2) A manual abort feature shall be provided for all areas. The abort feature shall be
used to prevent and delay a discharge in the areas during periods when maintenance
personnel may be present.
3) The Supplier shall furnish pushbutton stations as required for each automatic fire
suppression system to manually initiate an automatically timed discharge.
Q. The main fire alarm control panel shall be provided to function about sending the alarm
text message to designated manager.
4.2.3.

Local Fire Alarm Control Panels
A. The Local fire alarm control panels shall be housed NEMA Type 12 for building indoor use
enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250, and shall meet the following power
requirements:
1) Available electric power will be 120 VAC±10%, single-phase, 60Hz power
2) A standby battery pack with charger shall be furnished by the Supplier to supply
power for supervision and alarm for a minimum of 24 hours. The system shall be

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

21 of 41 Rev. 3

fully functional while on battery power.
3) The availability of the battery and its condition shall be monitored continuously.
4) The battery charger shall be of sufficient capacity to meet the power requirements
of the system plus the charging capacity required to restore the battery from the
minimum design charged state to the fully charged state within 48 hours.
5) Power systems are to be in accordance with requirement of USNRC BTP CMEB 9.51 "Fire Protection Guidelines for Nuclear Power Plants."
B. The local fire alarm control panels shall provide as a minimum visual indication of the
following functions:
1) AC power on
2) AC power failure
3) Fire suppression system actuation, water-flow
4) Fire detection alarms dedicated to related fire suppression zones
5) Fire suppression supervision (trouble) alarm
C. The local fire alarm control panels shall provide electrical supervision per NFPA 72. This
should, as a minimum, cover the occurrence of a break or a ground fault condition of his
installation wiring circuits.
D. Class A, X signaling line circuit as defined by NFPA 72 shall be applied to communication
between main fire alarm control panel and local fire alarm control panels.
E. All local fire alarm control panels shall communicate directly with each other to allow
sharing of information and execution of controls through Class A, X network.
F. The local fire alarm control panels shall contain field programmable microprocessor based
data processing circuits, data communication circuits, power supply, terminal blocks and
other components necessary to meet the requirement of the Specification.
G. The local fire alarm control panels shall be capable of receiving the following input signals
1) Fire suppression system activation signal from the main fire alarm control panel
2) Activation signal from manual control station handswitches.
3) Fire detection signals via transponders which are subjected to related fire
suppression zones.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

22 of 41 Rev. 3

H. The local fire alarm control panels shall generate the following output signals,
1) Common trouble signal to the main fire alarm control panel
2) Fire suppression system activation signal to the main fire alarm control panel
3) Activation signal for audible devices and damper in HVAC system located in each
zone.
I.

Relays, Meters and Instruments
1) All relays shall be surface mounted and front connected in the relay and instrument
compartment. Indicating instruments shall be mounted on the compartment door.
2) All relay points shall be wired to terminal blocks for Purchaser's external connections.

The local fire alarm control panels shall be capable of actuating fire suppression systems
upon receipt of a signal from the local fire alarm control panel, shall monitor the operation
and wiring to initiating and indicating devices, and transmit alarm signals to the CPU.

K. The local fire alarm control panels shall have the capability of being programmed for a prealarm or two stage function. It shall be possible to program the local fire alarm control
panels to automatically change the sensitivity settings of each analog detector.
L. Control handswitches shall be provided for use in conjunction with fire suppression control
device. These switches have maintaining contacts with auto, open and close positions.
M. The local fire alarm control panel shall be designed to automatically discharge clean agent
initiated by the Fire Detection System. The system shall also be capable of emergency
manual actuation of the suppression system. The main fire alarm control panel shall also
be capable of emergency manual actuation with manual trips of the clean agent
suppression system initiated by local actuation.
4.2.4.

Transponder (Addressable module)
A. The transponder shall be capable of being programmed for its address location on the
addressable device signaling line circuit.
B. The transponder shall be housed in a NEMA Type 12 for indoor use and NEMA Type 4X
for outdoor use enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250.
C. The power supply of the transponder or transponder cabinets shall be provided from the
main fire alarm control panel or local alarm fire control panels or signal interface cabinets.
D. The transponder shall be interfaced with signal interface cabinets, field devices, local fire
alarm control panels and main fire alarm control panel for fire suppression system in each
zone.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

23 of 41 Rev. 3

E. The transponder shall be capable of the supervision of system circuits as follows:
1) The initiating device circuit : Class A, B
1) The initiating appliance circuit : Class A
2) The signal line circuit : Class A, X
F. The transponder shall be supervised and identified by local fire alarm control panels and
main fire alarm control panel. If the transponder became non-operational, tampered with,
or removed, a discrete trouble signal shall be transmitted to the local fire alarm control
panels and main fire alarm control panel.
4.2.5.

Manual Control Station Handswitches
A. Manual control station handwitches shall be furnished for local mounting to energize
solenoid deluge valves in each automatically actuated automatic preaction sprinkler
systems, automatic foam system and automatic water spray systems.
B. Manual control station handswitches shall be capable of programming its address location
on an addressable signaling line circuit.
C. Manual control station handswitches shall not require the use of break rods.
D. A steel mounting plate shall be furnished for each handswitch. The plate shall be painted
red with the name and number of fire suppression zone shown in 1 inch white block letters
in both Korean and English.

4.2.6.

Manual Fire Alarm Boxes
A. Manual fire alarm boxes type
1) Manual fire alarm box (individual or vertical type) not installed on Purchaser's fire
hose stations shall be complete with a manual transmitter, an alarm bell, internal
wire, an indicating lamp, a transponder(s), terminal block and an enclosure with
cable entry provision (removable plate with gasket, bolts, nuts, if necessary) etc.
2) Manual fire alarm box installed on Purchaser's fire hose stations shall be complete
with a manual transmitter, an alarm bell, internal wire, an indicating lamp, a pump
running lamp, a transponder(s), terminal block and an enclosure with cable entry
provision (removable plate with gasket, bolts, nuts, if necessary) etc.
B. Manual transmitter shall be equipped with pushbutton to generate a fire alarm signal via
the transponder to the local fire alarm control panels and main fire alarm control panel.
C. Power supply of manual fire alarm boxes shall be provided from the near transponder

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

24 of 41 Rev. 3

cabinets or signal interface cabinets or local fire alarm control panels or main fire alarm
control panel.
4.2.7.

Fire Detector Spacing
Reduced spacing is required due to structural characteristics of the protected area, possible
drafts, or other conditions affecting detector operation. Detectors installed on a joisted ceiling will
have their smooth ceiling spacing reduced where this spacing is measured at right angles to
solid joists; in the case of spot detectors this spacing do not exceed one-half of the listed spacing.
Factors governing the spacing of the devices include:
A. Ceiling construction
B. Ceiling height
C. Room volume
D. Space subdivisions
E. Normal room temperature
F. Possible abnormal room temperatures
G. Draft conditions
H. Room ventilation rate

4.2.8.

Type of Circuit
The circuit type requires a detector circuit where a break in the wiring should not cause an alarm
signal, but should cause an audible trouble signal, using either a closed loop detector circuit or
normally open contact detectors with end of line resistor or equivalent. Wire used shall be of the
solid conductor, non-stranded type.

4.2.9.

Power Supply
Power supply source is provided as follows:
A. As the primary power, the purchaser will supply only one feeder (1 phase 2 wire 120V AC
Non-1E UPS power cable).
B. Secondary power supply source by vendor is independent of other sources, shall be of a
high degree of reliability, and consists of a set of storage batteries.
C. It will be of sufficient capacity to operate the system under maximum normal load
conditions for not less than 24 hours in case of interruption of the primary power supply
source.

4.3.

DYNAMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

4.3.1.

Seismic Category II Equipment

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

25 of 41 Rev. 3 4.3.1.1.

The seismic category II equipment shall not exhibit any gross structural failure during and after
the Design Basis Events specified herein.

4.3.1.2.

The attachment/foundation of the equipment (e. g. bolting, weldments, etc.) shall be designed
to sustain the forces resulting from the specified Design Basis Events.

4.3.1.3.

The characteristics of the Design Basis Events are given in the response spectra curves in
accordance with the attachment-H, “Floor Response Spectra(FRS) for MCR”. For the purpose
of equipment dynamic qualification, The RRS of OBE shall be one half of the RRS specified
for SSE.

4.3.1.4.

Horizontal and vertical seismic accelerations of KJRR shall be considered to act
simultaneously. The following seismic loads are considered:

4.3.1.5. Event Horizontal acceleration Vertical acceleration SSE 0.3g 0.3g

The damping factors shall be as follows unless the Supplier justifies higher values :
Equipment

Event Damping Factor MCR

Safe Shutdown Earthquake(SSE)

3% 4.3.1.6.

The supplier shall submit for review, details, and calculations demonstrating the capability of
the equipment attachment/foundation design (e.g., bolt hole sizes; suggested bolting type,
material, and sizes; weldment type, material and sizes; etc.) to sustain the forces resulting from
the specified DBE and provide building structure load summary form in accordance with the
requirements of the appendix KJ-070-DT-410-005.

4.3.1.7.

The support in the access floor shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with KEPIC
SND. Also, structural analysis of support shall be performed in accordance with KEPIC SND.

4.3.1.8.

Also the Supplier shall design detail means including result of calculation for installation of the main
fire alarm control panel support such as welding methods, bolt size (for connection between fire
alarm control panel and base frame), bolt torque tightening value, etc. And then the Supplier shall
provide seismic qualification reports for the main fire alarm control panel including accessories and
support.

4.4.

ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

4.4.1.

The Fire Detection and Alarm System will be installed outdoors and shall be designed and
rated for continuous operation at full load under the following environmental conditions:
A. Service life

50 years B. Altitude EL+ [67,61] m

C. Design Temperature
1) Indoor

5 ~ 40℃ KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

2) Outdoor 26 of 41 Rev. 3 -25 ~ 50℃

D. Design Humidity
1) Indoor

0 ~ 95% 2) Outdoor 0 ~ 100% 4.5.

CYBER SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

4.5.1.

“Cyber Security Controls” shall be provided to the digital equipment according to the KJ-102DJ-340-001, “Critical Digital Assets Identification Report for AE”, KJ-102-DJ-340-002,
“Defense in Depth Protective Strategy for AE”, KJ-600-KI-340-008, “Cyber Security Plan”, RG
5.71, “Cyber Security Programs for Nuclear Facilities” and KJ-600-KI-340-004, “Secure
Development and Operational Environment Plan for I&C”.

4.6. ALARA REQUIREMENTS 4.6.1.

All items shall be designed to ensure occupational radiation exposure and dose to the public
as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA). The ALARA principle shall be applied to all items
at the design and manufacturing stage, taking into account all steps including design,
fabrication, installation, testing, operation, maintenance and decommissioning.

4.7. SPATIAL REQUIREMENTS 4.7.1.

The supplier shall confirm the installation & entry space and interference & interface with their
dimension of the planned installation area including the foundation, penetration and connecting
line (piping & cable), etc.; these results of confirm shall be reflected into the design and
fabrication of supplier work for bidding and after contract stage.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

27 of 41 Rev. 3 5. SUBMITTALS 5.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5.1.1.

Drawings and data shall be submitted in accordance with drawings and data requirements and
quality verification document requirements which are summarized in the attachment-B and the
attachment-C but not limited to the attachment-B and the attachment-C, and are augmented
by detailed requirements in the appendix, “General Requirement for Document Submittal
(Prepared by Owner or Purchaser)”.

5.1.2.

The supplier shall provide a list of drawings and documents to be submitted in accordance with
the appendix, “General Requirement for Document Submittal (Prepared by Owner or
Purchaser). The list of drawings and documents shall be cross referenced with those drawings
and documents itemized in the attachment-B.

5.1.3.

The supplier shall notify the revised parts in the drawing and document of the purchaser by
attaching "Supplier's Drawing and Document Change Notice" to Supplier's Transmittal in
accordance with the appendix, “General Requirement for Document Submittal (Prepared by
Owner or Purchaser)”.

5.1.4.

After incorporating the comments, the supplier shall submit the “AS-BUILT” drawings and
documents in accordance with the appendix, “General Requirement for Document Submittal
(Prepared by Owner or Purchaser) and the AS-BUILT guideline to be provided by the
purchaser after award.

5.2. DRAWINGS AND DATA 5.2.1.

The Supplier shall submit to the purchaser for review, drawings, document and data as called
for Attachment-B, “Drawing and Document Submittal Requirements”.

5.2.2.

The Supplier shall furnish complete electrical working plans, drawings, and documents for Fire
Detection and Alarm System drawn to a suitable scale showing the physical layout which can
be used for fabrication and installation.
A. The following information shall be included in the electrical working plan
documents.

drawings

B. Name of owner, number and location of unit.
C. Point of compass showing plant north.
D. Installation detail, layout detail information.
E. Identification, capacity of all equipment, devices and wiring layout drawings.
F. Explanation of any special features.
G. Junction Box and wiring schedule. Warning signs location.

or KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

28 of 41 Rev. 3

H. Electrical control, schematic, single line, cable block, instrument loop schematic and
internal wiring and external connection diagrams which are connected between equipment
or components/instruments or both. Logic diagrams of all control circuits showing all
controls, interlocks, alarms and time delays.
5.2.3.

The Supplier shall furnish dimensioned outline drawings of all equipment.
The following information shall be included on the drawings.
A. Name of equipment/components.
B. Equipment/component number.
C. Materials for construction of equipment/components including ASTM and/or other material
Specifications.
D. Dimensions of mounting devices including bolt hole size and location, anchor bolt
requirements and spacing, weights of all equipment/components and equipment/
component center of gravity.
E. System control panel drawings shall have the information of outline dimensions,
component placement including ground pads, annunciator arrangement, equipment
location and connected cable information.

5.2.4.

The Supplier shall furnish installation detail, layout and foundation detail drawings, which shall
indicate grounding provisions, size and location of service connections such as electrical cable,
conduit etc.

5.2.5.

The Supplier shall furnish nameplate detail drawings.
The nameplate drawings shall include nameplate lettering details.(height, color, and so on) as
per in paragraph 9.0.

5.2.6.

The Supplier shall furnish the following documents.
Bill of material lists all equipment being supplied. Drawing control logs for review.
The log shall identify each drawing and data to be submitted by Supplier and include for each
document the number, title, scheduled and actual dates for review issue and scheduled and
actual dates for manufacturing release. The log shall be updated monthly.
Entire work schedule including forecasting engineering, material and/or subassembly acquisition,
fabrication and/or labor, final assembly, shop testing, shipping, delivery and installation dates.
Monthly work progress report includes the status of all work.
Spare parts and special tool lists shall be submitted to the purchaser before shipment.
A. Equipment & component list/index.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

29 of 41 Rev. 3

B. Finalized supplier's technical data.
5.2.7.

Electrical drawings and data
The document and drawing shall be submitted in accordance with attachment-B
A. Cause and Effect
B. Calculation for Battery Capacity, Battery Charger Sizing and Voltage Drop
C. Control & Logic Diagram (if applicable)
D. I/O List
E. Schematic Diagram
F. Connection Diagram
G. Arrangement, Outline Drawing, and Assembly Drawing
H. Building Structure Load Summary and Calculation
I.

Foundation and Mounting Detail Drawing

J. Catalogues

K. Instrument List and Data (If applicable)
L. Instrument Set Point Calculation (If applicable)
5.2.8.

Dynamic Qualification (Test) Plan for review prior to testing
Dynamic Qualification Report/Binder for review in accordance with Attachment-B (with
Certificate of Compliance before shipment).

5.2.9.

The quality assurance programs (including quality assurance manual, inspection and test plan,
QVD & QVDL) as required by the appendix, “Quality Assurance Requirements (Prepared by
Owner or Purchaser)” shall be submitted by the supplier for all equipment furnished. The
classification of all the equipment that shall be furnished is indicated in this specification.

5.2.10.

The Supplier shall submit other detail drawings/documents or design information as requested
by the purchaser.

5.2.11.

자가용전기설비 검사에 필요한 시험성적서는 ‘전기설비 검사 및 점검의 방법, 절차 등에
관한 고시’ 제 19 조 2 항에 따라 제출되어야 한다.

5.3. INSTRUCTION MANUALS 5.3.1.

General
A. The supplier shall furnish twenty (20) bound sets to the KJRR site and six (6) bound set to
the purchaser of instruction manual for all equipment furnished by the supplier. Such

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

30 of 41 Rev. 3

instruction books shall include, but are not limited to, Supplier's instruction books and
leaflets, and other instruction literature containing the following information:
1) Handling and storage instructions.
2) Installation instructions including disassembly and assembly procedure(s).
3) Final general arrangement, assembly and erection drawings.
4) Complete start-up, operation, troubleshooting and maintenance Instruction.
5) Warranted performance data.
6) Complete material/parts list(s).
7) Instrument calibration procedure(s)/instruction(s).
8) Inspection and testing procedure
9) Other data necessary by the purchaser
B. Part List: The instruction manual shall include a complete parts listing for the equipment.
This listing shall be inclusive for and applicable to all equipment, components, auxiliaries,
accessories, and materials being furnished under the contract. Each part shall be
completely identified by part number, part description, and drawing references. The
following information shall be provided for each part:
1) Indicate if a spare part should be maintained in stock by the purchaser and/or
recommended frequency of replacement, if applicable.
2) Fabrication and material requirements including ASTM and/or other specification
numbers.
3) Supplier's detail and dimensional drawing number(s), fabrication procedure
number(s), and quality control procedure number(s). The purchaser reserves the
right to obtain these drawings and procedures at such time that the supplier ceases
manufacture of the parts or at such time that the supplier terminates business.
4) Identify expiration dates for supplied parts/spare parts with limited shelf life if parts
have shelf life limitation.
C. The installation instructions, disassembly and assembly procedure(s), assembly
drawing(s), erection drawing(s), and material/parts list(s) shall be completely and
consistently cross-referenced by drawing number, part number, piece mark number, etc.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

31 of 41 Rev. 3

D. Each instruction manual shall have an index listing of all leaflets, etc., in the same order
as they appear in the book. Individual submittal of various Supplier’s instruction books,
etc., will not be acceptable. The index listing shall also identify the specific equipment,
including all furnished options and accessories that the instruction literature is to cover.
This manual shall be issued I month prior to shipment of equipment.
E. Maintenance/Surveillance program and preventive maintenance program should assure
that equipment will operate on demand to meet the performance requirements. This
program shall include acceptance criteria to ensure that the design qualified life has not
suffered thermal and cyclic degradation resulting from the accumulated stresses triggered
by the specified environmental condition
5.3.2.

Erection Information
A. The Supplier shall furnish to the Purchaser for the erection of each detection and
suppression system, a detailed scope of work involved in the complete erection of these
systems, including all accessories and appurtenances furnished therewith.
B. This information shall include all necessary drawings and a comprehensive outline as to
the extent of field fabrication required; and as to all temporary false work, scaffolding,
blocking, shoring, heating, disassembling, reassembling, welding, bolting, cleaning,
checking, inspection, painting, testing, etc., required to be done by the Construction
Contractor.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

32 of 41 Rev. 3 6.

MATERIALS AND FABRICATION

6.1. GENERAL 6.1.1.

Materials and fabrication shall be suitable for the design and operating conditions specified in
this specification.

6.1.2.

Materials and fabrication not specifically covered by the standard specification, Korea Fire
Institute and/or NFPA shall be Supplier’s standard, suitable for the application. All materials of
construction shall be identified with ASTM or AISI standard numbers. KEPIC material with the
same designation number as ASTM Section II material can be used instead of the ASME
Section II material for Local Supplier.

6.1.3.

Mention of materials or components by name as products of certain Suppliers in this
Specification is made to ensure that the proper quality and/or type be provided. Products of
other Suppliers will be acceptable if Supplier furnishes proof to the purchaser that the proposed
substitute products are equal to or better than the specified products in quality, performance,
design and suitability for the intended use.

6.1.4.

Chemical Requirements for Material used in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel or nickel
base alloys shall be in accordance with KJ-070-DT-410-008.

6.1.5.

Weld End Details shall be in accordance with KJ-070-DT-410-016 of this specification. This
includes weld end preparation for interfaces with purchaser's piping.

6.1.6.

Weld repair of any pressure retaining components shall not be made in the shop during
manufacture without purchaser's acceptance of the weld repair procedure. Any such repair
shall be fully documented and submitted to the purchaser.

6.1.7.

The Supplier shall make performance qualification records for individual welders available for
review upon requested by the purchaser. The weld repair report shall state the nature and
location of the defect, repair details, and subsequent heat treatment, if applicable, and shall
include copies of all examination records.

6.1.8.

The equipment located outdoor shall be protected against rain, snow and corrosion. The use
of asbestos in the Supplier of any component purchased under this specification shall be
prohibited.

6.1.9.

The component/equipment numbers shall be assigned by Supplier in accordance with the
appendix, “General Requirement for Document Submittal (Prepared by Owner or Purchaser)”.
The Supplier shall use these numbers on all tags and in all references to the equipment on
drawings, correspondence, manuals, reports, etc. The Supplier, however, is allowed to use his
own numbers together with these numbers in parallel. The identities assigned to equipment
within this Specification shall be used and assigned by the Supplier as is.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

33 of 41 Rev. 3 6.1.10.

Use of R-11, R-12, and R-113 which is being restricted in the U.S.A. by Chlorofluorocarbon
(CFC) Regulations shall be avoided as a refrigerant.

6.2. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 6.2.1.

The following materials shall not be used in harsh environments.
A. Teflon (PTFE)
B. Organic paints
C. PVC

6.2.2.

Mercury relays shall not be used.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

7.1. GENERAL 34 of 41 Rev. 3

All instrumentation and controls furnished by the supplier shall comply with the requirements
delineated in the appendix KJ-070-DT-410-009.
7.2.

INSTRUMENT NUMBERS AND DATA

7.2.1.

The supplier shall furnish detailed specification, calibration and set-point data for all instrument
and control devices furnished factory mounted on the equipment and devices furnished loose
for mounting by the purchaser.

7.2.2.

The data furnished by the supplier will be included in the purchaser plant instrument index and
data book and, therefore, shall be furnished in the format that is compatible with the book
format as follows:
A. Instrument numbers will be assigned by purchaser. The supplier shall use the assigned
number on all tags and in all references to the instrument on drawings correspondence,
manuals, reports, etc.
B. The supplier shall furnish the instrument specification, calibration, set-point, and tagging
data on his reproducible (transparency) instrument data sheets, or blank purchaser's Data
sheets will be furnished for his use.
C. If the supplier chooses to also use his instrument number, both his and purchaser's
numbers shall be used where instrument numbers are shown.

7.2.3.

The supplier shall submit, in accordance with the attachment-B, a list of all instruments shipped
loose, instrument location drawing and installation detail drawings for all instruments shipped
loose to avoid damage to instruments or equipment.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

35 of 41 Rev. 3 8.

SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING

8.1. GENERAL 8.1.1.

The surface preparation and coating shall be in accordance with the appendix KJ-070-DT-410004, “Requirements for Coating Services Level II Components”.

8.1.2.

Manufacturer’s standard coating system and practice may be considered in lieu of the specified
requirements with the concurrence of the purchaser. To be considered, the supplier shall
submit technical data sheets of the proposed coating system and coating procedures for review
prior to the start of coating work.

8.2. FINISH COLOR 8.2.1.

Each piece of equipment, component, system, etc., specified in this specification shall have its
finish color painted/coated to correspond to the Munsell color and number in accordance with
the attachment-G, “Design Table”.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

36 of 41 Rev. 3 9. NAMEPLATES 9.1. GENERAL 9.1.1.

Each equipment and accessory shall be fitted with a permanent corrosion-resistant nameplate,
containing, among other information, identification of supplier, the purchaser contract number,
manufacturer’s name, serial number, year of manufacturer, conditions of service, equipment
title and type number. Nameplates shall include, but are not limited to, the information in
accordance with this specification as well as the applicable codes and standards.

9.1.2.

The nameplate color, size, material, and engraving shall be in accordance with the appendix
KJ-070-DT-410-007 and the appendix KJ-070-DT-410-010.

9.1.3.

Nameplates shall be fastened to the equipment with rustproof screws or other agreed-upon
methods.

9.1.4.

All devices including panel mounted devices such as power supply components, circuit
breakers, functional circuits, cards, terminal blocks and those within the cabinets shall be
identified with numbers assigned by the purchaser. The identification shall be permanently
attached and visible.

9.1.5.

Nameplates shall also be provided to identify each fuse, auxiliary relay, instrument transformer,
etc., as shown on various drawings for all equipment inside the equipment.

9.1.6.

All prefabricated cables shall be identified at both ends with a metallic or non-flammable cable
tag (marker) with identifying number as designated by the purchaser.

9.1.7.

The supplier shall submit nameplate drawings which show equipment specification for the
purchaser's review. The required wording of equipment number and description shall be in
accordance with the attachment-G, “Design Table” and confirmed by the purchaser prior to
start of manufacturing work.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

37 of 41 Rev. 3 10. INSPECTION AND TESTING 10.1. GENERAL 10.1.1.

The supplier shall conduct and be responsible for the shop and field performance tests as
called for in the specification as well as in the applicable codes and standards, and shall furnish
all facilities necessary for the performance of such tests.

10.1.2.

The purchaser has the right to witness supplier's manufacturing and testing operations for the
equipment purchased in accordance with the appendix, “Quality Assurance Requirements
(Prepared by Owner or Purchaser)”.

10.1.3.

The purchaser shall be given the opportunity to witness the final inspection of all equipment
prior to the release for shipment.

10.1.4.

The equipment/materials which have been subject to destructive design test(s) such as
qualification test, fire retardant test, etc. shall not be delivered, unless it can be demonstrated
by analysis, or other means acceptable to the purchaser, that the accumulated stress cycles
already experienced by the tested equipment will not degrade, in any way, its ability to perform
its function.

10.1.5.

The supplier shall submit records and reports for all tests and inspections required by this
Specification. These records and reports shall be prepared promptly after each test or
inspection and shall be transmitted to the purchaser prior to shipment of the equipment to the
project site.

10.1.6.

After installation, all systems furnished as per this Specification will be thoroughly tested by
the purchaser to verify proper system performance in accordance with the requirements of this
Specification, and applicable codes and standards.

10.1.7.

All system control panels and control devices shall be calibrated and tested to ensure proper
operation.

10.2. INSPECTION AND TESTING 10.2.1.

All system control panels and control devices shall be tested to ensure proper operation.

10.3. WITNESS AND HOLD POINTS 10.3.1.

The items covered by this specification shall be subject to at least the minimum level of Quality
Surveillance actions as indicated in the witness and hold point lists attached to this
specification.

10.3.2.

However, the actual and detailed witness and hold points will be decided when the purchaser
reviews and confirms the supplier's Inspection plan.

10.4. PERFORMANCE TEST KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

10.4.1. 38 of 41 Rev. 3

Shop Performance Test
A. All equipment for the Fire detection and Alarm Systems shall be given a complete shop
performance test. Shop performance test under simulated service conditions for skid
mounted system, if applicable, shall be performed to assure accuracy of wiring and proper
functioning of the equipment. After the test, all settings and adjustments shall be made by
the supplier prior to shipment.
B. After tentative acceptance by the purchaser's representative, the equipment may be
prepared for shipment but shall not be released until approval by the purchaser.

10.4.2.

Field Performance Test
A. After equipment is put in service, the supplier will conduct or have his authorized
representative present to conduct field performance test on the equipment to ascertain
that all equipment furnished by the supplier properly performs in every respect. The
supplier shall provide a Certificate of Conformance and provide the purchaser with detailed
procedures for the inspection and the test of the equipment one month prior to shipment.
The supplier shall conduct the test to ascertain the following:
1) Operation of all devices necessary for proper functioning of the system.
2) All system will be visually examined to determine that they have been properly
installed.
B. Acceptance of the equipment by the purchaser on the basis of in-place testing will not
relieve the supplier from responsibility for the operation of the equipment in service, as set
force in the Contract.
C. If any part of the equipment does not demonstrate compliance with this Specification, the
supplier shall repair and/or replace that equipment and shall conduct the test for that
equipment at no expense to the purchaser.

10.4.3.

Warranties and Performance Guarantees
A. The equipment and materials shall comply with all applicable codes.
B. The equipment shall be entirely suitable for all modes of operation specified.
C. The equipment shall be free fault in design, workmanship and material.
D. The equipment and system performance shall not less than stated in the specification.

10.4.4. Final Cleaning 10.4.5.

For Quality Class S, after completion of shop tests, the internal and external surfaces of items
shall be cleaned and visually examined in accordance with supplier's procedure.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

39 of 41 Rev. 3 11. SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS 11.1. GENERAL 11.1.1.

The items procured by this specification are to be shipped, handled, stored, packaged and
marked in accordance with ASME NQA-1 (KEPIC QAP-2, II.2). Classification of each item is
designated below.

System/Equipment Level

Fire Detection & Alarm System

B 11.1.2.

Instruction covering handling, storage, installation, and maintenance at construction site shall
be prepared and submitted by the supplier.

11.1.3.

Preparation for shipment shall protect equipment and all other parts and auxiliary devices or
accessories against corrosion, dampness, breakage, or vibration injury during transportation
and handling. Packaging shall prevent tampering or pilfering and shall be approved and
accepted by transportation companies.

11.1.4.

Each shipping section shall be provided with supports in the form of suitable steel sections,
lifting eyes, etc., to maintain alignment of parts during shipping, handling, hoisting, and
installation. Location of lifting points shall be clearly identified on shipping containers and on
drawings. Each shipping section shall have its weight clearly marked on the container.

11.1.5.

Necessary bus connections, wire jumpers, bolts, nuts, washers, etc., shall be furnished,
suitably packaged, and marked to facilitate field assembly. Each shipping container shall be
identified with the name of contents, Purchase Order number, and Purchase Order item
number.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

12. ATTACHMENTS Attachment-A Design Information Attachment-B

Drawing and Document Submittal Requirements

Attachment-C

Quality Verification Documents List

Attachment-D

Supplier’s Technical Data

Attachment-E (Deleted) Attachment-F Witness Point/Hold Point Attachment-G Design Table Attachment-H

Floor Response Spectra(FRS) for MCR

40 of 41 Rev. 3 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Design Specification for
Fire Detection And Alarm System

Document No.
KJ-567-DE-416-001
Sheet

13. 41 of 41 Rev. 3 APPENDICES

Unless otherwise specified, the latest version shall be applied.
-

Quality Assurance Requirements (Prepared by Owner or Purchaser)

General Requirement for Document Submittal (Prepared by Owner or
Purchaser)

KJ-070-DT-410-003

Environmental Qualification Requirement for Nuclear Safety-Related
Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-004

Requirements for Coating Services Level II Components

KJ-070-DT-410-005

Seismic Qualification Requirement for Seismic Category I Items

KJ-070-DT-410-007

Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements

KJ-070-DT-410-008

Chemical Requirements for Materials Used in Contact with Austenitic
Stainless Steel

KJ-070-DT-410-009

Standard Appendix for General Instrumentation and Control
Requirements

KJ-070-DT-410-010

Instruction for Instrument Tagging & Nameplate

KJ-070-DT-410-015

Welding Requirements for Structural Steel (AWS)

KJ-070-DT-410-016

General Requirement for Weld end Details

Attachment-A DESIGN INFORMATION Attachment-A INDEX A1. REFERENCE LIST Attachment-A A1. REFERENCE LIST Attachment-A

REFERENCE LIST
Unless otherwise specified, the latest version shall be applied.

KJ-567-DE-141-001

Riser Diagram for Fire Detection and Alarm

KJ-567-DE-143-001

Symbol and Legend for Fire Detection and Alarm

KJ-567-DE-143-011

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Site

KJ-567-DE-143-111

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Reactor Building Level 1

KJ-567-DE-143-112

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Reactor Building Level 2

KJ-567-DE-143-113

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Reactor Building Level 3

KJ-567-DE-143-114

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Reactor Building Level 4

KJ-567-DE-143-115

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Reactor Building Level 5

KJ-567-DE-143-116

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Reactor Building Level 6

KJ-567-DE-143-117

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Reactor Building Level 7

KJ-567-DE-143-121

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for FMPF Building Level 3

KJ-567-DE-143-122

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for FMPF Building Level 4

Attachment-A

REFERENCE LIST
Unless otherwise specified, the latest version shall be applied.

KJ-567-DE-143-123

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for FMPF Building Level 4-1

KJ-567-DE-143-124

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for FMPF Building Level 5

KJ-567-DE-143-125

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for FMPF Building Level 5-1

KJ-567-DE-143-126

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for FMPF Building Level 6-1

KJ-567-DE-143-127

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for FMPF Building Level 7-1

KJ-567-DE-143-131

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Utility Building Level 4

KJ-567-DE-143-132

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Utility Building Level 5

KJ-567-DE-143-133

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Utility Building Level 6

KJ-567-DE-143-134

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Utility Building Level 7

KJ-567-DE-143-135

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Utility Building Level 8

KJ-567-DE-143-211

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for RIPF Building Level 1

KJ-567-DE-143-212

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for RIPF Building Level 2

Attachment-A

REFERENCE LIST
Unless otherwise specified, the latest version shall be applied.

KJ-567-DE-143-213

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for RIPF Building Level 3

KJ-567-DE-143-214

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for RIPF Building Level 4

KJ-567-DE-143-215

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for RIPF Building Level 5

KJ-567-DE-143-221

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for RWTF Building Level 1

KJ-567-DE-143-222

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for RWTF Building Level 2

KJ-567-DE-143-223

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for RWTF Building Level 3

KJ-567-DE-143-224

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for RWTF Building Level 4

KJ-567-DE-143-301

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Switchyard

KJ-567-DE-143-311

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Electric Building

KJ-567-DE-143-401

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for DG Building

KJ-567-DE-143-501

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Demi. System & Pump Building
Level 1

KJ-567-DE-143-502

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Demi. System & Pump Building
Level 2

Attachment-A

REFERENCE LIST
Unless otherwise specified, the latest version shall be applied.

KJ-567-DE-143-503

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Demi. System & Pump Building
Level 3

KJ-567-DE-143-611

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for HVAC Facility

KJ-567-DE-143-621

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Fire Water Tank and Facility

KJ-567-DE-143-631

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Natural Evaporation Building

KJ-567-DE-143-651

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Common Tunnel

KJ-567-DE-143-661

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for WareHouse

KJ-567-DE-143-671

Fire Detection and Alarm Plan for Guard House

KJ-567-DE-144-001

Typical Installation Detail for Fire Detection and Alarm

KJ-600-KI-340-004

Secure Development and Operational Environment Plan for I&C

KJ-600-KI-340-008 Cyber Security Plan KJ-102-DJ-340-001

Critical Digital Assets Identification Report for A/E

KJ-102-DJ-340-002

Defense-in-Depth Protective Strategy for A/E

Attachment-B
DRAWING AND DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
SPEC. PARA. NO.

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION

REQUIREMENTS
QUANTITY

SUBMITTAL
WEEKS

PURPOSE
FOR
APPROV.

REMARKS

FOR
INFO.

0. Submittal with Proposal
General Arrangement and Outline Drawings Including
Anchorage, Principle Dimension, and Weight of Equipment,
Detail Layout, Grounding and Foundation Drawing

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Spare Parts List

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Special Tools List

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Description and/or Catalogue of the Equipment

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Work Schedule

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Supplier’s Technical Data

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Quality Assurance Manual

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

KEPIC / ASME / ISO Certificate, etc.

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Additional Proposal Data Sheet

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Information for vendor evaluation

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Business showings related to nuclear facilities

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Design Test Report (if applicable)

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

Summary of Equipment Qualification Program (if applicable)

Attachment-D Supplier's technical data
"Scope & Submittal", 2

With
Proposal

1. Quality Assurance / Quality Surveillance
Quality Assurance Manual

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+4 O

ITP(Inspection and Test Plan)

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+4 O

Dynamic Qualification (Test) Plan

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+4 O

Drawing and Data Submittal Schedule

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+4 O

Work Schedule
(Including Engineering, Procurement, Fabrication & Delivery)

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+4 O Work Process Report 5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O Cause and Effect 5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O

Calculation for Battery Capacity, Battery Charger Sizing and
Voltage Drop

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O

Control & Logic Diagram (if applicable)

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O

2. Schedule & Progress

3. Design & Engineering

Monthly

Attachment-B
DRAWING AND DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION

SPEC. PARA. NO. REQUIREMENTS PURPOSE QUANTITY

SUBMITTAL
WEEKS

FOR
APPROV.

REMARKS

FOR
INFO.

I/O List 5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O Schematic Diagram 5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O Connection Diagram 5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O

Arrangement, Outline Drawing, and Assembly Drawing

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O

Building Structure Load Summary and Calculation

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O

Foundation and Mounting Detail Drawing

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O Catalogues 5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O

Instrument List and Data (If applicable)

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O

Instrument Set Point Calculation (If applicable)

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O

Finalized Supplier’s Technical Data

5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O Bill of Material 5.2 Drawings and Data 3 Copy Award+8 O 3.8 Sub suppliers 3 Copy *1-12 O

Supplier's Standard Coating System Technical Data
(If applicable)

8 Surface Preparation and Coating

3 Copy *3-20

Nameplate Data or Nameplate Drawings

9 Nameplates 3 Copy Ship-30 O

Production Test Procedure

10 Inspection and Testing

3 Copy *4-25 O

Design Test Procedure (If applicable)

10 Inspection and Testing

3 Copy *4-25 O Field Test Procedure

10 Inspection and Testing

3 Copy *4-25 O Production Test Report

10 Inspection and Testing

3 Copy Ship-28 O

Design Test Report or Design Test Certificate

10 Inspection and Testing

3 Copy Ship-28 O Field Test Report

10 Inspection and Testing

3 Copy *5 O

전기설비 검사 및 점검의방법, 절차 등에 관한 고시 '제19조2항
에 따른 자가용전기설비 검사에 필요한 시험 성적서

5.2 Drawing and Data 3 Copy Ship-28 O Packing Procedure 11 Shipping Requirements 3 Copy Ship-20 O

Shipping & Transportation Procedure

11 Shipping Requirements 3 Copy Ship-20 O

Accessories and Disassembled Parts (List of Loose Parts)

11 Shipping Requirements 3 Copy Ship O

2 Copies with Shipment to Site & 1 Copy to
the Headquater of the Purchaser

5.3 Instruction Manuals 26 Copy Ship O

20 Copies with Shipment to Site 6 Copies
to the Headquater of the Purchaser

4. Procurement
Sub-supplier Qualification and Surveillance/Inspection
Procedure (as required)

*1 Sub-contracting

5. Manufacturing and Fabrication
O

6. Test and Examination
*4 Test

*5 within 2 weeks after completion

7. Packing and Shipping

8. Site Instruction and Guideline
Instruction Manual including the Following Information:

Attachment-B
DRAWING AND DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION

SPEC. PARA. NO. REQUIREMENTS

PURPOSE
FOR
APPROV.

FOR
INFO.

REMARKS QUANTITY

SUBMITTAL
WEEKS

5.3 Instruction Manuals 26 Copy Ship

Quality Verification Documents List

5.1 General Requirements 3 Copy Award+4 O

2 Copies with Shipment to Site & 1 Copy to
the Headquater of the Purchaser

Quality Verification Document

5.1 General Requirements 3 Copy Ship-2 O

2 Copies with Shipment to Site & 1 Copy to
the Headquater of the Purchaser

As-Built Drawing 5.1 General Requirements O As-Built Documents 5.1 General Requirements

3 Copy +
After
Electroni Installatio
c Files
n

Handling and Storage Instruction
Installation Instruction including Assembly and Disassembly

Procedures

Final General Arrangement, Assembly and Erection Drawings
Complete Start-up, Operation, Troubleshooting and

Maintenance Instruction

Warranted Performance Test Data
Completed Material/Part List(s)
Instrument calibration procedure(s)/instruction(s)
Inspection and testing procedure
Other Data necessary by the Purchaser

Part Lists

20 Copies with Shipment to Site 6 Copies
to the Headquater of the Purchaser

9. Quality Verification Document

10. As-built

<Notes>
1. The supplier shall provide the electronic files including pdf files & native files such as tif, dxf, excel, docx, hwp, or any other types of native files

Attachment-C. Quality Verification Documents List

품질증빙서류목록
(Quality Verification Documents List)

계약자
(Contractor)
서류명
(Document Type)
품질증빙서류목록
Quality Verification Documents
List
품질보증확인서
Certificate of Conformance
품질검사계획서 종결본
Final Signed-off Supplier’s
Quality Plan (Inspection & Test
Plan)
원자재 성적서
Material Test Properties

Material Test Report
Certificate of Compliance

품질검사계획서에 따른 각종
시험보고서 및 검사보고서
Inspection & Test Reports
required by Supplier’s Quality
Plan (Inspection & Test Plan)

Pressure Test Reports
Major Repair Verification

Reports

Routine Test Reports for

Motor

Test Report
Other Inspection & Test

Reports

계약명
(Contract
(Project)
Name)
확인 KAERI 확인
쪽번호 계약자
(Verified
by
(Page) Supplier)by (Verified
KAERI)

□
□
□

□ □ □ □

비고
(Remark)

품질증빙서류목록
(Quality Verification Documents List)

특수공정(용접, 열처리,
비파괴검사 등) 관련
공정인정기록, 자격부여기록,
작업수행기록 등)
Special Process

Non-Destructive Examication

(NDE) Reports with RT
Films, if applicable

Welding Verification

Documents, including Welder
Qualification Records, Welding
Records
‘전기설비 검사 및 점검의 방법,
절차 등에 관한 고시‘ 제
19조2항에 따른 자가용전기설비
검사에 필요한 시험 성적서
측정 및 시험장비 교정성적서
(Calibration Certificate of Test
& Inspection Equipment)
불일치사항보고서(NCR),
품질시정요구서(QCR, CAR),
공급자 불일치사항
처리요청서(SDDR) 종결본 (if
any)
Non-Conformance Report
(NCR), Quality Correction
Request (QCR) or Corrective
Action Request (CAR), Supplier
Deviation Disposition Request
(SDDR)
기타 발주자/구매자가 요구하거나
계약관련서류에 규정된
제출요구서류
Others required by Owner or
Purchaser & Specification

Supplier Certification

We certify that the QVD meet the
requirements of the purchase order and
applicable specification.
Certified by :

Supplier's QA/QC
Manager

Date □ □ □ □ □ □ KAERI Acceptance

KAERI accept contractor's QVD.
Accepted by :

KAERI Inspector Date

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

SUPPLIER'S TECHNICAL DATA
Scope & Submittal
Description

Unit

If non-applicable, fill in the blank with 'N/A'

1. Scope of Supply
A. Main equipment

set

B. Spare parts
a. Spare parts for installation, start-up, commissioning

lot

b. Recommended 2 years pare parts list

lot

C. Special tools
a. Special tools for adjustment, maintenance and dismantling of the equipment

lot

D. Accessories
a. Anchor bolts

lot b. Terminal lugs lot

E. Fabrication
All internal wiring with all components shall be completed including external wiring
forming an integral part of the supplier's equipment

yes or no

F. Test & commissioning (if required)
a. Shop test

yes or no b. Field test yes or no c. Commissioning yes or no

G. Technical support
The supplier shall furnish the services of competent technical advisor(s) who
shall provide technical advice, guidance and assistance for the successful operation
of the equipment furnished under this specification

yes or no

2. Submittal with proposal
A. General arrangement and outline drawings

yes or no B. Spare parts list yes or no C. Special tools list yes or no

D. Description and/or Catalogue of the equipment

yes or no E. Work schedule yes or no Data

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

SUPPLIER'S TECHNICAL DATA
Scope & Submittal
Description

Unit

F. Supplier's technical data

yes or no

G. Quality assurance manual

yes or no

H. KEPIC/ASME/ISO certificate, etc.

yes or no

I. Additional proposal data sheet

yes or no

J. Information for vendor evaluation

yes or no

K. Design test report (if applicable)

yes or no

L. Design test report (if applicable)

yes or no

M.Summary of equipment qualification program (if applicable)

yes or no

3. Drawing and document submittals

yes or no

The drawing and document shall be submitted required by the Attachment-B.
Electronic media submittals for documents and drawings are
required.

Data

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

SUPPLIER'S TECHNICAL DATA
1.0 MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
kg

A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)
B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Power Consumption,
6. Rated Voltage/Frequency
7. Method of Transmission Control

V/Hz

8. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃

9. Relative Humidity
10. Loop & Circuit Capacity

% W loop/EA per loop

11. Battery
a. Manufacturer
b. Rated Voltage

V c. Number of Batteries EA

d. Actual Calculated Battery Capacity

e. Recommended Battery Capacity

12. Battery Charger
a. Manufacturer
b. Rated Voltage

c. Time Required to Charge Batteries
13. Plug-connected Interconnecting Cable with Connectors
(If not applicable, put N/A)
a. Manufacturer

b. Type
c. Number of Pins
d. Wire-Pin Connection

Crimp or Soldered

14. Display Type
15. Transfer Signals
16. Number of Monitor Zones
17. Number of Control Points
18. Monitoring Items
19. Control Items Transponder

input/output

1.1 LOCAL FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data

3 of 11

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Power Consumption,
6. Rated Voltage/Frequency
7. Method of Transmission Control

V/Hz

8. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃

9. Relative Humidity
10. Loop & Circuit Capacity

% W loop/EA per loop

11. Battery
a. Manufacturer
b. Rated Voltage

V c. Number of Batteries EA

d. Actual Calculated Battery Capacity

e. Recommended Battery Capacity

12. Battery Charger
a. Manufacturer
b. Rated Voltage

c. Time Required to Charge Batteries
13. Plug-connected Interconnecting Cable with Connectors
(If not applicable, put N/A)
a. Manufacturer

b. Type
c. Number of Pins
d. Wire-Pin Connection

Crimp or Soldered

14. Display Type
15. Transfer Signals
16. Number of Monitor Zones
17. Number of Control Points
18. Monitoring Items
19. Control Items Transponder

input/output

2.0 MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

kg
m3

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type

W 5. Power Consumption, V/Hz

6. Rated Voltage/Frequency

7. Rated Current
8. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 9. Relative Humidity % 4 of 11

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

10. Lamp Rating W 11. Sound Level of Bell dB

2.1 MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX(WEATHER PROOF)
kg

A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)
B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type

W 5. Power Consumption, V/Hz

6. Rated Voltage/Frequency

7. Rated Current
8. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 9. Relative Humidity %

10. Switch type
11. Switch Rating

3.0 HORN & STROBE LIGHT
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

4.0 ELECTRICAL SIREN
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

A 5 of 11

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

5.0 MANUAL RELEASE STATION
kg

A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)
B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type

W 5. Power Consumption, V/Hz

6. Rated Voltage/Frequency

7. Rated Current
8. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 9. Relative Humidity %

10. Switch type
11. Switch Rating

5.1 MANUAL RELEASE STATION(WEATHER PROOF)
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type

W 5. Power Consumption, V/Hz

6. Rated Voltage/Frequency

7. Rated Current
8. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 9. Relative Humidity %

10. Switch type
11. Switch Rating

6.0 ADDRESSABLE MODULE FOR INDOOR
kg

A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)
B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type

6 of 11

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

V/Hz

5. Rated Voltage
6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm
7. Operating Temperature Range
8. Relative Humidity

A
℉/℃
%

6.1 ADDRESSABLE MODULE FOR OUTDOOR
WEATHER PROOF
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

kg
m3

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type

V/Hz

5. Rated Voltage
6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm
7. Operating Temperature Range
8. Relative Humidity

A
℉/℃
%

6.2 ADDRESSABLE MODULE FOR INDOOR
FOR SUPPRESSION GAS
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type

V/Hz

5. Rated Voltage
6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm
7. Operating Temperature Range
8. Relative Humidity

A
℉/℃
%

6.3 ADDRESSABLE MODULE CABINET FOR OUTDOOR
WEATHER PROOF
kg

A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)
B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type

V/Hz

5. Rated Voltage
6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

A 7 of 11

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

7. Operating Temperature Range
8. Relative Humidity

℉/℃
%

6.4 ADDRESSABLE MODULE CABINET FOR INDOOR
kg

A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)
B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type

V/Hz

5. Rated Voltage
6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm
7. Operating Temperature Range
8. Relative Humidity

A
℉/℃
%

8.0 HEAT DETECTOR(Conbined)
kg

A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)
B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
DIA. x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

8.1 PHOTOELECTRONIC SMOKE DETECTOR
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
DIA. x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

8.2 PHOTOELECTRONIC SMOKE DETECTOR
CONVENTIONAL

8 of 11

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

kg
m3

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

DIA. x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

8.3 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTOR
RATE OF RISE
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
DIA. x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

8.4 AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTOR
FIXED TYPE
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

kg
m3

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

DIA. x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

8.5 UV/IR FLAME TYPE FIRE DETECTOR
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

kg 9 of 11

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

8.6 AIR SAMPLING SMOKE DETECTOR
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

8.7 LINE TYPE HEAT DETECTOR
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

8.8 HYDROGEN GAS DETECTOR
kg

A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)
B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

m3
W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer

10 of 11

Attachment. D (Fire Alarm System)

2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

9.0 FIRE RELEASING DEVICE
FOR SUPPRESSION GAS
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

kg
m3

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity %

9.1 FIRE RELEASING DEVICE
FOR HOTCELL SUPPRESSION GAS
A. Net Weight(Not Shipping Weight)

B. Shipping Weight(Shipping Weight)

kg
m3

C. Shipping Volume(Shipping Weight)

W x D x H, mm

D. Overall Dimensions
E. Technical Data
1. Manufacturer
2. Type
3. IP Degree
4. Enclosed Case Type
5. Rated Voltage

6. Current Consumption, A for Supervision/A for Alarm

7. Operating Temperature Range

℉/℃ 8. Relative Humidity % 11 of 11

Attachment F
WITNESS POINT
The following tests/operations are to be witnessed by Buyer's representative on a first operation
basis. Witnessing of these activities after acceptable first operation will be on a representative
sample basis unless otherwise directed below.
Witness Point(s)

Sample Size Alternative

1. Review of Material Test Reports/Material
Inspection and Review of Component &
Material Test Report
2. Visual and Dimensional Inspection
3. Surface Preparation

Att.F-1 Attachment F

HOLD POINT
The following tests/operations are to be witnessed by Buyer's representative on a 100% basis,
unless otherwise directed below. Waiver of Hold Points must be given by Buyer.
Hold Point(s)

Sample Size Alternative 1.

Design Test(if Applicable)

Operating Functional Test

Production Test / Shop Test

4. Final Inspection 5.

Review and Sign Off Quality

Verification Documentation

Packing and Shipping Inspection

8. Release for Shipment Att.F-2

Attachment-G. Design Table
Equipment

Fabrication at factory

Installation at site
Color

Cable Entry Opening
No.

Description

Incoming
Power

KJ-567-FA-001

Fire Alarm Receiving & Control Panel

KJ-567-FA-002 Outgoing Power Control & Equipment Instrument Instrument Grounding Grounding Description Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom N/A Light Yellow Grey

Local Fire Alarm Receiving & Control Panel

Top Top Top Bottom N/A Light Yellow Grey KJ-567-FA-003

Local Fire Alarm Receiving & Control Panel

Top Top Top Bottom N/A Light Yellow Grey KJ-567-FA-004

Local Fire Alarm Receiving & Control Panel

Top Top Top Bottom N/A Light Yellow Grey Munsell Mounting Method No. 2.8Y Main Control Room Welding on H-Beam 7.7/0.8 (UT F2 R03) Support 2.8Y Guard Room Anchoring (Expansion 7.7/0.8 (RW F1 R08) type) on floor 2.8Y Security Office Anchoring (Expansion 7.7/0.8 (RI F1 R44) type) on floor

2.8Y
7.7/0.8

<Notes>
1. Munsell Color, Macbeth, Division of Kollmorgen Corp., Baltimore, Maryland 21218, Latest Edition
2. Refer to the attachment-A, 'Design Information'
3. Quantity of equipment shall be reconfirmed by the supplier.

Location2 1 Guard House

Anchoring (Expansion
type) on wall

Remark

#VVCEJOGPV ) &GUKIP 6CDNG
&3

12 ૽ָ ̍ʸ Яࡢ

ҟ̗
߇ࢷ ΰऑ

૽ओ ࢷ̛ ଢ˃

߅Ԏ ̛ࢢଞ ̍ʸ˕Е ‫ط‬ѦԻ 1)3$ ‫ ؀‬1)6&߾ оଥ Ѱ‫ ݤ‬୉‫ ࢉݣݥ‬؇ࡵ ࢿ૽ 8/
.), &HUWLILFDWH ࡶ ‫ࡈی‬ଥߞ ଡ
ۘ‫י ۿ‬ԛࡵ $WWDFKPHQW $ձ ॳ࣏ଟ ʨ
'HVLJQ 7DEOH˕ 6SHFLILFDWLRQ ‫̍ ࢂחق‬ʸࢇ ۘ঻ଟ ˁࡉ ‫ ࢉࢶܹؿ‬ʨࡳԻ ؆ࠒଟ ʨ

9$&
+]a +]

0$,1 ),5( $/$50 &21752/ 3$1(/ 7<3( 5

࢕վ୉ ࣯ܹ‫ ̛ݦ‬5୉

$GGUHVV
ୣԻ

($ 116 ǥ 7 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

FG
GE ࢇۘ ࢊ؆୉
ۛۘ ‫چ‬ʈ

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

ࡸଯ
GE P ࢇۘ
ࢊ؆ࠞΰ୉

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

ࡸଯ
GE P ࢇۘ

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

ࡸଯ
GE P ࢇۘ

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ ‫ٕص‬୉ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ ‫ٕص‬୉ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

‫ݤ‬ɾ ʃ‫ٗ
ݤ‬Ѱ࢖

9$&
+]a +]

/2&$/ ),5( $/$50 &21752/ 3$1(/ 7<3( 5

࢕վ୉ ٕܹ‫ ̛ݦ‬5୉

$GGUHVV
ୣԻ 5,
ୣԻ 5:
‫ݤ‬ɾ ʃ‫ٗ
ݤ‬Ѱ࢖

/2&$/ ),5( $/$50 &21752/ 3$1(/ 7<3( 3

9$&
+] ‫ٕص‬୉
ୣԻ
‫ݤ‬ɾ ʃ‫ٗ
ݤ‬Ѱ࢖

ٕܹ‫ ̛ݦ‬3୉

ࢉ৔ /(' ֻТਫ਼
:LQGRZV
ࢇۘ 5$0 *%ࢇۘ

*% +''ࢇۘ &38 4XDG FRUH ࢇۘ /$1
0ESV 3RUW

:25.67$7,21 ࢇۘ ࡓ਺‫ݛ‬੨ࢇ‫܊‬

836 '(6. ૦ଡ
࣯ܹ‫ ࢂ̛ݦ‬5HIOHFWLRQ ʎϙࡳԻ ࣯ܹ‫ط ̛ࠪݦ‬Ѧ 5RRP ߾۰
ֻТਫ਼ր ଗࡁ

0$18$/ &$// 32,17
؈‫ۿ̛ݦ‬ઝ
0$18$/ &$// 32,17 ,1 '225 7<3(

3%/ 6(7 ࢊ؆୉
‫ٕص‬୉ ۛۘ ‫چ‬ʈ

؈‫ۿ̛ݦ‬ઝ ࠞΰ୉
0$18$/ &$// 32,17 (;3/26,21 :($7+(5 3522) 7<3(
؈‫ۿ̛ݦ‬ઝ ࠞ࠹୉ ؏ܹ
+251
6752%(
୐
‫ݛ‬ઝԻ‫ࢇی࢕ࢷ ٱ‬Ԩ
+251
6752%(
୐
‫ݛ‬ઝԻ‫ٱ‬
+251
ࢷ࢕‫ࢇی‬Ԩ
+251 :($7+(5 3522) 7<3(
ࢷ࢕‫ࢇی‬Ԩ ؏ܹ୉
+251 (;3/26,21 7<3(
ࢷ࢕‫ࢇی‬Ԩ ؏૧୉
$''5(66$%/( 02'8/( :,7+ %2;
ࣸ˃̛
$''5(66$%/( 02'8/( :,7+ %2;
,1
287
࢏ԯࡈ ࣸ˃̛
$''5(66$%/( 02'8/( :,7+ %2;
,1
287
ষԯࡈ ࣸ˃̛
&$%,1(7
ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ
&$%,1(7
ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ

ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ ‫ٕص‬୉
5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

;
;

‫ˈٸ‬

#VVCEJOGPV ) &GUKIP 6CDNG
&3

12 ૽ָ ̍ʸ Яࡢ

ҟ̗
߇ࢷ ΰऑ

૽ओ ࢷ̛ ଢ˃

ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ ‫ٕص‬୉ &$%,1(7

5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

9$& '& 9
‫ݤ‬ɾ ʃ‫ٗ
ݤ‬Ѱ࢖
+]

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

9$& '& 9
‫ݤ‬ɾ ʃ‫ٗ
ݤ‬Ѱ࢖
+]

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

9$& '& 9
‫ݤ‬ɾ ʃ‫ٗ
ݤ‬Ѱ࢖
+]

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

9$& '& 9
‫ݤ‬ɾ ʃ‫ٗ
ݤ‬Ѱ࢖
+]

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

9$& '& 9
‫ݤ‬ɾ ʃ‫ٗ
ݤ‬Ѱ࢖
+]

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࢊ؆ࠞΰ୉ ߅ΤԻ̐ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࢊ؆ࠞΰ୉ ؏૧୉ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࢊ؆ࠞΰ୉ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࢊ؆ࠞΰ୉ ߅ΤԻ̐ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

;
;

ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ ‫ٕص‬୉ &$%,1(7

5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ

;
;

ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ ‫ٕص‬୉ &$%,1(7

5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ

;
;

ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ ‫ٕص‬୉ &$%,1(7

5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ

;
;

32:(5 6833/<
ࢷࡕ˓̗؆
32:(5 6833/<
ࢷࡕ˓̗؆ ୐
‫ݛ‬ઝԻ‫ٱ‬
32:(5 6833/<
ࢷࡕ˓̗؆ ࢕੎ࡈ
32:(5 6833/<
ࢷࡕ˓̗؆ ˓̛஘࢏୉ ʃए̛ࡈ
32:(5 6833/<
ࢷࡕ˓̗؆ ٙ͠ʃए̛ࡈ
32:(5 6833/<
ࢷࡕ˓̗؆ ࢿࠉ۶‫ࡈٸ‬
$8720$7,& ),5( '(7(&725 3+272(/(&75,& 602.( 7<3(

(
ࢷ̛̛̛ ۶৔˓
‫ی‬
੎ए۶‫ی˓ٸ‬

$''5(66$%/(
˝ࢷ‫̛ࠉ ݥ‬ʃए̛

$8720$7,& ),5( '(7(&725
˝ࢷ‫̛ࠉ ݥ‬ʃए̛ ؏૧୉
5$7( 2) 5,6( 602.( '(7(&725
८Ѱ‫̛ࠉ ݥ‬ʃए̛
$8720$7,& ),5( '(7(&725 ),;(' 7(03(5$785( +($7

7<3( $''5(66$%/(
ࢽࠟ‫ࠊ ݥ‬ʃए̛
),;(' 7(03(5$785( +($7 '(7(&725 (;3/26,21 3522)

7<3(
ࢽࠟ‫ࠊ ݥ‬ʃए̛ ؏૧୉

5$7( 2) 5,6( +($7 '(7(&725
८Ѱ‫ࠊ ݥ‬ʃए̛

ࢊ؆ࠞΰ୉ ؏૧୉ (;' ,,% 7
'&
9

ࢊ؆ࠞΰ୉

/,1( 7<3( ),;(' 7(03(5$785( +($7 '(7(&725

ʃए۴
67((/ :,5(
࠹ଔ
39& 1\ORQ

ࢽࠟ‫ ݥ‬ʃए۴୉ ʃए̛

୚ˁ࣏ʢ
Ȕ a
Ȕ

0 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ʃए۴ࠉʼଡ

[
[ PP

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࣗЯࢵତ

[
[ PP

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

0(66(1*(5 :,5( 686 :,5( 523(

PP P 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 686 PP ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

0$,1 %5$&.(7
֩ࢉ ‫ٱ‬Ԃਂ

‫ˈٸ‬

#VVCEJOGPV ) &GUKIP 6CDNG
&3

12 ૽ָ ̍ʸ Яࡢ

ҟ̗
߇ࢷ ΰऑ

૽ओ ࢷ̛ ଢ˃ ‫ˈٸ‬

68% %5$&.(7
‫ٱ ࣏ؿ‬Ԃਂ
$1&+25 %2/7
ߒ৞ ‫ك‬ઝ
7851%8&./(
੠‫؟‬਽

686 PP ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

0
[
/

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 686 PP ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( &$%/( 7,( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 648((=( 6/((9( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

$,5 6$03/,1* 602.( '(7(&725

'&
9 ۞ଐր ળࢇ଎ܹ
ʎ

˓̛஘࢏୉ ʃए̛

ળࢇ଎ ଞ ʎ ফо̟ࢇ
0
=21(

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 6$03/,1* 3,3(

6$03/,1* 3,3( ̍ʸ
$

0 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 1250$/ %(1'

$
Ć
5('

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 3,3( &283/,1* $ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( (1' &$3

$
5('

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 3,3( &/,3

$
5('

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 7((

$
5('

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 6$03/,1* 32,17 ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( &$3,//$5< 78%( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 7$1. $'$3725 ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 678' %2/7 ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( 67521* $1&+25 ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( %5$&.(7 ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ,1 /,1( ),/7(5 ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( : 68&7,21 .,7 ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( $,5 678)) 9$/9( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( &21'8,7 78%( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ˓̛஘࢏୉ʃए̛ ۶৔ ‫ݤ ؀‬ଵ‫ٸ‬ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ Ϡষ ‫ٕص‬୉ '&
9

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

686 ৲‫ ؟‬ଐԦࢇઝ '&
9

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ Ϡষ ‫ٕص‬୉ ؏ܹ୉
'&
9

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

3+272(/(&75,& ,62/$7,21 7<3( '(7(&725
˝ࢷ‫ٗ ݥ‬չ୉ ʃए̛
021,725,1* &21752/ 81,7
3+272(/(&75,& ,62/$7,21 7<3( 6(1625 5()/(&7,21
3/$7( 7<3(

˝ࢷ‫ٗݥ‬չ୉ʃए̛ ࢿ߭؆

PPW ‫ݛ‬મ '& 9
: 5()/(&7,21 3/$7(

*$6(286 ),5( ),*+7,1* 6<67(0
+ *$6 '(7(&725 $7 &(,/,1* (;3/26,21 7<3(
+ ʃए̛ ؏૧୉
*$6 6<67(0 0$18$/ %2;
‫ܕ‬୘ߟࢿ ܹѰ࣏࢖ଡ

ࠞΰ୉
+ ɼ‫ ݛ‬੎ए̛ ˁ‫ؿ‬۶ࢽ৔
a
/RZHU
*$6 '(7(&725 75$160,77(5 ૦ଡ
ࠞΰ୉ ‫ٕص‬୉ ۛۘ ‫چ‬ʈ

*$6 6<67(0 0$18$/ %2; :$7(5 3522) 7<3(
‫ܕ‬୘ߟࢿ ܹѰ࣏࢖ଡ ؏ܹ୉
',6&+$5*( ,1',&$7,1* /$03
؏ষ૲‫ݤ‬ҟ
*$6 6<67(0 '(/$< ',6&+$5*( 6:,7&+
؏ষएࠉ‫ࡢݛ‬৔
؏ষ૲‫ݤ‬ҟ ؏ܹ୉

৓ࣱ̛ দ ʎ‫ܕ‬Е Ѧִ୙ࢉ
ଗࡁ

#VVCEJOGPV ) &GUKIP 6CDNG
&3

12 ૽ָ ̍ʸ Яࡢ

ҟ̗
߇ࢷ ΰऑ

૽ओ ࢷ̛ ଢ˃

؏ষएࠉ‫ࡢݛ‬৔ ؏ܹ୉
386+ %87721 635,1./(5 0$18$/ 67$7,21
‫ݛ‬ଐր਽Ԝ ܹѰ࣏࢖ଡ

686 ৲‫ ؟‬ଐԦࢇઝ '&
9
PP [
PP

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࢊ؆ ࠞΰ୉ ‫ٕص‬୉ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ‫ܕ‬୘ࢷ ΰࢠࡈ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

ࡸଯ
GE P ࢇۘ

($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࠞ࠹୉ ؏ܹ୉ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ࠞ࠹୉ ؏ܹ୉ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV (

),5( 5(/($6,1* '(9,&( )25 ),5( 68335(66,21 6<67(0
5 ୘ࢢ؏एࢠ৔
‫ۘٸ‬ਏ‫܁‬ઝ
+251
6752%(
୐
‫ݛ‬ઝԻ‫ࢇی࢕ࢷ ٱ‬Ԩ
+251 :($7+(5 3522) 7<3(
ࢷ࢕‫ࢇی‬Ԩ ؏ܹ୉
$''5(66$%/( 02'8/( :,7+ %2;
ࣸ˃̛
$''5(66$%/( 02'8/( :,7+ %2;
,1
287
:($7+(5

3522) 7<3(
࢏ԯࡈ ࣸ˃̛
$''5(66$%/( 02'8/( :,7+ %2;
,1
287 :($7+(5

3522) 7<3(
ষԯࡈ ࣸ˃̛

(
ࠞ࠹ʎૢ‫̛̛ ܕ‬
۶৔˓‫ی‬

&$%,1(7
ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ
&$%,1(7
ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ
&$%,1(7
ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ
&$%,1(7
ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ
&$%,1(7
ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ
&$%,1(7
ࣸ˃̛ ০‫ٸ‬Щ

ࠞ࠹୉ ؏ܹ୉
5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

;
;

ࠞ࠹୉ ؏ܹ୉
5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

;
;

ࠞ࠹୉ ؏ܹ୉
5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

;
;

ࠞ࠹୉ ؏ܹ୉
5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

;
;

ࠞ࠹୉ ؏ܹ୉
5(' :,7+ :+,7( ),5( /(77(5,1*

;
;

32:(5 6833/<
ࢷࡕ˓̗؆
32:(5 6833/<
ࢷࡕ˓̗؆ ٙ͠ʃए̛ࡈ
$8720$7,& ),5( '(7(&725 )/$0( '(7(&725
,5

ٙ͠ ʃए̛ ,5

9$& '& 9
‫ݤ‬ɾ ʃ‫ٗ
ݤ‬Ѱ࢖
+]
ࠞ࠹୉ ؏ܹ୉
ʃ‫ݤ‬ʠչ
0 ‫ߞݤ‬ɽ
Ѧ
ࢷࡕ˓̗ ࢠ৔ ‫ ؀‬ਏઝԾશϏ ૦ଡ

)/(;,%/( &21'8,7 )/(;,%/( 78%( 6$0 6 %2/7

686
0

&$%/( */$1' PP %5$&.(7 %.

$/
&+520( 3/$7('

‫ˈٸ‬

#VVCEJOGPV ) &GUKIP 6CDNG
&3

12 ૽ָ ̍ʸ Яࡢ

ҟ̗
߇ࢷ ΰऑ

૽ओ ࢷ̛ ଢ˃

681 6+,(/'

686
7

5281' %2; :$<

),5( 5(/($6,1* '(9,&( )25 ),5( 68335(66,21 6<67(0
5 ୘ࢢ؏एࢠ৔
386+ %87721 635,1./(5 0$18$/ 67$7,21
‫ݛ‬ଐր਽Ԝ ܹѰ࣏࢖ଡ

؏ܹ୉ ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ($ 116 1RQ 6 1RQ &ODVV ( ‫ˈٸ‬ Attachment-H

Floor Response Sepctra(FRS) for MCR

Att.H-1 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Analysis Report for
Reactor, FMPF and Utility
Buildings

Document No.
KJ-202-DS-452-001
Sheet 64 of 79

Each response spectra plot is assigned an identification number as follows.
BD(1)– LO(2) EL(3)– DR(4)– DEQ(5)(PVRC)(6)
(1) BD: Building

RB: Reactor Building FB: FMPF Building UB: Utility Building (2) LO: Location

Main Control Room
(UT F2 R03)
FRS LOCATION: UB-WAF2
Figure 3.25 Location Designation (LO)

Rev.2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Analysis Report for
Reactor, FMPF and Utility
Buildings

Document No.
KJ-202-DS-452-001
Sheet 65 of 79

(3) EL: Elevation Reactor Building

B4: Floor Level 1 @ EL+43,450 (Reactor Building Foundation)

B3: Floor Level 2 @ EL+49,450

B2: Floor Level 3 @ EL+55,450

B1: Floor Level 4 @ EL+61,450

F1: Floor Level 5 @ EL+67,450

M1: Floor Level 5-1 @ EL+72,450

F2: Floor Level 6 @ EL+73,450

M2: Floor Level 6-1 @ EL+76,950

CR: Crane Support Location @ EL+79,450

R1: Roof @ EL+88,450 FMPF Building

B2: Floor Level 3 @ EL+53,450 (FMPF Building Foundation)

B1: Floor Level 4 @ EL+59,450

M0: Floor Level 4-1 @ EL+63,750

F1: Floor Level 5 @ EL+67,450

M1: Floor Level 5-1 @ EL+72,450

M2: Floor Level 6-1 @ EL+77,450

R2: Roof @ EL+82,450 Utility Building

B1: Floor Level 4 @ EL+61,450 (Utility Building Foundation)

F1: Floor Level 5 @ EL+67,450

F2: Floor Level 6 @ EL+73,450

F3: Floor Level 7 @ EL+79,450

R3: Roof @ EL+87,450 Rev.2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Analysis Report for
Reactor, FMPF and Utility
Buildings

Document No.
KJ-202-DS-452-001
Sheet 66 of 79

Reactor and Pool Concrete

BR: RCM Room @ EL+50,750

B2: Floor Level 3 @ EL+55,450

BF: Spent Fuel Storage Pool Floor @ EL+56,250

BS: Service Pool Floor @ EL+59,450

B1: Floor Level 4 @ EL+61,450

F1: Floor Level 5 @ EL+67,450

Figure 3.26 EL Designation
(4) DR: Direction

EW: East-West Direction

NS: North-South Direction

VT: Vertical Direction

VW: Vertical Direction at Wall

VS: Vertical Direction at Slab

(5) DEQ: Design Earthquake

SSE: Safe Shutdown Earthquake

OBE: Operating Basis Earthquake (Not used)

(6) (PVRC): PVRC Damping Response Spectra

Rev.2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Analysis Report for
Reactor, FMPF and Utility
Buildings

Document No.
KJ-202-DS-452-001
Sheet A7 of A348

Rev. 2

List of Floor Response Spectra(6/8)

No. FRS No. 221 Remark No. FRS No. FB-EWM2-EW 243 UB-WAR3-NS 222 FB-EWM2-NS 244 UB-WAR3-VS 223 FB-EWM2-VT 245 UB-WAR3-VW 224 FB-EWR2-EW 246 UB-EAB1-EW 225 FB-EWR2-NS 247 UB-EAB1-NS 226 FB-EWR2-VT 248 UB-EAB1-VT 227 UB-WAB1-EW 249 UB-EAF1-EW 228 UB-WAB1-NS 250 UB-EAF1-NS 229 UB-WAB1-VT 251 UB-EAF1-VS 230 UB-WAF1-EW 252 UB-EAF1-VW 231 UB-WAF1-NS 253 UB-EAF2-EW 232 UB-WAF1-VS 254 UB-EAF2-NS 233 UB-WAF1-VW 255 UB-EAF2-VS 234 UB-WAF2-EW 256 UB-EAF2-VW 235 UB-WAF2-NS 257 UB-EAF3-EW 236 UB-WAF2-VS 258 UB-EAF3-NS 237 UB-WAF2-VW 259 UB-EAF3-VS 238 UB-WAF3-EW 260 UB-EAF3-VW 239 UB-WAF3-NS 261 UB-EAR3-EW 240 UB-WAF3-VS 262 UB-EAR3-NS 241 UB-WAF3-VW 263 UB-EAR3-VS 242 UB-WAR3-EW 264 UB-EAR3-VW Remark

Main Control Room
(UT F2 R03)
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Analysis Report for
Reactor, FMPF and Utility
Buildings

Document No.
KJ-202-DS-452-001
Sheet A243 of A348

Rev. 2

Main Control Room
(UT F2 R03)
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Analysis Report for
Reactor, FMPF and Utility
Buildings

Document No.
KJ-202-DS-452-001
Sheet A244 of A348

Rev. 2

Main Control Room
(UT F2 R03)
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Analysis Report for
Reactor, FMPF and Utility
Buildings

Document No.
KJ-202-DS-452-001
Sheet A245 of A348

Rev. 2

===== KJ-070-DT-410-003_IFC_6_Environmental Qualification Requirement for Nuclear Safety-Related Equipment.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification Requirement for Nuclear Safety-Related Equipment
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-003 6 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Hong-Jun Park 2021-09-07

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DE AE)

Signature

Date
2021-09-07

Sang-Ki Shin
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DE LE)

Signature

Date
2021-09-07

Jong Seo Choi
Approved by :
기술책임자(EM)

Signature Date 2021-09-07 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

1 of 19 Rev. 6

Revision History
Rev.
No.

Date

Description of Revision
1St ISSUE

2015.02.02
(Resubmitted by CAR-KJDH-16-06, 2016.05.10)
2nd ISSUE

1 2015.07.23

Inserted publishing year
Modified word, whole section

Before : appendix
After : Document

Changed the body, Section 2.1, Page 4
Changed document form
3rd ISSUE

2 2015.09.21

Modified Contents
Inserted standard, Section 3.2, Page 7
4th ISSUE

3 2015.11.09

Modified publishing year in accordance with KJ-070-KF-403-001
Deleted qualification by similarity
5th ISSUE

2016.07.06
General revision
6th ISSUE

5 2021.08.11 6

결재정보
참조

Modified Sec.1.1, 3, 3.2 in accordance with PM MEMO, KJ-L-KH/DH-160794
Issued by PM MEMO for Rev.5, “Approved with Comment by KAERI”,
2021.08.23, “KJ-L-KH/DH-21-1987

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

2 of 19 Rev. 6

Date of revision history has been re-added as per the owner’s comment.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

3 of 19

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 4

DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 4

CODES AND STANDRARDS ....................................................................................... 5

TENDER REQUIREMENTS AND SUPPLIER’S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................ 8

QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS...........................................................................10

QUALIFICATION METHODS......................................................................................10

DOCUMENTATION .....................................................................................................12

ATTACHMENT A.........................................................................................................................13
ATTACHMENT B.........................................................................................................................17

Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

4 of 19 Rev. 6 1. GENERAL 1.1.

This Document provides the environmental qualification requirements for the Supplier of
Class 1E electrical equipment including cables, instrumentation and control, and/or safety
related active mechanical equipment located in harsh or mild environments.

1.2.

The Supplier shall comply with all relevant industry standards and regulatory guidelines as
specified in the Design specification and/or Procurement specification which forms the basis
for and are part of the environmental qualification requirements.

1.3.

The environmental qualification supplier checklist (Attachment A) shall be completed by the
supplier.

DEFINITIONS
Definitions of terms are given in IEEE 323, and are repeated here for convenience in
using as follows

2.1.

Aging conditioning :
Exposure of sample equipment to environmental, operational, and system conditions
to simulate these conditions for a period of time; design basis events are not included.

2.2.

Class 1E :
The safety classification of the electrical (including instrumentation and control)
equipment and systems that are essential to emergency reactor shutdown,
containment isolation, reactor core cooling, and containment and reactor heat removal,
or are otherwise essential in preventing significant release of radioactive material to the
environment.

2.3.

Components :
Items from which the equipment is assembled such as resistors, capacitors, wires,
connectors, transistors, tubes, switches, springs, etc.

2.4.

Design Basis Events (DBE) :
Postulated events used in the design to establish the acceptable performance
requirements for the structures, systems, and components.

2.5.

Design Life :
The time period during which satisfactory performance can be expected for a specific
set of service conditions.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

2.6. 5 of 19

Equipment
An assembly of components designed and manufactured to perform specific functions.

2.7.

Equipment Qualification:
The generation and maintenance of evidence to ensure that equipment will operate on
demand to meet system performance requirements during normal and abnormal
service conditions and postulated design basis events.

2.8.

Harsh Environment
An environment which causes a significant increase in environmental factors such as
pressure, temperature, chemical etc. owing to a postulated DBE, or any environment
with a total integrated dose (TID) greater than 100 Gy(greater than 10 Gy for electronic
equipments and components such as semiconductors or electronic components
containing organic material).

2.9.

Synergistic Effects
The effects which result from two or more stresses acting together, as distinguished
from the effects of the stresses applied separately.

2.10.

Margin
The difference between service conditions and the conditions used for equipment
qualification.

2.11.

Mild Environment
An environment that would at no time be significantly more severe than the environment
that would occur during normal plant operation including anticipated operational
occurrences. Any area that is not a harsh environment is a mild environment.

2.12.

Qualified Life
The period of time, prior to the start of a design basis event, for which equipment was
demonstrated to meet the design requirements for the specified service conditions.

2.13.

Service Conditions
Environmental, loading, power and signal conditions expected as a result of normal
operating requirements, expected extreme (abnormal) operating requirements, and
postulated conditions appropriate for the design basis events of the station.

3. CODES AND STANDARDS Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

6 of 19 Rev. 6 3.1.

The specification to which this document is attached contains a list of referenced codes and
standards.

3.2.

Safety related equipment to be applied this document shall meet the requirements of the
following standards and in addition those of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design
Criterion 4, "Environmental and Missile Design Bases", Appendix B, Criterion III, "Design
Control," Criterion XI, "Test Control," and Criterion XVII, "Quality Assurance Records," and
10 CFR 50.49, "Environmental Qualification of Electric Equipment Important to Safety for
Nuclear Power Plants".
1) 10 CFR Part 50-2000, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 4, ”Environmental and
Missile Design Bases.”
2) 10 CFR Part 50-2000, Appendix B, Criterion III, "Design Control,” Criterion XI, "Test
Control,” and Criterion XVII, "Quality Assurance Records.”
3) IEEE Std 323-2003 (END 1100), "Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations", Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers.
4) IEEE Std. 334-1999 (END 3300), "Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class
1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations," Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers.
5) IEEE Std 344-2004 (END 2000), "Recommended Practices for Seismic
Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations",
Institute of Electronics and Electronics Engineers.
6) IEEE Std 382-1996 (END 3700), "Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power
Operated Valve Assemblies with Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power
Plants", Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
7) IEEE Std 383-2003 (END 3810), "Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric
Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations",
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
8) IEEE Std 420-2001 (END 3230), "Standard for the Design and Qualification of
Class 1E control Board, Panels and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating
Stations.
9) IEEE Std 535-1994 (END 3500), "Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead
Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations", Institute of Electrical

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

7 of 19

and Electronics Engineers.
10) IEEE Std. 572-1992 (END 3830), "Standard for Qualification of Class 1E
Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations". Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
11) IEEE Std 603-1998 (ENB 1100), "Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations", Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
12) IEEE Std 627-1980 (END 3100), "Standard for Design Qualification of Safety
Systems Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations", Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
13) IEEE Std 649-2006 (END 3220), "Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control
Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations".
14) IEEE Std 650-2006 (END 3600), "Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static
Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations", Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
15) ASME QME-1-2000 (MF), Qualification of Active Mechanical Equipment Used in
Nuclear Facilities.
16) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.63-1987, "Electric Penetration Assemblies in
Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants".
17) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.73-1974, "Qualification Tests of Electric Valve
Operators Installed Inside the Containment of Nuclear Power Plants".
18) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.89-1984, "Environmental Qualification of Certain
Electric Equipment Important to Safety for Nuclear Power Plants".
19) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.97-2006, "Instrumentation of Light-Water-Cooled
Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant and Environs Conditions During and
Following an Accident".
20) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.156-2011, "Environmental Qualification of Connection
Assemblies for Nuclear Power Plants".
21) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.158-1989, "Qualification of Safety-Related Lead
Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plant".

Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

8 of 19 Rev. 6

22) NUREG-0588-1980, "Interim Staff Position on Environmental Qualification of
Safety-Related Electrical Equipment".
23) NUREG-0800-2010 (SRP3.11), "Environmental Qualification of Mechanical and
Electrical Equipment".
4.

TENDER REQUIREMENTS AND SUPPLIER’S RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1. Tender Requirements 4.1.1.

The Tender shall submit a summary of the proposed environmental qualification program as a
part of the proposal. The guideline for preparing a summary of an environmental qualification
program is given in attachment B.

4.1.2.

If the Tender has a pre-qualified equipment which satisfies the specification requirements, the
Tender shall provide clear indication of such qualification to be utilized for addressing
environmental qualification issues. Its applicability in the form of an environmental qualification
summary shall be submitted to the purchaser for review and acceptance.

4.1.3.

The Tender shall be responsible for resolving with the purchaser, any uncertainties regarding
the specifications and environmental qualification requirements, prior to award of contract.

4.2.

Supplier Responsibility After Award.

4.2.1.

The environmental qualification (EQ) of the equipment shall be achieved by type test, analysis,
operating experience or combination thereof. Prior to conducting type test, the Supplier shall
submit to the purchaser a detailed EQ test program (test procedure or plan) in accordance with
project documents submittal requirements of the design specification for review and
acceptance. If the purchaser is not satisfied, the EQ test program shall be modified accordingly.

4.2.2.

After the Supplier's successful submittal of the EQ test program, the Supplier as applicable,
shall proceed with the testing and documentation of the environmental qualification program.
Complete qualification documentation including test reports and programs shall be submitted
to the purchaser in accordance with section 6.0 of this document for review and acceptance.

4.2.3.

In cases where a Supplier has selected to use previous qualification results as the basis for
satisfying environmental qualification requirements, the Supplier shall submit the complete
qualification documentation in accordance with section 6.0 of this document for review and
acceptance.

4.2.4.

The Supplier shall be responsible for resolving with the purchaser, any uncertainties,
comments and concerns resulting from the qualification documentation review and acceptance
process. If the answers given are not acceptable to the purchaser, the Supplier shall modify
the method of environmental testing program/report to satisfy these requirements.

4.3.

The Supplier shall include the following information as a minimum in the qualification
documentation submittals:
1) Performance characteristics under normal, abnormal, operational testing, DBE,
and post DBE Conditions.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

9 of 19 Rev. 6

2) The range of voltage, frequency, load, and other electrical characteristics including
voltage / current / frequency fluctuations / leakage current / Insulation Resistance
(IR) values.
3) The installation requirements, including mounting configurations, orientation and
any other details of equipment interface.
4) Preventive maintenance schedule for continued qualification of the equipment.
5) The design capability of the equipment and its sub-components.
6) Identification of control, indicating, and other auxiliary devices of the equipment or
external to the equipment for proper operation.
7) The range, type, and duration, of environmental conditions including temperature,
pressure, relative humidity, radiation, submergence and seismic forces.
8) Complete description and number of operating cycles, including periodic testing.
9) Qualified life.
4.4.

The Supplier shall also include the following information as a minimum in the environmental
qualification documentation:
1) The equipment parts list. Each part shall have, as a minimum, the following
information:
-

Part number - Description - Number required - Drawing references -

Material (scientific name and commercial name as applicable)

Criticality (critical or non - critical)

Recommended frequency of replacement, if applicable

Fabrication and material requirements including ASTM and/or MIL specification
numbers

Storage requirement, as applicable

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

10 of 19 Rev. 6

2) List of recommended spare parts and their shelf life as applicable
3) Manufacturer's detail and dimensional drawing number(s), fabrication procedure
number(s), and quality control procedure number(s). The purchaser reserves the
right to obtain these drawings and procedures at such time that the Supplier ceases
manufacture of the parts or at such time that the Supplier terminates business.
4) Any NRC Bulletins, IE Notices, and other NRC publications issued regarding the
purchased equipment
4.5.

The Supplier shall issue a detailed Surveillance and Maintenance procedure for the
purchased equipment based on the results of the environmental qualification program.

4.6.

In cases where the equipment fails to withstand the environmental requirements associated
with the postulated plant conditions under the environmental qualification program, the
Supplier shall be responsible for making all necessary changes to his equipment, at his own
expense, so that the equipment meets the environmental qualification requirements.

4.7.

All qualification documentations shall be submitted, reviewed, and accepted prior to
equipment shipment to the site. Any delays in shipment which results from the lack of
acceptance of qualification documentation shall be at the expense of the Supplier.

QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

5.1.

The environmental qualification of Class 1E electrical (including instrumentation and control)
and safety-related active mechanical equipment located in harsh environment is achieved by
assuring its operability when subjected to equivalent conditions which would be seen during
and after the postulated plant conditions as specified in the design specification. The Supplier
may select one of the following qualification methods:
1) Qualification by type test only
2) Qualification by analysis
3) Qualification by operating experience
4) Qualification by a combination of type test, analysis and operating experience

5.2.

The Supplier shall show that the severity of the qualification method used for the equipment
equals or exceeds the maximum anticipated requirements and conditions.

5.3.

Regardless of the qualification method chosen, the conditions and requirements for those
portions of the methods are stated in the following sections and shall be met.

6. QUALIFICATION METHODS KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

11 of 19 Rev. 6 6.1.

Many factors control the design of a qualification method. All assumptions used in the method
shall be given and justified. All applicable mechanical loads and environmental conditions
shall be simulated during tests.

6.2.

Qualification by type test only is recommended when the following conditions are fulfilled:
1) The environmental requirements can be simulated by type test.
2) The testing chamber allows the simulation of actual equipment mounting.
3) It is possible to monitor the functional capability of the active equipment during the
test.
4) The tested equipment is typical to the equipment to be qualified.

6.3.

Qualification by analysis:
Qualification by analysis consists of quantitative analysis supported by type test, operating
experience, or physical laws of nature to demonstrate that the equipment can meet the
requirements of the design specification.

6.4.

Qualification by operating experience:
Performance data from equipment of similar design that has successfully operated under
known service conditions may be used in qualifying other equipment to equal or less severe
conditions. Applicability of this data depends on the adequacy of documentation establishing
past service conditions, equipment performance, and similarity against the equipment to be
qualified and upon which operating experience exists. A demonstration of required operability
during applicable design basis event(s) shall be included in equipment qualification programs
based on operating experience, when design basis event qualification is required.

6.5.

Qualification by a combination of qualification type test, analysis, and operating experience:
This approach may be used for the qualification of complex assemblies such as cables,
control boards, panels, switchgear assemblies, pumps and motors, diesel-generator unit,
control valves, etc.

6.6.

Test sequence:
The equipment qualification testing shall be performed in a specified sequence. Any change
in the sequence of testing may be acceptable if adequately justified. Further, the sequence
used by the Supplier shall be justified as the most severe for the equipment being tested. For
most equipment and applications, the test sequence provided in IEEE 323 constitutes an
acceptable sequence. However, for unique equipment, a sequence other than that indicated
below shall be followed as required by the applicable IEEE standards.
1) Inspection of test sample(s) for any damage and to determine its performance
characteristics
2) Test sample(s) at normal conditions for functional data base
3) Test sample(s) at the extremes of all performance and electrical characteristics
(excluding DBE and post DBE conditions)

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

12 of 19 Rev. 6

4) Thermal aging (Note 1)
5) Radiation aging-normal service conditions dose. DBE radiation dose may also be
included here (Notes 1 and 2).
6) Certain necessary performance measurements
7) Vibration aging
8) DBE testing with required performance measurements (Notes 3 and 4)
9) Post-DBE test
10) Disassembly and inspection
Notes:
1. Radiation aging is to precede thermal aging if synergistic effects are not identified.
2. Radiation aging need not be done if it is shown that the required radiation level
would not affect the equipment's safety-related function(s).
3. Submergence exposure if applicable should be incorporated in the DBE testing.
4. DBE radiation dose may be excluded if incorporated in radiation aging (normal
service condition test).
7.

DOCUMENTATION
The environmental qualification documentation shall verify that each type of Class 1E
electrical (including instrumentation and control) or safety-related active mechanical
equipment located in harsh environment is qualified for its intended application and meets its
specified environmental qualification and performance requirements. The Supplier shall
provide the specific sections of the environmental qualification documentation noted below:
Tab A. Environmental Qualification Supplier Checklist (Attachment A)
Tab B. Justification & Analysis (i.e.，qualified life calculation and/or other justification for
acceptance)
Tab C. Maintenance & Surveillance Requirements including Supporting Data
Tab D. Qualification Test Program (Plan or Procedure) and Report
Tab E. Parts Lists and Recommended Spare Parts List
Tab F. References and Miscellaneous Data

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

ATTACHMENT A

Environmental Qualification Supplier Checklist

13 of 19 Rev. 6 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

1. 14 of 19 Rev. 6

INSTRUCTIONS
In the space provided for comments after each question, the supplier shall
a) Reference the applicable sections of the test program/report (where such information can
be found) in comments column provided if answer to the question is "YES."
b) Indicate if the exclusion of information is acceptable or unacceptable and provide
justification, if answer to the question is ”NO.”
c) Provide justification, if answer to the question is "N/A” (i.e., "Not Applicable").

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

Item

Description
Yes
No.
1 Did you adequately describe the qualified equipment
(Manufacturer, Model, Equipment ID, Function, Serial
Number, etc.)?
2

Did you identify all parameters for normal, abnormal and
accident service conditions for equipment?

Did you outline equipment characteristics?

Did you outline equipment acceptance criteria?

Did you outline test sequence?

Did you identify the following for each test?
a - Number of samples used
b - Equipment mounting and connections
c - Margins
d - Leakage current / Insulation Resistance (IR) values
e - Potential drifting
f - Operability requirements and test results
g - Test equipment, its accuracy and date of calibration
h - Similarity between tested and installed equipment
i - Equipment performance before/during/after test
j - Loads applied to equipment
k - Anomalies and its dispositions
l - Description of test, test results, and conclusions
m - Environmental variables monitored during test

15 of 19 No N/A Rev. 6 Comments KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

Item
Description
No.
7 Was the equipment qualified for normal / abnormal
conditions?
8

Was the equipment qualified for DBE / Post DBE
conditions?

Was chemical spray considered for DBE test?

Did you perform seismic testing on aged samples?

Did you consider synergistic effects?

Yes

12 Did you justify qualification by analysis?
13 Did you include all sections of environmental qualification
documentation as mentioned in Section 7.0 of this
Document?
14 Did you identify the following in EQ Documentation?
a - Maintenance/Surveillance Requirements and
Procedures
b - Non-metallic parts (scientific and commercial names,
Activation energy, maximum aging temperature,
shelf life, and storage requirements)
c - Critical parts and dimensional drawing number(s)
d - Required spare parts
e - Applicable codes and standards
f - Information Notices and IE Bulletins issued by NRC on
this equipment type
g - Postulated failure modes for the equipment
h - Applicability of qualified equipment to KJRR seismic
and environmental requirements

16 of 19 No N/A Rev. 6 Comments KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

17 of 19 Rev. 6 ATTACHMENT B

Guideline for Preparing a Summarv of an Environmental Qualification Program

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

18 of 19 Rev. 6

This attachment is a guideline for the preparation of tender or proposal stage environmental
qualification programs. As a guideline it is not meant to be exhaustive nor complete, in part
because each situation would be different requiring different information for presentation. For
clarity, the guideline has been sectioned into a number of suggested subtopics which need
not be limited to these and not necessary in the order presented. These subtopics are as
follows:
1.

PURPOSE FOR SCOPE
The scope of this summary could be a statement that reads similar to the following, "The
purpose is to present an environmental qualification program for the qualification of to
the satisfaction of the environmental requirements outlined in the KJRR Project
Specification."

REFERENCES
Applicable references shall also be provided such as:
a) IEEE 323, "Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations."
b) 10 CFR 50.49, ”Environmental Qualification of Electric Equipment Important to Safety for
Nuclear Power Plants.”
c) Etc.

PROPOSED EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This section shall describe the proposed equipment. The identification of the equipment could
include but is not limited to the following items:
a) Manufacturer and Model Number
b) Equipment No.
c) Equipment Description
d) Etc.

PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS
A brief outline meant to confirm the tenderer’s intent to meet the required qualification levels
of Temperature, Pressure, Radiation, Relative Humidity, Chemical Spray, Submergence, etc.
shall be provided.

GENERAL QUALIFICATION INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-

Document No.

Related Electrical Equipment

KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet

19 of 19 Rev. 6

This section shall include a statement about the Performance Requirements, Acceptance
Criteria, etc. to be employed including margin and a discussion about methods of addressing
equipment aging, synergism and any aging mechanisms.
6.

QUALIFICATION METHOD AND PROCEDURE
Provide a Description of the qualification method and/or procedures that would be employed
such as: type test, analysis, operating experience, and combination thereof.

DOCUMENTATION
Details pertaining to the type of deliverables shall be spelled out, e.g., test data, laboratory
log files, etc. Also, documentations being submitted for environmental qualification shall
comply with the design specification.

===== KJ-070-DT-410-004_IFC_3_Requirements for Coating Services Level II Components.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services Level II Components
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-004 3 NNS N/A Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 T S

Safety Class
N/A
Quality Class
Q
N/A
Seismic Category
Electrical Class

Ⅰ Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A Preliminary For Information For Approval

Submittal Purpose
For Construction

For Fabrication Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Verification Status Complete Incomplete Young-Woo Roh Qualification Tests 2026-04-09

Prepared by :
Signature

Date
2026-04-09

Sichoon Park
Reviewed by :
설계담당자(DM AE)

Signature

Date
2026-04-09

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
EM

Signature

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

Date KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

1 of 19

Revision History
Document Title : Requirements for Coating Services Level II Components
Document No : KJ-070-DT-410-004

Rev. 3

Rev.
No.

Date Description of Revision 0 2014.12.01 Issue for Use 1 2021.08.20

Revised by submittal purpose change

1A 2021.11.25

Revised by KJ-DCN-DM-210002
3.1.1 J) , 9.3 d)

2 2022.11.15

Revised by KJ-L-DH/KH-22-0749

3 2026.04.07

Revised by Complementation of Touch-up requirement
5.1.2 c), 11.2, 11.3, 11.4

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

Rev. 3 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

2 of 19 Rev. 3

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 4

REFERENCES .............................................................................................................. 5

SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................................ 7

MATERIALS .................................................................................................................. 8

COATING QUALIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE TEST REQUIREMENTS............10

MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE .................................................................. 12

SURFACE PREPARATION ........................................................................................ 13

APPLICATION OF COATING ..................................................................................... 13

10.

INSPECTION AND TESTING ..................................................................................... 15

11.

TOUCH-UP .................................................................................................................. 17

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

1. 3 of 19

SCOPE
The coating requirements specified herein are applicable for the exposed ferrous metal
surfaces of equipment, components and miscellaneous steel surfaces. Coating steel
surfaces in contact with concrete is not required.
The following surfaces shall not be coated unless otherwise indicated.
a)

Stainless steel b) Galvanized steel c)

Machined or wearing surfaces (Suitable shipping and storage preservative is

required.)

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

Rev. 3 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

4 of 19 Rev. 3 2. DEFINITIONS 2.1.

The term "Coating Service Level II", as defined in ANSI N101.4, shall apply to all coatings
used on equipment, systems or materials outside the confines of KJRR in the Reactor
Confinement Structure but subject to radiation and decontamination. This coating work is not
required to withstand the Loss of coolant (LOCA) environment.

2.2.

Coating Work - all inclusive term to define all operations required to accomplish a complete
coating job; the term shall be construed to include materials, equipment, labor, preparation
of surfaces, control of ambient conditions, application of the coating system, inspection, etc.

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

5 of 19 Rev. 3 3. REFERENCES 3.1.

Supplier shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following references, in effect as
of April 10, 2013, unless otherwise indicated:

3.1.1.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards:
a) ASTM D714

Standard Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Blistering of

Paints
b) ASTM D3843

Standard Practice for Quality Assurance for Protective Coatings

Applied to Nuclear Facilities
c) ASTM D3912

Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of Coating Used

in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants
d) ASTM D4060

Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic

Coatings by the Taber Abraser
e) ASTM D4082

Standard Test Method for Effects of Gamma Radiation on

Coatings for Use in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants
f)

ASTM D4214

Test Method for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior

Paint Films
g) ASTM D4228

Standard Practice for Qualification of Coating Applicators for

Application of Coatings to Steel Surfaces
h) ASTM D4256

Standard Test Method for Decontamination of the

Decontaminability of Coatings Used in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants
i)

ASTM D4541

Standard Test Method for Pull-off Strength of Coatings Using

Portable Adhesion Testers
j)

ASTM D5144

Standard Guide for Use of Protective Coating Standard in Nuclear

Power Plants
k) ASTM E84

Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

3.1.2. 6 of 19

Structural Steel Painting Council Specifications (SSPC)
a) SSPC-SP1

Solvent Cleaning b) SSPC-SP2 Hand Tool Cleaning c) SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning d) SSPC-SP10

Near White Blast Cleaning

e) SSPC-PA2

Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages

Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel

SSPC-Vis1

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

Rev. 3 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

7 of 19 Rev. 3 4. SUBMITTALS 4.1.

If the Supplier does not use the qualified coating system in Article 5.0 of this specification,
the Supplier shall submit the following to evaluate the coating system to be proposed for the
acceptability of the project requirements with the bid proposal.

4.1.1.

The name of coating manufacturer and coating systems that the supplier proposes to use.

4.1.2.

Certified copies of the authorized laboratory’s test reports performed in compliance with the
requirements of Article 6.0. (DBA tests wi1l not be required.)

4.2.

The Supplier shall furnish procedures for storage, handling, surface preparation, application
and inspection for specified coating system(s).

4.3.

The Supplier shall submit the following for quality verification documentation as a minimum:
a) A coating manufacturer’s product identity certification record for the each batch of
coating material.
b) A record of inspection and test as referred in Article 10.0.

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

8 of 19 Rev. 3 5. MATERIALS 5.1.

The Prime and/or finish coating materials shall be one of the following (no deviations
permitted):

5.1.1.

Exposed ferrous metal surfaces of structural steel and miscellaneous steel
a)

One coat of inorganic zinc primer and one coat of epoxy finish.

Coating System Thickness (DFT):
1)

Primer:

3.0 mils minimum to 5.0 mils maximum

2) Finish:

3.0 mils minimum to 5.0 mils maximum
(4.0 mils minimum to 6.0 mils maximum for Nucpoxy 300)

Qualified coating materials as a complete system shall be one of the following:
Manufacturer

Primer Finish Carbozinc 11SG N(K) Carboguard 890 N(K) KCC Corporation IZ 197 ET 5290 Ahae Corporation Zinclight IZ 133 Nupon 330 Samhwa Paint Co., Ltd. Nuczinc 100 Nucpoxy 300 Carboline Korea Ltd. 5.1.2. System

Exposed ferrous metal surface of all other equipment and components having a surface
temperature less than 200℉:
a)

One coat of epoxy primer and one coat of epoxy finish.

Coating System Thickness (DFT):
1)

Primer:

3.0 mils minimum to 5.0 mils maximum

2) Finish:

3.0 mils minimum to 5.0 mils maximum
(4.0 mils minimum to 6.0 mils maximum for Nucpoxy 300)

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

c) Rev. 3

Qualified coating materials as a complete system shall be one of the following:
Manufacturer

System
Primer

Finish Carboguard 893 N(K) Carboguard 890 N(K) KCC Corporation EP 1290 ET 5290 Keeler & Long Inc. 7107LF E-1-7475 Ahae Corporation Nupon 330 Nupon 330 Samhwa Paint Co., Ltd. Nucpoxy 100 Nucpoxy 300 Carboline Korea Ltd. 5.1.3. 9 of 19

Exposed ferrous metal surfaces of equipment and components having a surface temperature
200℉ to 750℉.
a)

One coat of inorganic zinc primer, applied to a dry film thickness of 3.0 mils to 5.0

mils
b)

Qualified coating materials as a complete system shall be one of the following:
Manufacturer
Carboline Korea Ltd.

5.2.

System
Carbozinc 11SG N(K)

KCC Corporation IZ 197 Ahae Corporation Zinclight IZ 133 Samhwa Paint Co., Ltd. Nuczinc 100

Solvents, thinners and cleaners shall be the product of the coating manufacturer. Products
from different manufacturers shall not be intermixed.

5.3.

Abrasives used for blast cleaning shall be capable of producing the specified surface profile
height.

5.4. Color of finish coat shall be in accordance with Table-1.

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

6. 10 of 19 Rev. 3

COATING QUALIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE TEST REQUIREMENTS
The coating systems shall be satisfied with the quality tests for which the procedures
and acceptance criteria are stated below:

6.1.

Physical Properties Tests

6.1.1.

Adhesion Test
a)

Procedure: ASTM D4541 b)

Acceptance criteria: A minimum of two panels shall be tested for each coating

system. Minimum adhesion shall be 200 psi consisting of three adhesion tests on each
test panel.
6.1.2.

Abrasion Resistance Test
a)

Procedure: ASTM D4060 b)

Acceptance criteria: Weight loss shall not exceed 175 mg/1000 cycles when a CS-

17 wheel is used with a 1000-gram load.
6.2.

Radiation Tolerance Test 6.2.1.

Procedure: ASTM D 4082
a)

Irradiation dose rate (Gamma field) - Greater than 1x104 Gy/hr.

The total integrated dose for satisfying the test requirements is 2x106 Gy.

c) Test environment - Air 6.2.2.

Acceptance Criteria: Checking, cracking, flaking, delamination, peeling, and blistering are not
permitted.

6.3. Decontamination Test 6.3.1.

Procedure: ASTM D4256, Contamination procedure ’A’

6.3.2.

The following decontamination test results shall be submitted for information.

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

Procedure and conditions relating to the test specimen preparation.

b) Decontamination Factors c)

Percent activity removed.

Any deterioration of the coating due to the test procedure.

6.4. Chemical Resistance Test 6.4.1.

Procedure: ASTM D3912, Chemical exposure test.

6.4.2. Acceptance Criteria 11 of 19 a)

Peeling or delamination shall not be permitted.

Blistering (ASTM D714) shall be limited to size 4, 6 or 8 intact, blisters, not

Rev. 3

exceeding a “frequency of a few”.
c)

Discoloration and softening will be permitted.

6.5. Fire Evaluation Test 6.5.1.

Procedure: ASTM E84, Flame - Spread Tests

6.5.2.

Acceptance Criteria: Flame - Spread rating shall not exceed 25 as measured on the
noncombustible substrate.

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

12 of 19 Rev. 3 7.

MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE

7.1.

Coating materials shall be delivered in the manufacturer's original sealed containers bearing
legible labels.

7.2. 7.3.

The sides of each container shall have the following information listed:
a)

Manufacturer's name b) Product name and number c)

Product color designation

Product batch number and manufacturing date

Product shelf life expiration date

Materials from damaged containers shall not be used in the work. The containers of coatings
or thinners shall not be opened unless ready for immediate use.

7.4.

Coated steel or components shall be rested on wooden supports during shop storage or
shipment. If it is necessary to stack members, wooden separators shall be used. Coated steel
or components shall at no time be placed directly on other steel or directly on the ground.

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

13 of 19 Rev. 3 8. SURFACE PREPARATION 8.1.

Surface preparation by pickling or chemical treatment is not permitted.

8.2.

Surfaces shall be blasted in accordance with SSPC-SP10, unless noted otherwise (higher
grade only), using only dry blasting abrasive. The height of the profile of the anchor pattern
shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the coating system and as measured with
a Keane-Tator profile comparator or Elcometer roughness gauge adjusted to profile height.

8.3.

Steel and fabrication defects such as weld spatter, sharp edges of welds, delamination, scabs
and slivers visible before or revealed by blast cleaning shall be repaired prior to coating.

8.4.

Surface preparation operations shall be performed under the following conditions:
a)

Relative humidity shall not exceed 80 percent.

There shall be no moisture on the steel. The surface temperature of the steel shall

be at least 3℃ above the dew point.
c)

Abrasive shall be dry and oil-free. Oil and water separators shall be used in

compressed air lines to remove oil and moisture from the air before it is used.
Separators shall be placed as close as possible to the blast equipment.
d)

Blasting shall not be performed in the same area where coating or curing of coated

surfaces is in progress.
e)
8.5.

Blasting equipment shall be in good operating condition.

The total elapsed time from blast cleaning to the application of the coating shall not exceed
4 hours, but in any event before visible rusting occurs.

8.6.

After blasting and immediately prior to coating, the blasting dust shall be removed by using a
high pressure air blow off and followed by vacuum cleaning.

9. APPLICATION OF COATING

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

9.1. 14 of 19 Rev. 3

Mixing and application of coating material shall be in accordance with the coating
manufacturer's published instructions.

9.2.

Faying surfaces (except for friction-type connections) including bolt holes and splice plates
shall be coated to a dry film thickness between 2.0 mils minimum and 3.0 mils maximum.
Steel which is to be field welded shall be masked one inch from the edge prior to coating.

9.3. 9.4.

Application shall be performed under the following conditions:
a)

Relative humidity shall not exceed 80 percent.

Surface temperature of steel shall be between 50℉ and 100℉.

There shall be no moisture on the steel surface.

Metal temperature shall be at least 3℃ above dew point.

The steel surfaces shall be clean and free from contamination.

Lighting shall be adequate for the proper application of coating material.

Spray equipment shall be in good operating condition.

Traps shall be used in air supply lines to remove moisture and oil.

Runs, sags, drips or overspray which cause failures by loss of adhesion, blistering, peeling,
mudcracking or rusting of substrate shall not be permitted. Defective areas shall be reblasted
and recoated.

9.5.

Erection marks as shown on approved shop drawings shall be placed on each member after
application of the coating with approved erection marking material.

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

15 of 19 Rev. 3 10. INSPECTION AND TESTING 10.1.

Supplier shall maintain necessary instruments to test and inspect surface preparation,
coating application and the fully cured coating at the place of work for his quality control and
shall be made available for Purchaser's use. These instruments shall include:
a)

Thermometer b) Hygrometer c)

A thickness gauge such as Mikrotest or Elcometer with range between zero and

40mils.
d)

A surface profile gauge such as Elcometer Roughness Gauge or the Keane -Tator

profile Comparator (ASTM D4417)

10.2. e)

A 5X (or higher) magnifier

f) A flashlight g)

A wet film thickness gauge (ASTM D4414)

h) Calibrated shims

The Supplier shall perform the following inspection and testing:

10.2.1. Surface preparation
a) Verify compliance with requirements of the coating manufacturer's specification.
b) Confirm the blast quality by comparing the blasted surface with SSPC-Vis. 1 and the
approved steel sample profile with an Elcometer roughness gauge adjusted to profile
height or a Keane-Tator Profile Comparator.
c) Conduct an air blast test at the beginning of each shift of blasting. The air blast (free
of sand) shall be directed toward a clean white absorbent paper or cloth for 2 minutes
to detect any oil or moisture in the air supply. Blasting shall proceed only when oil or
moisture is not detectable.
d) Check the abrasive daily for grease and oil contamination. Place the abrasive into a

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

16 of 19

glass of water checking for visual indications of grease or oil. If grease and oil are
present the abrasive shall not be used.
e) Inspect blasted surfaces immediately before application of

the coating. Coating

application shall proceed only when results of the inspection are acceptable to
Supplier's inspector.
10.2.2. Handling and application of coating:
a) Check each coating material shipment for acceptable condition of the containers and
packages.
b) Check spray equipment twice daily for correct air pressure, cleanliness of agitators,
hoses and pots, and correct size of tips and caps.
c)

Mixed material that exceeds pot life shall be rejected.

Check the dry film thickness of coating using SSPC-PA2.

Check continuously for the following coating defects and take immediate corrective

action: f) - Loss of adhesion - Blistering - Peeling - Mudcracking - Rusting of substrate - Dry overspray - Runs and sags - Embedded particles -

Other imperfections and blemishes

Checking relative humidity and temperature to allow the specified curing period.

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

Rev. 3 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

17 of 19 Rev. 3 11. TOUCH-UP 11.1.

Supplier shall provide to Purchaser, with the shipment of the equipment, components, or
materials to the project site, one-gallon container(s) of each coating material used for the
work, including required solvents, label each container with the color name, batch number,
and attach the coating manufacturer's product identify certification record and application
instructions.

11.2.

Materials
Materials for Coating Service Level II & Other areas shall comply with the “Section 5.
Materials” in this specification.

11.3.

Surface Preparation
11.3.1 Damaged areas on galvanized surfaces shall be prepared in the following sequence:
first by “Power Tool Cleaning” (SSPC-SP3), followed by “Solvent Cleaning” (SSPC-SP1).
11.3.2 Touch-up painting on the prepared surface shall be performed within 4 hours by
applying one coat of inorganic zinc primer to prevent rusting and contamination. The dry film
thickness (D.F.T.) shall be 2.0 to 5.0 mils.

11.4.

Quality Requirement
All touch-up work for Coating Service Level II & Other areas, Quality Class “S” shall be
applied. Despite the above requirements, if any special requirement is specified in the
relevant specification, the special requirement can take precedence over this specification.

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

18 of 19 Rev. 3

Table - 1
FINISH COLOR SELECTION GUIDE

Each piece of equipment, component, system, etc., specified in the technical specification
(section 4) and indicated in the following table, shall have its finish color painted/coated to
correspond to the Munsell color and number indicated:
ITEMS

COLOR MUNSELL NO.* Pump & motors Light Grey Green 2.5 G 7/2 Heat Exchanger Grey N7 Pressure Vessel Grey N7 Grey N7 Grey N 710 Grey Green 10 Gy 6.5/3 Air Compressor - - Manufacturer's Standard Air Conditioner - - Manufacturer's Standard Yellow 10 YR 8/12 - Water Green 2.5 GY 6/8 - Compressed Air Blue 7.5 BG 5/4 - Gas Yellow 5 Y 8.5/14 Light Yellow Grey 2.8Y7.7/0.8

Vessel Support
or Baseplate
Electric Heater
Ion Exchanger
& Filter

Hoist REMARK Pipe & Pipe Support Main Transformer

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet

ITEMS COLOR MUNSELL NO.*

154 kV Gas Insulated
Switchgear

Light Yellow Grey 2.8Y7.7/0.8 4.16 kV Switchgear Light Yellow Grey 2.8Y7.7/0.8 480 V Load Center Light Yellow Grey 2.8Y7.7/0.8 480 V MCC Light Yellow Grey 2.8Y7.7/0.8 Light Yellow Grey 2.8Y7.7/0.8 Grey Green 10GY6.5/3 Light Yellow Grey 2.8Y7.7/0.8 - - 19 of 19 Rev. 3 REMARK

UPS Panel

AC Distribution Panel
DC Distribution Panel
Inverter Panel
Battery Charger

Battery Rack
I&C Control Panel
Actuator for
Control Valve

Manufacturer's Standard

& Solenoid Valve
* Munsell Color, Macbeth. Division of Kollmorgen Corp. Baltimore. Maryland 21218, Latest
edition

Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

===== KJ-070-DT-410-005_IFC_2_Seismic Qualification Requirement for Seismic Category I Items.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Seismic Qualification Requirement for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-005 2 NNS N/A Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 T S

Safety Class
N/A
Quality Class
Q
N/A
Seismic Category
Electrical Class

Ⅰ Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A Preliminary For Information For Approval

Submittal Purpose
For Construction

For Fabrication Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Verification Status Complete Incomplete Sichoon Park Qualification Tests 2024-01-19

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DM AE)

Signature

Date
2024-01-19

Min-Gi Jee
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DM LE)

Signature

Date
2024-01-19

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
EM

Signature

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

Date KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic Category Ⅰ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

1 of 38

Revision History
Document Title : Seismic Qualification Requirement for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items
Document No : KJ-070-DT-410-005

Rev. 2

Rev.
No.

Date Description of Revision 0 2014.12.01

Issue for Use
(Reissued by CAR-KJDH-16-06,2016.05.13)

1 2021.08.23

Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0772

2 결재정보참조

Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2347

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

2 of 38 Rev. 2

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 4

BID REQUIREMENTS AND SUPPLIER'S RESPONSIBILITIES................................. 8

QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 10

QUALIFICATION PROGRAMS .................................................................................. 11

SUPPORTING TESTS ................................................................................................ 14

QUALIFICATION TESTS ............................................................................................ 15

ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES ..................................................................................... 17

SUPPORTING CALCULATIONS FOR QUALIFICATION TESTS............................. 18

10.

ANALYTICAL QUALIFICATION ................................................................................ 19

11.

EXPERIENCE DATA .................................................................................................. 24

12.

OPERABILITY OF ACTIVE EQUIPMENT .................................................................. 25

13.

BUILDING STRUCTURAL LOADS ............................................................................ 27

14.

DOCUMENTATION ..................................................................................................... 28

15.

SUGGESTED FORM FOR SEISMIC QUALIFICATION REPORTS .......................... 29

16.

REFERENCES ............................................................................................................ 32

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

1. 3 of 38 Rev. 2

SCOPE
The scope of this Appendix is to establish the dynamic qualification requirements for
Safety Related (S/R) mechanical equipment, controls and instrumentation and Class 1E
electrical equipment. These requirements indicate the responsibility of the Supplier and
provide the dynamic qualification requirements and typical procedures to qualify
equipment.
Attachment 1 is a form to be used by the Supplier to summarize the Building Structure
Loads at the equipment’s foundation.
When a Purchase Specification requires the Supplier to design welds, bolts, or anchor
bolts used to mount equipment to the building structure, Section 13 of this Appendix
provides design requirements.
Alternative design considerations due to OBE elimination shall be in accordance with
Korea Institute of Nuclear Safety (KINS) – Regulatory Guide (RG) No. 4.29 [16.14] for
Nuclear Power Plant (NPP) and this document.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

2. DEFINITIONS 2.1.

Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE)

4 of 38 Rev. 2

The earthquake produces the maximum vibratory ground motion for which all Seismic
Category I structures, systems and components are designed to perform their safety
function. This earthquake is expected to be the largest earthquake which could occur
at the site during the life of the plant.
2.2.

Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE)
The earthquake that produces a vibratory motion for which those structures, systems
and components of the nuclear power plant which are necessary for continued operation
are designed to perform their safety functions without undue risk to the health and safety
of the public. The 1/2 of SSE value is to be used for the OBE when OBE value is not
provided by the Purchase Specification.

2.3.

Safety-Related (S/R) Equipment: (Seismic Category I Equipment)

2.3.1.

The equipment necessary to assure:
a)

The integrity of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.

The capability to shutdown the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition.

The capability to prevent or mitigate the consequences of accidents which could

result in potential off-site exposures in excess of the limits stated in 10 CFR 100.
2.3.2.

Electrical equipment falling in this category is called Class IE equipment.

2.3.3.

All S/R equipment are either active or passive.

2.3.4.

Active Equipment: Equipment that must perform a mechanical motion during the course of
accomplishing a system safety function.

2.3.5.

Passive Equipment: Equipment that must maintain its pressure boundary and/or structural
integrity (but not necessarily perform mechanical motion or have certain deflection limits) during
the course of accomplishing a system safety function.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

5 of 38 Rev. 2 2.3.6.

All equipment that is not designated as S/R but could degrade the integrity of a S/R component
shall be treated the same as a S/R passive equipment.

2.4.

Seismic Loads
The additional loads that may be imposed on the equipment due to the occurrence of an
earthquake.

2.5.

Floor Acceleration
The maximum acceleration of a particular building floor (or equipment mounting) resulting
from a given dynamic excitation applied to the building. The maximum floor acceleration
can be obtained form the floor response spectrum as the acceleration at high frequencies
(the flat portion of the response spectrum curve) and sometimes referred to as the Zero
Period Acceleration (ZPA).

2.6.

Response Spectrum
A plot of maximum responses of a family of idealized single-degree of freedom linear
elastic oscillators subjected to transient vibratory base input motion. Each damping value
produces a different response spectrum.

2.6.1.

Floor Response Spectrum: The response spectrum when the transient base excitation is the
floor motion rather than the ground motion. The response spectra at the elevations where the
equipment will be located are included in the Purchase Specification and are called Required
Response Spectrum (RRS).

2.6.2.

Test Response Spectrum: The response spectrum resulting from the actual motion of the shake
table for specified damping values. They may be derived by analytical techniques or by using
spectrum analysis equipment, i.e., real time analyzer

2.7.

Dynamic Characteristics
The characteristics that are needed to determine the dynamic behavior of the equipment
due to any forcing function. These characteristics are:

2.7.1.

Natural Frequencies: Free vibration frequencies of the system.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

6 of 38 Rev. 2 2.7.2.

Mode Shapes: The vibration shape of the system when vibrating at one of its natural
frequencies. Each natural frequency has a different mode shape.

2.7.3.

Damping Factor: A factor that indicates the rate at which the cyclic motion of a structural system
is reduced.

2.8.

Resonance
The condition that exists when the equipment has the same predominant period as does
the applied forcing function.

2.9.

Mathematical Model
The idealization of a component/structure/equipment as an assemblage of linear
systems suitable for detailed dynamic analyses.

2.10.

Detailed Dynamic Analysis
An analysis procedure for multi-degree of freedom systems where the responses are
obtained for each normal mode and then combined to predict the true response and the
associated stress and deflection due to any forcing function.

2.11.

Simplified Dynamic analysis
An analysis that evaluates the stresses and deflections due to steady forces acting
through the center of gravity of the equipment.

These forces depend on the

fundamental natural frequency of the equipment and appropriate amplification factors to
account for the possible participation of higher modes.
2.12.

Static analysis
An analysis that evaluates the stresses and deflections due to equivalent steady state
forces acting through the center of gravity of the equipment. These forces shall be
chosen conservatively such that it results in stresses and deflections higher than those
predicted by detailed or simplified dynamic analyses.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

2.13. 7 of 38 Rev. 2

Supporting Tests
Tests that are conducted to determine the properties and characteristics of the
equipment and to provide data needed for the analysis or qualification tests. These
tests are either dynamic or static.

2.14.

Qualification tests
Tests that are conducted to prove that the equipment shall perform its safety function
when subjected to the loading combinations associated with different postulated plant
conditions.

2.15.

Device
An item of electric equipment that is used in connection with, or as an auxiliary to, other
pieces of equipment.

2.16.

Assembly
Two or more devices (or elements) sharing a common mounting or supporting structure.

2.17.

Failure
The condition that the equipment can no longer perform its intended safety function.

2.18.

Malfunction
Improper performance of mechanical or electrical equipment.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

8 of 38 Rev. 2 3.

BID REQUIREMENTS AND SUPPLIER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1.

The Supplier shall submit an outline of his proposed dynamic qualification procedure as a part
of the proposal.

3.2.

The Supplier shall be responsible for resolving with the Purchaser any uncertainties regarding
the specifications and requirements of dynamic qualification, prior to award of contract.

3.3.

The dynamic qualification shall be achieved by testing, analysis or a combination of testing
and analysis. When testing is employed, the Supplier shall send the Purchaser a detailed
test plan for review, 4 weeks prior to conducting the test. When analysis is employed, the
Supplier shall send the Purchaser a detailed analysis procedure showing the methodology,
approval and description of the computer program. If the Purchaser is not satisfied, the test
plan or analysis procedure shall be appropriately modified.

3.4.

The choice between testing and analysis may be made by the Supplier. However, the
selected qualification program shall satisfy the requirements of this document requirement.

3.5.

After the Supplier submits his equipment drawings for final review, he is required to submit
the seismic qualification report for the test results and/or dynamic calculations. The drawings,
test results and analytical calculations will be reviewed for acceptability by the Purchaser.

3.6.

The Supplier shall answer all appropriate questions which the Purchaser may submit after
reviewing the dynamic qualification report.

If the provided answers are not acceptable to the

Purchaser, the Supplier shall modify the method of dynamic testing and/or the analytical
procedure to satisfy the requirements of this document.
3.7.

In case where the equipment fails to withstand the loads associated with the postulated plant
condition under the seismic qualification program, the Supplier shall be responsible for making
all necessary changes to his equipment, at his own expense, so that the dynamic test results
and/or the analytical calculations meet the seismic qualification criteria requirements.

3.8.

The Supplier may submit the test report only for off-the-shelf equipment which has been

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-005

9 of 38 Rev. 2

already qualified by generic test in accordance with a proper qualification program.

If the Sheet

test report submitted by the Supplier is not appropriate, the Supplier shall be responsible to
perform the seismic qualification by testing and/or analysis.
3.9.

In some cases the supporting structure is flexible, the Supplier shall be responsible for
determining whether the supporting structure (including any in-place steel provided by the
Purchaser) is a rigid or a flexible support.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

10 of 38 Rev. 2 4.

QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

4.1.

The dynamic qualification of S/R equipment is achieved by assuring its structural integrity and
verifying the operability of active equipment when subjected to equivalent conditions which
would be seen during the postulated plant conditions. The Supplier may select one of the
following qualification programs:

4.1.1.

Qualification by tests only.

4.1.2.

Qualification by analytical methods only.

4.1.3.

Qualification by the use of experience data.

4.1.4.

Qualification by any combination of supporting tests, supporting calculations, qualification tests,
analytical calculations, and experience.

4.2.

Qualification Criteria
The Supplier should provide with the deciding factor for choosing between tests, analyses, or
a combination of test and analysis, and with the demonstration of adequacy of the qualification
program.
Regardless of the qualification programs chosen, the conditions and requirements for those
portions of the program stated in the following sections shall be met.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

11 of 38 Rev. 2 5. QUALIFICATION PROGRAMS 5.1.

Many factors control the design of a qualification program. If qualification is to be achieved by
analysis only, all assumptions used in the analysis must be given and justified. If testing is
only used for qualification, all applicable loads shall be appropriately applied for assuring the
equipment safety function.

5.2.

Qualification by Analytical Methods Only: Analytical Calculations only may be used as a
qualification method in the following cases;

5.2.1.

When maintaining the structural integrity is an assurance for the safety function.

5.2.2.

When the equipment is structurally simple.

5.2.3.

When the response of the equipment is linear or is a simple nonlinear behavior.

5.2.4.

When the effect of attached components and the superposition of load conditions are too
complex for testing.

5.3.

Qualification by Testing Only: Qualification by testing only is recommended when the following
conditions are fulfilled;

5.3.1.

The test machine is capable of producing the required motion in accordance with the conditions
stated in Section 7 of this document.

5.3.2.

The applicable loads are of a simple nature or it is possible to simulate them.

5.3.3.

The test table allows the simulation of actual mounting.

5.3.4.

It is possible to monitor the functional capability of active equipment during the test.

5.3.5.

The structural configuration of the equipment is extremely complex and beyond the capability
of mathematical modeling techniques.

5.3.6.

The response of the equipment is expected to be extremely nonlinear.

5.4.

Qualification by the Use of Experience Data: Experience data may be used for a qualification
of the equipment as following;

5.4.1.

When qualifying equipment that are similar in function and physical characteristics to equipment

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

12 of 38 Rev. 2

that have been previously qualified by testing, analysis or a combination of testing and analysis.
5.4.2.

When the equipment type is similar to the equipment that has been in-service for various
periods of time and has been exposed to in-plant vibration and natural seismic disturbance.

5.5.

Qualification by Supporting Tests and Analytical Methods (Combination):

5.5.1.

Supporting tests may be used to determine:
a)

Deflection limits within which operability is maintained.

Dynamic parameters needed for constructing or verifying mathematical models.

c) Damping values. d)

Assumption to be used in the analysis.

The amount of nonlinearity involved.

5.5.2.

Supporting tests may be static or dynamic. The dynamic test may be conducted using shake
tables or single point exciters.

5.5.3.

After collecting the required information from supporting tests, analytical techniques may be
used to show that the structural integrity and/or operability of equipment is maintained without
undertaking a complete test program. It must be noted that without performing some
supporting tests, analytical calculations alone are weak evidence for assuring operability.

5.6.

Supporting tests supplemented with Qualification Tests:

5.6.1.

Supporting tests for test programs may lead to the following type of information:
a)

Natural frequencies. b)

Amount of cross-coupling.

Significance of simultaneous application of all applicable loads and possibility of

decoupling them without affecting the reliability of the equipment.
5.6.2.

Such supporting tests may simplify the qualification tests as they may permit justification for
single axis excitation, the use of a less complex wave form to simulate the forcing function, and
a reduced number of loading conditions.

5.7.

Supporting analysis and Qualification Tests: This approach may be used for qualification of

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

13 of 38 Rev. 2

complex and simple assemblies such as control boards, switchgear assemblies, vertical
pumps and motors, diesel-generator units, etc.

An analysis approach may be used to

determine the overall equipment integrity and response at the subassembly or component
locations and the subassemblies may be tested to the response levels that are predicted
analytically.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

14 of 38 Rev. 2 6. SUPPORTING TESTS 6.1.

Supporting tests may be either dynamic or static in nature.

6.1.1.

Dynamic Supporting Tests: In these tests, the equipment may be excited by using a shake table,
or single-point exciters applied at a sufficient number of points to simulate the forcing
function. The excitations shall be of sufficient strength to excite all significant modes of the
equipment. Typical data obtained from such tests are:
a)

Dynamic characteristics of the equipment (natural frequencies, mode shapes and

damping factors).
b)

Cross-coupling effects, i.e., the response in any direction due to the excitation in

any other direction (in situations where installing accelerometers in some locations is
impractical, cross-coupling may be estimated based on the response of the available
accelerometer locations).
c)

The significance of the response of the equipment to vibratory motion to determine

the necessity of combining equipment nozzle loads with other dynamic loads.
6.1.2.

Static Supporting Tests: These tests are conducted by applying static forces on the
equipment. Typical data obtained from these tests are:
a)

Static deflections and flexibility parameters that are needed for constructing a

mathematical model.
b)

Distortion in the equipment casing, due to nozzle loads, and the deformation limits

within which the equipment would maintain its functionality.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

15 of 38 Rev. 2 7. QUALIFICATION TESTS 7.1.

Active equipment shall be tested under operating conditions in accordance with the
requirements of IEEE Std. 344 and USNRC Regulatory Guide - 1.100, "Seismic Qualification
of Electric and Functional Qualification of Active Mechanical Equipment for Nuclear Power
Plants". Equivalent operating loads shall be simulated to act on passive equipment, but the
equipment itself need not be under an operating condition. The following requirements are
conditions for a properly conducted qualification test and shall be fulfilled:

7.2.

Dynamic Input: The input for dynamic testing shall be determined from the floor motion and
shall be modified, as necessary, by the test procedure and setup.

7.3.

When single-axis excitation is used, cross-coupling shall be considered as follows:
a)

When preforming the supporting tests the extent of the response in any other

direction shall be determined. To explain, let rij be the ratio of the response in the j
direction to the excitation in the i direction, and determine rxy, rxz, ryx, ryz,rzx, and rzy. Where
x, y, z are the three principal directions of the equipment or any other set of orthogonal
axes which may produce higher response.
b)

The dynamic coefficients to be used in qualification tests shall be based on the

values obtained from the design response spectrum increased by the cross-coupling
factors, rij, obtained from the supporting tests or estimated by other acceptable means.
7.4.

Mounting: The equipment shall be mounted to simulate the recommended service mounting.
If this cannot be done, the effect of the actual supporting structure shall be considered in
determining the input motion.

7.5.

Nozzle Loads: The Purchase Specification states the expected (or calculated) piping reaction
loads on the equipment which shall be used in the qualification.

7.6.

Other Loads: Any other loads that may act on the equipment (mechanical, electrical or
instrument) during the postulated dynamic event must be simulated during the test, unless the
supporting tests (or calculations) show that they are insignificant.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

7.7. 16 of 38 Rev. 2

Basis of Acceptability: Inspection shall be made by the test conductor to assure that no
structural damage has occurred. For active equipment, sufficient monitoring devices shall be
used to evaluate the performance of the tested equipment during the test. The equipment
shall demonstrate its ability to perform its intended safety function when subjected to all
applicable loads. A test report, which includes all test data, results and conclusion, shall be
submitted to the Purchaser for review. A suggested format for the test report is presented in
Section 15. It is recommended that the Supplier follows the outline of Section 14 for
documenting the dynamic testing. This will facilitate the review of the material in the report
and ensure its completeness.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

8. ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES 8.1.

Analytical calculations may be used for one of three purposes:

8.1.1.

To develop supporting data for performing qualification tests.

8.1.2.

To qualify the equipment using the data obtained from supporting tests.

8.1.3.

To qualify the equipment without tests.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

17 of 38 Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

18 of 38 Rev. 2 9.

SUPPORTING CALCULATIONS FOR QUALIFICATION TESTS

9.1.

Calculations may be used to evaluate the effect of the floor motion on the base of the
equipment. This would be in such cases as a device installed in a panel or cabinet, the
equipment mounted on a complex structure, a valve mounted on a piping system, etc.
Calculations may also be used to justify reducing the requirements for qualification testing.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

19 of 38 Rev. 2 10. ANALYTICAL QUALIFICATION 10.1.

The methods to be used for qualification, by calculations only or by calculations based on
supporting test results, are stated in this section. These methods will depend on the type of
equipment and supporting structure.

The following defines some of the possible cases and

associated analytical methods which may be used in each case:
10.1.1. Rigid Equipment and Rigid Support:
a)

The equipment, as well as its support can be considered rigid if it can be shown

that its fundamental natural frequency does not fall in the frequency range below the
high frequency asymptote (ZPA) of the RRS.
b)

For rigid equipment supported by a rigid structure, the equipment motion shall be

the same as the floor motion without amplification. The horizontal and vertical dynamic
accelerations shall be taken as the zero period acceleration (ZPA) from the floor
response spectrum, for the elevation at which the equipment is located, as provided by
the Purchaser.
c)

The acceleration values obtained shall be used to perform a static analysis as

described in Section 10.7.1 of this document.
10.1.2. Rigid Equipment and Flexible support:
a)

In cases where the equipment itself is a rigid body whereas its supporting system

is flexible, the overall system may be idealized as a single-degree of freedom system
consisting of an equivalent mass and spring system.
b)

In cases where the equipment and support systems' natural frequency falls in the

frequency range below the high frequency asymptote (ZPA), the system shall be
remodeled using a multi-degree of freedom idealization. A dynamic analysis shall be
performed using an appropriate damping factor. If the natural frequency is greater than
or equal to the ZPA, a static analysis shall be performed using the acceleration value
corresponding to the ZPA of the RRS. A conservation static analysis may use the peak
acceleration from the RRS.
c)

The selection of damping values to be used with the response spectrum curves in

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

20 of 38 Rev. 2

determining the acceleration is a significant factor. Unless the contrary is stated in the
purchase specification, damping factors of 2% for Upset/Service Level B and 3% for
Emergency/Faulted/Service Levels C and D shall be accepted. Higher damping values
may be accepted only if they can be justified.
10.1.3. Flexible Equipment:
a)

In cases where the equipment cannot be considered as a rigid body and where the

equipment cannot be modeled as a single-degree of freedom system, it shall be
modeled as a multi-degree of freedom system.
b)

A dynamic analysis shall be performed and the natural frequencies, mode shapes

and modal participation factors for each mode shall be computed.
c)

Finally, by combining all the significant modes, the resultant stresses and

deflections shall be determined using a detailed (modal) dynamic analysis method.
10.1.4. Equipment Supplied with Attached Piping:
a)

For equipment supplied with attached piping, due to construction requirements, the

Supplier shall perform an analysis for the attached piping as well as the equipment.
b)

The analysis shall satisfy the piping design criteria specified in the Purchase

Specification.
c)

The procedure for analysis shall be determined according to the situation. If the

equipment is attached to the floor, then the equipment shall be analyzed first to
determine the input to the piping. However, if the equipment is attached to the piping
only, (pipe-mounted) the analysis of the piping shall yield the loads to be used in the
analysis of the equipment.
10.1.5. Equipment supported by different buildings or different elevations within the same building:
a)

This is usually the case for piping, HVAC ducts and cable trays.

Stresses resulting from relative displacements at various support locations for

systems identified above shall be superimposed to the stresses produced in the system
due to inertia effects.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

c) 21 of 38 Rev. 2

Additional restraints, supports or other means shall be employed to limit or reduce

the high response loads.
10.2.

Plant Conditions/Service Levels/Loading Combinations
The loading combinations are defined in accordance with different real and postulated
plant conditions/equipment service levels for ASME Sec.Ⅲ components.

These plant

conditions/equipment service levels shall be classified as stated in the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code Section Ⅲ, Division 1, and ANSI/ANS-51.1, “Nuclear Safety
Criteria for the Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plant”.
The same concept of plant condition/equipment service levels shall be applied on all
mechanical and electrical equipment, as well as control and instrumentation. However,
if the stresses and deflections of the more severe loading condition /service level meet
the design limits of the less severe loading condition/service level, it may not be required
to check the additional loading conditions/service levels.
The loading combinations for the same plant condition/service level shall depend on
whether the equipment is a pressure retaining (fluid system component) or a nonpressure retaining (non-fluid system component). In addition, the design stress limits
shall depend on whether the equipment is classified as active or passive.
10.3.

Service/Design Limits: Unless otherwise stated in the Purchase Specification, there shall be
no deflection limits required for passive equipment. However, for active equipment the
deflection limits shall be those maximum deflections which would not impair the operability of
the equipment.

These limits shall be determined from supporting tests. Engineering

judgment shall only be accepted in simple and clear cases.
The stress limits for ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III and non-ASME
equipment and supports are summarized in Table I (Stress Limits for Equipment &
Supports).
10.4.

Dynamic Loads: The dynamic loads shall be obtained, in the horizontal and vertical directions,
from the corresponding response spectra provided by the Purchaser for the two postulated

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

22 of 38 Rev. 2

accidents, upset and emergency conditions. The horizontal dynamic loads shall be applied in
the two horizontal principal directions simultaneously along with the vertical dynamic loads.
10.5.

Nozzle Loads: The Purchase Specification will specify the nozzle loads which shall be used
in the qualification.

10.6.

Operating Loads: All loads resulting from the operation of the equipment such as torque due
to rotating parts, vibratory loads due to eccentricities, etc.

10.7.

Methods of analysis: Acceptable analytical procedures, for the various conditions, are
described in the following sections:

10.7.1. Static Analysis: If it can be shown that the equipment and its support are rigid, a static analysis
may be performed to determine the stresses and deflections due to dynamic loads. In this case,
the dynamic forces shall be determined by multiplying the mass of the subassembly or parts of
the equipment times the maximum floor dynamic acceleration at the base of the equipment
(zero period acceleration from the response spectra). These forces shall be applied through the
center of gravity of the subassembly or the part of the equipment. The stresses resulting from
each force (in each of the three directions) shall be combined by taking the square root of the
sum of the squares (SRSS) to yield the dynamic stresses. The dynamic deflections (deflections
due to dynamic loads) shall be calculated in the same manner. These dynamic stresses and
deflections shall be added to all stresses and deflections resulting from all applicable loads, to
obtain the final resultant stresses and deflections, which shall be compared with the design
limits stated in Section 10.3. Furthermore, deflections are verified by the assuring operability.
10.7.2. Simplified Dynamic Analysis: A simplified dynamic analysis may be performed, for flexible
equipment, applying the same method as the static analysis but using different values for the
accelerations. The accelerations to be used shall be obtained by multiplying the g values
corresponding to the fundamental natural frequency from the appropriate response spectra
curves by 1.5. If the fundamental natural frequency is not known, a static analysis using 1.5
times the maximum peak of the applicable floor response spectra, is acceptable. The 1.5 factor
will conservatively account for possible participation of higher modes. After this, the analysis
shall follow the same procedures described in Subsection 10.7.1.
10.7.3. Detailed Dynamic Analysis: When acceptable justification for static analysis cannot be provided,
a dynamic analysis shall be required, and unless a conservative factor is used to account for
the participation of higher modes, a detailed dynamic analysis shall be performed. A
mathematical model may be constructed to represent the dynamic behavior of the equipment.
The model can be analyzed using the response spectrum model analysis or time-history (modal
or step-by-step) analysis. The maximum inertia forces, at each mass point, from each mode,

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

23 of 38 Rev. 2

shall be applied at that point, to calculate the modal stresses and modal deflections. The
various modal contributions shall be combined by taking the square root of the sum of the
squares of the individual modal stresses or deflections. Closely spaced modes shall be
combined by using an approach from USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.92, "Combining Modal
Responses and Spatial Components in Seismic Response Analysis". The stresses and
deflections resulting from each of the three directions shall be combined by taking the square
root of the sum of the squares, to obtain the dynamic stresses and deflections. These dynamic
stresses and deflections shall be added to all stresses and deflections resulting from all
applicable loads and then compared with the design limits stated in Section 10.3.
10.8.

Basis of Acceptability: The resultant stresses and deflections, due to all loads included in the
loading combinations stated in the Purchase Specification, shall be within the design limits
stated also in the Purchase Specification. Any deviation from these criteria shall be justified
and the calculations shall show that the structural integrity of all S/R equipment, as well as the
operability of active equipment, is maintained when subjected to the specified loading
combinations. The Supplier shall submit to the Purchaser a report, which includes the data,
calculations, results and conclusions of the analysis. A suggested form for the report is
presented in Section 13.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

24 of 38 Rev. 2 11. EXPERIENCE DATA 11.1.

The method to be used for qualification, by the use of experience data, are stated in this
section. This method may be accomplished by justifying similarity with the previously qualified
equipment or with equipment that have experienced earthquakes. Experience data may be
derived from the following sources.

11.1.1. Previous Qualification: Analysis or test data from previous equipment qualification programs.
11.1.2. Earthquakes: Documented performance for similar equipment in facilities that have been
subjected to earthquakes.
11.1.3. Other Experience: Data from operating dynamic loading or other dynamic environments.
11.2.

Similarity
Qualification by the use of experience data shall be based on the concept of dynamic
similarity for excitation, physical system, dynamic response and operability as followings.

11.2.1. Similarity of excitation such as spectral characteristics, duration, directions of excitation axes,
and location of measurement, for the motions relative to the equipment mounting.
11.2.2. Similarity of the equipment configuration shall be established.
11.2.3. A physical system dynamic response can be described through the same quantities as those
applied to excitation or through a physical system description.
11.2.4. The experience data shall provide documented evidence to support the demonstration of proper
operability.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

12. 25 of 38 Rev. 2

OPERABILITY OF ACTIVE EQUIPMENT
The Supplier shall prove by test and/or analysis the operability of all active equipment
before, during, and after (if required) Design Basis Events including Seismic and provide
the test or analysis report as a part of the seismic qualification report. Before SSE
qualification, the Supplier should demonstrate that the equipment can withstand the
equivalent effect of five OBE excitation without loss of structural integrity.

12.1.

Electrical and Instrumentation
The Supplier shall use the qualification test methods described in Section 7.0 to prove
the operability of active electrical and instrumentation equipment.

12.2.

Mechanical equipment
For mechanical equipment, the Supplier should prove the operability by analysis and/or
tests as follows;

12.2.1. Pumps
A static deflection analysis and/or test for the shaft and rotor (if applicable) should be
performed under design base loading, including the maximum allowable nozzle loads
specified in the Purchase Specification. The deflection shall be less than the
allowable/recommended deflection by the Supplier.
12.2.2. Valves
The operability requirements stated in USNRC Reg. Guide 1.148, "Functional
Specification for Active Valve Assemblies in Systems Important to Safety in Nuclear
Power Plants." and ANSI N278.1, "Self-Operated and Power Operated Safety-Related
Valves Functional Specification Standard." shall be followed by the Supplier and are
considered part of this document.
The followings are the acceptable methods that can be applied by the Supplier to
demonstrate valve operability:
1)

Manual Valves

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

26 of 38 Rev. 2

Active manual valves, usually, are those that should be opened, or closed, after DBA. In
this case, the Supplier shall prove by analysis and/or test that the valve moving parts
(stem, disc, etc) are not permanently damaged due to DBA along with the maximum
operating and nozzle loads.
2)

Check Valves

The Supplier shall prove by test and/or analysis the integrity of the valve and its parts,
including disc, disc support, hinge, hinge-pin, hinge-arm and seat. Valve has to undergo
in-shop hydrostatic tests. Impact loading may, or may not, be of concern depending on
the design and flow condition of the check valve.
The Supplier should demonstrate that the impact of valve's disc does not damage its
seat or other parts of the valve.
The valve's operability verification document should address by test and/or analysis all
possible worst loading conditions on the valve during and after seismic events including
any applicable impact loading.
3)

Other Active Valves

All other active valves (except manual and check valves) should be subjected to the
following tests and/or analysis to demonstrate operability;
a.

Backseat and main seat leakage and disc hydrostatic tests that verify the

functionality of the valve within the specified time limits, when subjected to the design
differential pressure and design base loads. Three full stroke operations, as a minimum,
are required.
b. Test and/or analysis should be performed for static equivalent seismic loads applied
at the center of gravity (CG) of valve's extended structure.
12.2.3. Fans
The Supplier shall demonstrate the operability of fans by performing an analysis and/or
test to determine the shaft and bearing deflections when the fan is subjected to the
external design base loads. The resulting clearance between the shaft and bearing as
a result of these loads shall be smaller than the recommended clearance by the Supplier.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

27 of 38 Rev. 2 13.

BUILDING STRUCTURAL LOADS

13.1.

Irrespective of the qualification methods used, the Supplier shall be required to provide the
Purchaser with all the loads transmitted to the building structure. The following loads shall be
included in the calculations and the results for each shall be given separately;

13.1.1. Dead weight
13.1.2. Operating loads
13.1.3. Nozzle Loads (if applicable)
13.1.4. Pressure and thermal loads (if applicable)
13.1.5. Additional loads due to dynamic excitations (if applicable)
13.1.6. Any other loads which may be transmitted to the foundation during the dynamic event.
13.2.

The Supplier shall fill the Building Structure Load Summary Form (Attachment 1) for each
equipment. And, detailed load and stress calculation of mounting connection shall be included
in Building Structure Load Summary.

13.3.

When the Purchase Specification requires the Supplier to design the mounting connection to
the building structure, calculations may be included in the Building Structure Load Summary.
If these calculations are provided as a separate document, they shall be referenced in the
Building Structure Load Summary. Table II (Stress Limits for Bolting to Steel Building Structure)
and Table III (Strength Limits for Anchoring to Building Structure) indicate load combinations
and stress limits and strength limits for design of bolted and anchor bolted connections to the
building structure.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

14. 28 of 38

DOCUMENTATION
The Supplier shall provide, along with the seismic qualification report, Certificate of
Compliance for the purchased equipment. The seismic qualification report shall include
all the information stated in Section 15 and shall be submitted to the Purchaser for
review and comments. It is suggested that the form of the report follow the outline given
in Section 15.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

15. 29 of 38 Rev. 2

SUGGESTED FORM FOR SEISMIC QUALIFICATION REPORTS
It is recommended that the seismic qualification reports be written in the form suggested
below. Other forms of reports may be accepted as long as they include all the
information stated here.

Title Page
The following information should be shown on the Title Page;
A.

Purchaser B.

Supplier and Equipment Name

C. Specification Number D. Revision Number E. Date F. Equipment Tag Number

I - General
This section should include a description of the equipment of the equipment, its safety
function(s) and the qualification program used to verify the safety functions(s). In
addition, the following information must be given;
A. Project and Purchaser Names
B. Specification and Purchase Order Numbers
C. Equipment Name and Number
D. Organization(s) performing qualification program
E.

Similarity analysis showing the similarity between the equipment being qualified

and the equipment purchased from the Supplier.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

30 of 38 Rev. 2

Ⅱ - Data and Assumptions
A. Testing Section: The following data shall be included;
1)

Type of testing machine 2)

Loads considered and attempts made to idealize them during the test

Methods used to simulate the supporting structure

Position and orientation of setting equipment

Steps taken to monitor the function of equipment during the test and tentative

accelerometer locations (photographs are recommended).
6)

Means of generating test response spectra (if applicable)

Calibration dates and results for all instruments used in the dynamic test.

8) Approved test plan B.

Analytical Section: The following data shall be presented;

1) Loads considered 2)

Damping values used in the analysis

Codes and Standards used as bases for the analysis

Assumptions made for idealizing boundary conditions, converting the load criteria

to actual loads used for calculations and converting the design criteria to actual stress,
deformation and stability limits.
5)

A list of the computer programs used in the analysis and the documentation which

establish the validity of any computer program used, if not included in the public domain.
6)

Input and output data of the computer program to verify the loading criteria and

analysis result.

Ⅲ - Qualification Procedure
A.

Testing Section: State type of test, wave form, frequency range, acceleration levels,

axes of excitation, phase between inputs, equipment mounting details during testing,

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

31 of 38 Rev. 2

and any other data to completely describe the input motion and show how it is applied.
B.

Analytical Section: State the method used in the analysis, analytical equations and

their derivation from basic principles. The calculations should be mentioned, if any.

Ⅳ - Results
A.

Testing Section: This section should include the measurements obtained from the

test and their interpretations. Findings and observations from monitoring the function of
the equipment and/or inspection should be presented. The generated test response
spectra curves superimposed on the required response spectra curve should be
shown in this section, when applicable. All results should be presented in either
numerical or graphical form.
B.

Analytical Section: Show actual design calculations and sketches for the

mathematical models, including numbering used for the node points and numbers. If
possible show loads, resultant forces, moments, stresses and deformation on the
mathematical model of the equipment.
C.

Active Equipment: Demonstrate the method used and results of equipment

operability during and/or after design basis events, as required in the Purchase
Specification.

V - Conclusions
Give a brief summary of the results obtained from the qualification program. A concise
statement of the conclusion reached, which should satisfy the qualification requirements,
should be stated in this section.

VI - Drawings
Submit design drawings of the equipment and its supports. All necessary dimensions
should be shown on these drawings.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic CategoryⅠ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

32 of 38 Rev. 2 16. REFERENCES 16.1.

10 CFR 100, “Reactor Site Criteria.”

16.2.

USNRC Reg. Guide 1.100 "Seismic Qualification of Electric and Functional Qualification of
Active Mechanical Equipment for Nuclear Power Plants."

16.3.

USNRC Reg. Guide 1.148, "Functional Specification for Active Valve Assemblies in Systems
Important to Safety in Nuclear Power Plants."

16.4.

USNRC Reg. Guide 1.92, "Combining Modal Responses and Responses and Spatial
Components in Seismic Response Analysis."

16.5.

NUREG-800 (SRP 3.7, 3.9, & 3.10), Standard Review Plan for the Review of Safety Analysis
Reports for Nuclear Power Plants.

16.6.

ANSI N278.1, "Self-Operated and Power Operated Safety-Related Valves Functional
Specification Standard."

16.7.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section lll, Division 1, "Nuclear Power Plant
Components."

16.8.

IEEE Standard 344-2004, "IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Qualification of Class
IE Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations."

16.9.

ACI 318-99, “Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.”

16.10.

ACI 349-01, “Code Requirements for Nuclear Safety-Related Concrete Structures.”

16.11.

ANSI/AISC, “Specification for Structural Steel Buildings.” 1989

16.12.

ANSI/AISC N690-1994, “Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Steel
Safety-Related Structures for Nuclear Facilities.”

16.13.

ANSI/AISC N690-1994(R2004), “Supplement No.2 to the Specification for Design, Fabrication,
and Erection of Steel Safety-Related Structures for Nuclear Facilities.”

16.14.

KINS-RG No. 4.29, 2011, “Alternative Design Consideration due to OBE Elimination.”

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic Category Ⅰ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

33 of 38 Rev. 2

TABLE I – STRESS LIMITS FOR EQUIPMENT & SUPPORTS
(EXCLUDING ITEMS ASSOCIATED WITH BUILDING STRUCTURE)
Stress Limits for
KEPIC MN
(ASME Section Ⅲ)
Plant
Operating

Loading Combination Condition Equipment and

Stress Limits for Non-KEPIC MN

Supports (use (Non-ASME Section III) Appropriate class Equipment and Supports4)

and subsections)
Active

Passive Equip. Equip. Service Service KEPIC SND 3000 Limit A Limit A

(AISC N690-94 Section Q1.5)

*Service Service * KEPIC SND 3000 Limit B Limit B

(AISC N690-94 Section Q1.5)

Dead Loads
+ Pressure Loads
Normal

+ Thermal Expansion Loads
+ Equip. Operation Loads1)
+ Nozzle Loads
Dead Loads
+ Pressure Loads
+ Thermal Expansion Loads

Upset

+ Equip. Operation Loads1)
+ Upset Condition Dynamic
Loads2)
+ Nozzle Loads
Dead Loads

* KEPIC SND3000

+ Pressure Loads
Emergency

+ Thermal Expansion Loads

and

+ Equip. Operation Loads1)

Faulted

+ Emergency/Faulted
Condition Dynamic Loads3)

Service

(AISC N690-94 Section Q1.5)

*Service Limit C

multiplied by 1.6 but not to

Limit B and D

exceed 0.95 Fy for tension;

respectively

And multiplied by 1.4 but not to
exceed 0.95 Fy / √3 for shear.

+ Nozzle Loads

* For active components, shaft(rotor) deflection analysis shall be performed to verifying operability.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic Category Ⅰ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

34 of 38

TABLE II – STRESS LIMITS FOR BOLTING TO STEEL BUILDING STRUCTURE
(INDEPENDENT OF EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATION)

Plant
Operating

Loading Combination Stress Limits Condition

Dead Loads
+ Pressure Loads
Normal

+ Thermal Expansion Loads
+ Equip. Operation Loads1)

KEPIC SND 3000/5000/8000 (AISC N69094 Section Q1.5/Q1.6/Q1.16/Q1.23)

+ Nozzle Loads
Dead Loads
+ Pressure Loads
Upset

+ Thermal Expansion Loads

KEPIC SND 3000/5000/8000 (AISC N690-

+ Equip. Operation Loads1)

94 Section Q1.5/Q1.6/Q1.16/Q1.23)

+ Upset Condition Dynamic Loads2)
+ Nozzle Loads
Dead Loads
+ Pressure Loads
Emergency and
Faulted

+ Thermal Expansion Loads
+ Equip. Operation Loads1)
+ Emergency/Faulted Condition
Dynamic Loads3)

KEPIC SND 3000/5000/8000 (AISC N69094 Section Q1.5/Q1.6/Q1.16/Q1.23)
multiplied by 1.6 and 1.4 for tension and
shear stress limits respectively

+ Nozzle Loads

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic Category Ⅰ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

35 of 38 Rev. 2

TABLE III - STRENGTH LIMITS FOR ANCHORING TO BUILDING STRUCTURE
(INDEPENDENT OF EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATION)
Plant
Operating

Loading Combination4

Condition
(1.45))Dead Loads
+ (1.7)Pressure Loads
Normal

+ (1.3)Thermal Expansion Loads6)
+ (1.7)Equip. Operation Loads1)
+ (1.4)Nozzle Loads
(1.45))Dead Loads
+ (1.7)Pressure Loads
+ (1.3)Thermal Expansion Loads6)

Upset

+ (1.7)Equip. Operation Loads1)
+ (1.7) Upset Condition Dynamic
Loads2)
+ (1.4)Nozzle Loads
(1.05))Dead Loads
+ (1.0)Pressure Loads
+ (1.0)Thermal Expansion Loads6)
+ (1.0)Equip. Operation Loads1)
+ (1.0)Emergency / falted Condition
Dynamic Loads3)
+ (1.0)Nozzle Loads

Emergency
and
Faulted

Stress Limits for Cast in Anchor per
KEPIC SNC 2005(ACI 349-01) Appendix B

Tensile Strength
∅𝑛𝑛 𝑁𝑁𝑠𝑠 = ∅𝑛𝑛 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 ≥ 𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢
where, 𝑓𝑓𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 shall not be taken greater than 1.9 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 or
125,000 psi.
Shear Strength
∅𝑛𝑛 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 = ∅𝑠𝑠 (0.8)(0.6)𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 ≥ 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
where, 𝑓𝑓𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 shall not be taken greater than 1.9 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 or
125,000 psi.
Tension / Shear Interaction
𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
+
≤ 1.2
∅𝑛𝑛 ∙ 𝑁𝑁𝑠𝑠 ∅𝑠𝑠 ∙ 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠
where, ∅𝑛𝑛 = 0.80, ∅𝑠𝑠 = 0.75

Note)
■ The tensile & shear stress area for anchor shall be
taken as
0.9743 2
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 0.7854[D −
]
𝑛𝑛
where,
D: Major thread diameter
n: Number of threads per inch
■ Minimum center-to-center spacing
For untorqued anchors : 4d0
For torqued anchors : 6d0
Maximum anchor diameter(d0) ≤ 2 in
where, d0 : Outside diameter of anchor
■ If required, Vendor shall modify anchor bolt details
including bolt diameter, number of bolt, bolt material
and bolt arrangement as recommended by A/E
■ If concrete expansion anchor (post installed anchor)
is used, the bolt adequacy check shall be done in
accordance with KEPIC SNC 2005(ACI349-01)
Appendix B.
■ See KEPIC SNC 2005(ACI349-01) Appendix B for
nomenclatures shown on this table.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic Category Ⅰ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

36 of 38 Rev. 2

Notes :
1) Equipment operating loads are those loads associated with the operation of the equipment being
qualified. Equipment operating loads include but are not limited to:
a) Motor start-up and running torque
b) Valve seating torque and/or thrust
c) Thrust load on fans and pumps
2) Upset condition dynamic loads include postulated dynamic loads as identified in the Purchase Specification.
3) Faulted condition dynamic loads include the safe shutdown earthquake plus other postulated dynamic loads as
identified in the Purchase Specification.
4) Weld allowable stresses shall be per KEPIC SND 3000 (AISC N690-94 Q1.5.3) for Normal & Upset Load Cases.
For Emergency and Faulted Load Cases, the allowable stresses per KEPIC SND 3000 (AISC N690-94 Table
Q1.5.3) may be increased by 1.6 but shall not exceed 0.95 Fy for tension and by 1.4 but shall not exceed 0.95
Fy/√3 for shear.
5) When calculating the vertical forces induced from the gravity of the floor-mounted equipment, the load factor of
dead load shall be (-)0.9 instead of (+)1.4 or (+)1.0.
6) Thermal expansion load shall be considered only if the thermal expansion of equipment affects the supporting
system.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic Category Ⅰ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005
Sheet

ATTACHMENT 1

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

37 of 38 Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Seismic Qualification Requirement
Document No.

for Seismic Category Ⅰ Items

KJ-070-DT-410-005 38 of 38 Sheet Rev. 2

BUILDING STRUCTURE LOAD SUMMARY FORM
(Seismic Category I Equipment Foundation)

Client : Prepared by : Date : Reviewed by : Date : Equip. Name : Approved by : Date : Equip. No. : Drawing No. : Building Location :

□ Safety Related Equipment

Building Elevation :

□ Non Safety Related Equipment

Project : Project No. : Forces (kips) BUILDING STRUCTURE LOADS Fx Fy

Moment (ft-kips)
Fz

Mx My Mz

Dead Loads
Operating Loads

Nozzle Loads

Service Level A&B
(Normal & Upset)
Service Level D
(Faulted)
NORMAL (NOTE 1)

Service Level B
(Upset)
Dynamic.
Loads
Service Level D
(Faulted)
Service Level A
(Normal)
Thermal
Service Level B
Expansion
(Upset)
Load
Service Level D
(Faulted)
Foundation Plan Sketch1), 2)

(If necessary, use separate page.)

+ Y is up
+Z

Note 1) The above building structure loads are the resultant directional forces and moments at the geometric
center of the foundation bolt group or weld group and UNFACTORED LOADS. INDICATE THE
GEOMETRIC CENTER OF THE FOUNDATION BOLT GROUP OR WELD GROUP ON THE
FOUNDATION PLAN SKETCH.
2) Global axes X, Y & Z are mutually perpendicular at the equipment base/foundation,
where axis Y coincides with the vertical direction.
3) The resultant directional moments at the foundation are a summation of applicable
local moments and transferred local force contributions.

Approved by KAERI, 2024.02.16, KJ-L-KH/DH-24-2396

===== KJ-070-DT-410-007_IFC_8_Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-007 8 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Min-Chang Park 2022-10-26

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DE AE)

Signature

Date
2022-10-26

Sang-Ki Shin
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DE LE)

Signature

Date
2022-10-26

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
설계확인자(DM IR)

Signature Date 2022-10-28 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

1 of 53

Revision History
Rev.
No.

Date Description of Revision 0 2014.09.30

1St ISSUE
2nd ISSUE

Changed word,
Before : Standard Specification

After : Standard Appendix
Before : Technical Specification
After : Design Specification

Added Sentence, Sec 2.3
-

2015.03.13

3rd ISSUE
2

Added word, Sec 3.1.5
Modified word, Sec 10.2.1
Modified word, Sec 4.2. 4.4
Modified word, Sec 4.6
Added Reference, Sec 2

2015.04.17

4th ISSUE
3

Changed word, Sec 10.3.1

Before : Non 1E
After : Non-Class 1E

Added “.” Sec 4.4
Modified word, Sec 3.1.4

2015.06.29

5th ISSUE
4

2015.07.29

Added Codes and Standards “IEEE 384”, Sec. 2
Added Sentence, Sec 5.7
6th ISSUE

5 2015.09.18

Modified word, Sec 16.1.4
Changed word, Sec 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.1.5

Before : percent

Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

2 of 53 Rev. 8

After : %

Added (,) Sec. 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.1.5
Added “AC”, “DC” Sec 4.3, 4.7, 5.1, 8.1.4
Changed word, Sec 3.2

Before : 12.4
After : 13.4

7th ISSUE
6

Modified Contents
Modified Sec.9, 11.1, 11.2.2, 13
Modified Attachment F

2016.10.26

8th ISSUE
7

2019.10.08

Modified Sec.2, 3.1.6, 4.7, 5.5, 8.1.9.3, 9.2.4, 11.1, 11.1.3, 11.2.3
Added Sec. 3.1.1, 4.8, 4.9
Added Sec. 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13, 5.14, 5.15, 5.16, 5.17, 5.18, 5.19,
5.20
Added Sec. 8.1.6, 11.2.2
9th ISSUE

결재정보
참조

Modified Sec.5.5, 5.10
Added Sec. 5.6, 5.7
Modified phase color Sec 9.2.1, 9.2.3, 9.2.4, 11.2.3 according to
한국전기설비규정(KEC)

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

3 of 53

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

GENERAL .....................................................................................................................5

CODES AND STANDARDS..........................................................................................5

CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND CIRCUIT RATINGS................................................6

ENCLOSURE ................................................................................................................6

WIRING..........................................................................................................................7

TERMINAL LUGS .........................................................................................................9

CONNECTIONS ..........................................................................................................10

TERMINATIONS .........................................................................................................10

CABLE AND WIRE COLOR .......................................................................................22

10.

COVER CABINETS FOR TERMINAL BLOCK MOUNTING ......................................23

11.

CABLE DATA REQUIREMENT FOR SUPPLIER FURNISHED CABLE ..................25

12.

INSULATION ...............................................................................................................29

13.

GROUND BUS ............................................................................................................29

14.

CONTROL COMPONENTS ........................................................................................30

15.

APPROVAL .................................................................................................................31

16.

ELECTRIC MOTORS ..................................................................................................31

17.

NAMEPLATES ............................................................................................................31

Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

4 of 53 18.

FINISH .........................................................................................................................32

19.

TESTS .........................................................................................................................32

20.

SHIPMENT ..................................................................................................................33

21.

DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................33

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment #A.

TERMINAL LUGS Attachment #B. COMPRESSION COPPER LUGS Attachment #C.

TERMINAL BLOCK REQUIREMENTS

Attachment #D.

REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING SPACE AT TERMINAL BLOCKS

Attachment #E.

PANEL AND CABINET NAMEPLATE

Attachment #F. CABLE NUMBERING SYSTEM Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

1. 5 of 53 Rev. 8

GENERAL
All electrical design, materials, manufacturing, tests, and construction shall conform to the
latest applicable IEEE, ANSI, NEMA, KEPIC standards, and IEC and all structural steel
design shall conform to the latest American Institute of Steel Construction standard, in effect
as of 31th of March, 2012. The Supplier shall be free to apply later and new issues of codes
and standards which in the Supplier's judgment are consistent with good design practice and
result in a less costly plant, provided such application is approved by Purchaser. In case of
conflicting requirements of these standards, they shall apply in the sequence in which they
are here listed.
All design, materials, tests, and construction shall also conform to all applicable codes, laws,
and regulations.
If the Supplier has any reason for deviation from the above standards of design, supplier
states in his proposal the exact nature of the change and the reason for making same.
This Appendix provides design requirements and general information to be used by the
Supplier for electrical equipment design. Refer to each individual attachment for specific
information regarding the scope of each one.
The products listed herein are proven to be adequate for the intended uses specified
by the buyer. Other brands may be substituted where the Supplier demonstrates that
the substitute product is adequate for the intended use.

CODES AND STANDARDS
Equipment shall be designed, built, rated, tested and shall perform in accordance with
following standards.

NEMA 250-2008 Enclosures for electrical equipment
IEEE 323-2003 (END 1100) Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power

Generating Stations

IEEE 383-2003 (END 3810) Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for

Nuclear Power Generating Stations

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

- Reg. 1.131-1977 6 of 53 Rev. 8

Qualification Tests of Electric Cables, Field Splices, and

Connections for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants

IEEE 384-1992 (R1998) (ENB 2000) Independence of Class 1E Equipment and

Circuits
3.

CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND CIRCUIT RATINGS

3.1.

As indicated Design specification the equipment will be located indoors or outdoors. This
equipment will be subject to the minimum and maximum ambient temperature conditions at
the site as specified. The Purchaser will provide the following electrical supplies as needed:
All cables shall be considered 50 years of KJRR plant life.
4.16kV ± 10%, three-phase, 60Hz, Resistance grounded neutral system.
480V ± 10%, three-phase, 60Hz, grounded neutral system.
380/220V ± 10%, Single-phase, 60Hz, grounded system for receptacle outlets and
space heaters
120V ± 2%, single-phase, 60Hz
0.5%, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply)
125V ＋10% － 15%, DC ungrounded system

3.2.

Control circuits and annunciator circuits shall be rated as follows:
Control circuits for all AC motors 60 hp and smaller shall be rated 120V AC from a
control power transformer provided by the Supplier, in accordance with Section 13.4 of
this Appendix.

3.3.

As considering voltage drop, the rating voltage of motor supplied from 480V AC power is
460V.

4. ENCLOSURE 4.1.

Unless otherwise indicated in all control cabinets and panels located indoors shall be
dust-tight with neoprene gasketed doors and shall conform to the requirements for
NEMA Type 2 (Same as IP 22) enclosures. For outdoors locations, the enclosures shall
be NEMA Type 3 (Same as IP 55 including outdoor corrosion protection) in accordance
with NEMA 250.

4.2.

Electrical devices in an explosive atmosphere shall be housed in enclosures that are
UL approved NEMA type 7 or 8 for Class I hazardous location, or NEMA Type 9 for
Class II hazardous locations.

4.3.

Where 480V AC power circuits are required to be terminated, this area shall be
physically segregated from the control and instrument wiring termination points.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

7 of 53 Rev. 8 4.4.

All indoor panels or cabinets shall be designed for assembly in sections which can be
moved through a standard 800 mm by 2300 mm door as considering termination of the
interconnection wires, with adequate identification for re-connection of the circuits.

4.5.

Where openings for ventilation are required, louvered ventilating openings shall by
furnished with stainless steel screens having a maximum 3.175 mm (1/8 inch) mesh to
prevent the entrance of insects or rodents. Louvers shall be formed to prevent dripping
or splashed water from entering the enclosure.

4.6.

Where apparatus housed in the cabinet requires special filters, blowers, or other
suitable filtration or cooling devices for proper operation, these devices shall be
mounted and wired in the cabinet.

4.7.

Thermostatically controlled space heaters shall be provided where required to maintain
the temperature of the apparatus above dew point temperature for the conditions of
operation to prevent condensation of moisture and damage to wiring insulation.

4.8.

Individual space heater elements shall be rated at 240 V AC, 60 Hz, single-phase and
suitable for operation on a 120 V, 60 Hz single phase system. If the heater capacity
exceeds 2,000 watts, the individual elements shall be rated at least 600 V AC and shall
be suitable for operation on a 480V, 60 Hz, 3-phase system. A molded case circuit
breaker shall be provided for connection of heaters to their power source. Contactors if
required for space heater control shall be furnished by the Supplier and located in the
equipment.

4.9.

A molded case circuit breaker shall be provided for connection for the heaters to a 120V
AC, single-phase, AC power source. The heaters shall be rated for 240V AC singlephase; however, the wattage rating shall be such that sufficient heat is produced when
operating at 120V.

5. WIRING 5.1.

Control panel wiring shall be properly sized single stranded copper conductor not less
than 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) insulated with a highly flame retardant insulation jacketing
system having an overall oxygen index of not less than 28. Wiring shall be type SIS
single-conductor stranded copper, rated for 90℃ conductor temperature with 600V AC
insulation.

5.2.

Low level analog type instrumentation wiring shall be 2/C, 3/C, or 4/C twisted and
shielded cable not less than 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) with an insulation/jacketing system.

5.3.

Current transformer circuit leads shall be not less than 10 AWG (6 mm2) and terminated
at separate short circuiting type terminal blocks.

5.4.

Extra flexible wiring shall be provided over door hinges or other locations where leads
may be subject to flexing.

5.5.

Interconnection wiring between components mounted on the packaged (skid mounted)
unit shall be routed in metallic conduit except where vibratory conditions require the use
of flexible conduit.

5.6.

Cable shall have a rated circuit voltage of 601 – 2000 V. Insulation of the cable shall be
Ethylene-Propylene Rubber (EPR, Class E2) or Crossed-Linked-Polyethylene (XLPE,

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

8 of 53 Rev. 8

Class X-2) in accordance with Section 3 of NEMA WC 70 (ICEA S-95-658)
5.7.

Jackets shall consist of materials such as cross-linked polyolefin (XLPO) in accordance
with Section 4 of NEMA WC 70 (ICEA S-95-658).

5.8.

Wires shall be identified by individual wire numbers or letters at all terminal points. Wires
shall be identified by individual sleeve type wire markers slipped over the ends fastened
to wires at each termination. Sleeves shall be flame-resistant, nonconducting, a
minimum of 25 mm in length, lettered lengthwise. PVC sleeves are not acceptable.
Where applicable, wire identification shall correspond to the elementary wiring or
interconnection diagrams supplied to the Supplier by the Purchaser.

5.9.

Instrument cables nearby electric wire shall have shield type and sufficient separation
distance from electric wire to avoid the electric noise. And a separation distance shall
be applicable as per IEEE 384 (ENB 2000)

5.10.

Internal panel wiring and external cable interfaces shall meet the requirements of
KEPIC ENB 6340. Wiring shall be complete with control, metering, and relaying circuits
requiring external connection, and all unused terminals on relays and auxiliary contacts
brought to internal terminal blocks.

5.11.

Suitable extra flexible wiring (class K) shall be provided over door hinges or other
locations where leads may be subjected to flexing.

5.12.

All wiring shall be capable of passing the tests indicated in NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73532) and WC70 (ICEA S-95-658) as well as the flame test of KEPIC END 3810.

5.13.

Wiring terminations shall be on Purchaser approved terminal blocks having washer
head screw type connectors. Terminal blocks shall be in accordance with 8.0
Terminations in this appendix.

5.14.

Wire connectors shall be self-insulated crimp-on type. Solder type terminals will not be
acceptable. All internal wiring shall be identified at each end of each wire termination
and on the terminal block. The Supplier’s wire number shall appear on a flame-retardant
sleeve or similar permanent type marker.

5.15.

Control wire bundles shall be formed without sharp bends and shall be adequately
supported.

5.16.

The Supplier shall show Purchaser’s wire numbers on schematic and wiring diagram
drawings.

5.17.

All internal wiring shall be routed from point to point without splices. Wires shall be
routed in wireways. Insulating material, in the form of flame-retardant grommets or
molding, shall be provided on all edges of openings where wires pass through metal
panels or pass between cubicles.

5.18.

All wiring within the individual compartments, and all wiring between compartments in
all assemblies shall be installed, connected, and tested ready to operate, by the
Supplier prior to shipment.

5.19.

Wiring and components shall be arranged so that instruments or devices may be
removed and/or seπiced without disturbing the wiring. No control wire shall be routed
across the face or rear of an instrument, junction box, or other device in a manner,
which will prevent the opening of covers or obstruct access to leads, terminals, devices,
or instruments.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

9 of 53 Rev. 8 5.20.

Relay terminals shall not be used for more than two connections per terminal.
Compression terminal lugs shall be furnished for incoming line feeders.

5.21.

The isolation devices shall be provided as per KEPIC ENB 2000 to isolate the Class 1E
output signal from the MCC to the Non-Class 1E annunciator or plant computer.

5.22.

PVC is not acceptable for wire and wireways.

6. TERMINAL LUGS 6.1.

Insulated terminal lugs for control and instrumentation wiring
All terminal lugs shall be screw-compression ring tongue type. (Pin type lugs shall not
be allowable to use.)
All connections to terminal blocks, instrument, etc., shall be made with following tin
plated compression type ring tongue terminal lugs according to the location or Electrical
Classification of systems, equipment or components as specified in Design Specification.
Electrical Class 1E : Terminal lugs of "AMP” or “Panduit”
as listed on page A-1, or equivalent
Electrical Non-Class 1E : Terminal lugs of "Thomas & Betts", "Burndy", "Panduit",
"3M" or KS marked as listed on page A-2, or equivalent
The wire insulation shall be removed without nicking the conductor. The wire shall be
firmly inserted into the lug and crimped with a ratchet type, or positive action air/hydraulic
tool as listed on Page A-1, or as recommended by the lug manufacturer.
Manufacturer's standard insulating sleeve for listed terminals are Polyvinylidene Fluoride
(PVDF) for terminal lugs of "Amp Special Industries" and "Panduit (for Class IE)";
Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) for terminal lugs of "Thomas & Betts", ’’Bumdy”, "Panduit",
and，’3M”; Nylon for KS marked or equivalent. The Supplier shall obtain the buyer's
prior approval for furnishing insulated lugs with other than Manufacturer Standard
insulation on them. Acceptable manufacturers and specific catalog numbers of
acceptable insulating lugs are listed on Page A-1 and A-2.
Part numbers specified in this attachment are for use with AWG conductors. If metric
conductors are to be furnished by the Supplier, the appropriate lug from the same
manufacturer and of the same type shall be used.
Terminal lugs of KS marked or equivalent shall be made of Oxygen Free HighConductivity Copper (OFHC) and shall meet the KS C2620.
Please refer to the attachment #A of ‘Terminal Lugs’.

6.2.

Compression copper power lugs
Lugs shall be color keyed or coded, tool applied compression type (hexagonal or

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

10 of 53 Rev. 8

circumferential), tin plated made of high conductivity copper and be listed by the
Underwriters Laboratories for use with copper cable or KS marked (only for one-hole
lugs) or equivalent.
Lugs shall be applied in accordance with the following instructions:
a. The installation tools and dies shall be of either hexagonal or circumferential
compression type as recommended by the lug manufacturer. The tooling shall be
color coded or color keyed with the lugs.
b. For inspection purposes, the manufacturer's die code shall be embossed upon the
applied compressed connection on lugs.
The bolt holes of the lugs shall be drilled and spaced in accordance with the latest NEMA
Standards Publications No. CC-1 "Electric Power Connection for substations.” The bolt
holes of KS marked one-hole lugs shall be drilled in accordance with the KS C2620.
Lugs listed are long barrel type for maximum current-carrying requirements and have
barrels that are blind ended.
Lugs shall meet the performance requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Test of UL
486 except the heating or current cycling tests shall be performed for a minimum of 500
cycles.
Part numbers specified in this attachment are for use with AWG conductors. If metric
conductors are to be furnished by the Supplier, the appropriate lug from the same
manufacturer and of the same type shall be used.
KS marked (only for one-hole lugs) or equivalent shall be made of Oxygen Free HighConductivity Copper (OFHC) and shall meet the KS C2620.
Please refer to the attachment #B of ‘Compression copper lugs’.
7.

CONNECTIONS 7.1.

Circuit connection to Purchaser's external equipment shall be terminated at heavy duty
terminal blocks including the shield wire for instrumentation cable, Supplier's wiring shall
not have more than two wires connected to any terminal point. Terminal block
requirements shall be in accordance with Attachment #C and #D. Wiring connections
shall be made with compression crimp-on type ring-tongue with insulated ferrules.

7.2.

Any electronic components, which may be required for the radiation monitoring system
or reactor protection regulating system, etc., and which are arranged in sliding drawers
for rack mounting shall be provided with quick disconnect type connectors for ease in
removing the drawer. Mating connectors shall be supplied with the apparatus where
such terminations are provided as manufacturer's standard.

7.3.

Provisions shall be made for the entrance of all power cables to the cabinet with
adequate space provided for termination. The Supplier shall furnish cable supports of a
flame-retardant nonhygroscopic material suitable to withstand the maximum short
circuit stresses.

8. TERMINATIONS KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

8.1. 11 of 53 Rev. 8

Termination of Control and Instrumentation Cables and Wires
General
The purpose of this Attachment is to identify methods of terminating control and
instrumentation cables and wires.
The details shown in this Attachment are typical. They are intended to serve as a guide
and reference and are supplemental to the Design Specification and Electrical Drawings.
Wire Identification
Each wire shall be identified at both ends by securely fastening noncorrosive cable tags
or markers around the wire. These tags or markers shall be imprinted with the wire
numbers identified on the wiring diagrams.
Cable tags and markers shall be suitable for the wire and the environmental condition
mentioned in the Design Specificaiton.
Wire support at equipment
Supplier shall provide support to avoid stress on the individual wires. All wires
terminating at control boards, logic cabinets, switchgear, motor control centers, etc.,
shall be supported with facilities furnished with the equipment.
Terminating wires
All individual wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks, fuse blocks, etc.. No more
than two wires shall be connected to any one terminal point.
Only one wire per terminal will be used by the buyer on the field side of the terminal
blocks. Any common connections required shall be provided by the Supplier on the
panel side of the terminal block and the field side shall be left free for the buyer’s wiring.
Each terminal for the field side of the terminal block shall be the minimum width of 0.312”
(See Detail A).
When cutting away the insulation, wire stripping tools shall be used. The length of
insulation removed shall be as recommended by the terminal lug manufacturer. The
bare wire must be completed covered by the ferrule on the lug.
Each wire (other than thermocouple extension wire) shall be terminated with a ringtongue terminal lug which is to be fastened to the wire with the proper compression
tools. ‘5. Terminal lugs’ to this Appendix indicates the applicable ring-tongue terminal
lug to be used, and also indicates other pertinent directions on the subject of
terminations.
When grounding wires for potential or current transformer circuits are indicated, each
grounding wire shall be insulated wire (Type SIS), be suitable for the environmental
condition mentioned in design specification, be 10 AWG (5.5 mm2) with Class B
stranding and be terminated at both ends with the specified ring-tongue terminal lug.
When a grounding circuit for instrumentation cable shield and/or drain wire is indicated,
the ground wire and jumper wires of the circuits shall be assembled so that both wires
(to any indicated terminal block terminal) are terminated in a single ring-tongue terminal
lug. This allows removal of the ground from a given terminal without interrupting the
ground circuit to other terminals. The ground and jumper wires shall be 18 AWG (1.0

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

12 of 53 Rev. 8

mm2) with Class B stranding, be suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in
design specification and be insulated wire (600V AC, Type SIS). The grounding wire
shall be terminated at the grounding point in a single ring-tongue terminal lug.
Wires requiring termination in either a plug or receptacle shall be terminated as the type
plug or receptacle requires according to the proper Wiring Diagram.
Thermocouple extension wire terminations shall be made without the use of lugs. After
stripping off sufficient insulation, each wire is terminated (in the case of machine screw
terminals) by bending the wire in a "U" shape around the terminal screw in the same
direction as the screw tightens and tightening the screw properly.
When thermocouple extension wire termination is made in the terminal block, bar
conductor in the terminal block shall be of the same material as the thermocouple
extension wire in order to have proper accuracy.
If connections are made with plug, connector, etc., both male and female of plug,
connector, etc. shall be supplied with the equipment and/or cable.
Wiring of panel
Control wires shall be continuous between terminal points and be 14 AWG (2.08 mm2)
with Class B stranding. Insulation shall be 600 volt, suitable for the environmental
condition mentioned in ‘Design Specification’ and be of Type SIS. Terminations shall
be as mentioned in ‘7.1.4 Terminating wires’.
Wiring shall be bundled, be run in straight lines without kinks and have uniform bends.
Bends shall be of sufficient radius to avoid damage to the insulation. The wires shall
be symmetrically arranged so as to avoid stress on the terminations. They shall be
secured in position with bolted cleats and mounting plates or secured with cable ties
and terminated in a good workmanlike manner.
Approved terminal blocks shall be furnished within suitable enclosures for cable
connections to or between panels, racks or skid mounted units. Requirements for
terminal blocks are identified in this Appendix. (Please refer ‘8.0 Cover cabinets for
terminal block mounting’.)
Separate terminal blocks shall be provided for power, control and/or instrument cables,
respectively. And if necessary for noise reduction, opening for power, control and/or
instrument cable entrances shall be separated, respectively.
Wiring techniques (e.g., physical separation, shield of susceptible circuit or shield of
EMI/RFI source, etc.) shall be applied to minimize producing undesirable effects in the
control or instrumentation circuit.
Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks shall be located so as to be readily accessible for connection. They
shall be of the screw type to accommodate the wire terminations and shall have
removable marking strips and laminated cores engraved with the terminal point
designations appearing on the Suppliers design drawings.
Supplier’s internal wiring shall not have more than two wires connected to any one
terminal point, and sufficient terminals shall be provided so that Buyer will not have
more than one wire connected to any terminal point. A minimum of 20 percent spare
terminal block points shall be provided for Buyer’s independent use.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

13 of 53 Rev. 8

Terminal blocks shall be furnished and installed at all shipping splits for all wire and
cable.
Terminal blocks with clamp-type fittings are not acceptable.
All terminal blocks for interface connections between Buyer’s external wiring and
Supplier’s equipment wiring shall be enclosed, located in areas of adequate space and
clearances, and readily accessible for top entry. These area shall allow convenient
placement and termination of the Buyer’s cables in neat and orderly arrays. Future cable
removal or addition shall not require temporary removal or disconnection of adjacent
unrelated cables.
The location, size and arrangement of terminal blocks for all external wiring shall be
subject to acceptance by the Buyer.
Swinging panel or door wiring
When connections are made from a fixed panel or box to a swinging panel or door, the
conductors used across the hinge shall be 14 AWG with Class K stranding or as
specified on the Electrical Drawings. These conductors shall have tinned copper wire
with 600 volt, Type SIS and be suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in
‘Design Specification’
Conductors crossing a door hinge area shall be cleated on both sides of that area so
that they rotate (instead of flexing) with the movement of the swinging panel or door.
(See Detail A)

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

14 of 53 Rev. 8

DETAIL A
METHOD OF INSTALLING HINGE WIRE ON SWINGING PANEL OR DOOR
Termination of tape-shield drain wire
Each drain wire termination shall be made by using an insulated butt splice and
insulated extension wire as indicated in the following details:

Butt-Splice (note 2)
For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

DETAIL B
INDIVIDUAL SHIELDED PAIRS, TRIADS, ETC.

(Note 2)
For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire
DETAIL C
OVERALL SHIELD DRAIN WIRE

For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire

15 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

16 of 53 Rev. 8

DETAIL D
TAPE-SHIELD DRAIN WIRE EXTENSION WITHOUT
USING INSULATED BUTT-SPLICE

For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire
DETAIL E
SHIELD BRAID TERMINATION
Notes for Details B through D
1.

The outer cable jacket shall only be removed for a distance necessary to expose sufficient
lengths of individual conductors to make the proper connections to termination points.
The drain wire extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B stranding and cut
to a length to reach its termination point. The insulation shall be 600V, Type SIS and
suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in ‘Design Specification’.

The insulated butt splice shall be crimped with the ratchet crimping tool recommended by
the manufacturer of splicing material.

The sleeve shall be either heat shrinkable tubing or electrical tape, shall capture the tape
shield and the insulation on the drain wire extension and shall be suitable for cable
materials.

Detail D is an acceptable alternate termination of the tape-shield drain wire. When this
method is used, an insulating sleeve shall be slipped over the drain wire before the lug is
attached. The drain wire shall be made long enough to reach its termination point.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

17 of 53 Rev. 8

Termination of metal shielding braid
8.1.9.1.

Each shielded braid terminal shall be terminated as described in the following paragraphs.

8.1.9.2.

The ferrules and splices required for properly terminating cables and conductors which have
braided shielding braid will depend on the diameters of the cables and conductors involved.
This attachment will, therefore, recommend the ferrules and splices by manufacturers types
rather than specific catalog numbers. The Supplier shall consult the hardware manufacturer
for applicable catalog numbers of the complete splice and the crimping tool required to
terminate each size cable.

8.1.9.3.

The following methods are recommended for terminating the metal shielding braid:

Method 1 Shield Extension
This method uses a combed out and twisted wires of the braid as a conductor which is spliced
with an insulated butt splice to an insulated wire as shown in Detail E.
Notes for Detail E
1.

The outer cable jacket shall only be removed for a distance necessary to expose sufficient
lengths of individual conductors to make the proper connections to termination points. The
drain wire extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B or Class K stranding and
cut to a length to reach its termination point. The insulation shall be 600V, Type SIS and
suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in ‘Design Specification’.

The shielded braid should be combed out and twisted to size 12 AWG conductor.

3. The insulated butt splice shall be crimped with the crimping tool recommended by the splice
manufacturer.
4. The sleeve shall be either heat shrinkable tubing or tape, shall capture the cable jacket,
shielding braid and lead wire insulation and shall be suitable for the cable materials.
Method 2 Single Piece
The single piece termination contains a tinned metallic shell which protects the inner conductor(s)
during the crimping of a shield extension to the metal shielding braid as detailed in principle by
Detail F.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

18 of 53 Rev. 8

DETAIL F
1 PIECE TERMINATION TO SHIELD (SH)

Notes for Detail F
1. The shield extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B or Class K stranding. The
insulation shall be 600V, Type SIS and suitable for the environmental condition mentioned
in ‘Design Specification’. The extension shall be trimmed so that the shielded conductors are
shielded until nearing their termination points.
2. Recommended manufacturers of the shell termination piece are:
AMP - "Termashield"
Burndy - "Uniring"
Thomas & Betts - "STA-KON"
3. The one piece termination may be of the preinsulated kind or be insulated with either
manufacturers insulating sleeve or heat shrinkable tubing.
Method 3 Two Piece
The two piece termination consists of a harder inner and softer outer ferrule which allows
crimping of the shield extension to the braid without distortion of the inner conductor(s) as
detailed in Detail G.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

19 of 53 Rev. 8

DETAIL G
2 PIECE TERMINATION TO SHIELD (SH)

Notes for Detail G
1.

The shield extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B or Class K stranding.
The insulation shall be 600V ethylene propylene rubber wire (EPRW). The shield extension
shall be tinned so that the shielded conductors are shielded until nearing their termination
points.

Recommended manufacturers of the two piece terminations are:
Burndy - "Hyring"
Thomas & Betts - "STA-KON"

3. 8.2.

The two piece termination may be of the preinsulated kind or be insulated with either
manufacturers insulating sleeve or heat shrinkable tubing.
Termination of conduit and cables at motors drive units, valves, etc
General
This attachment outlines the method of terminating conduits at motors, and conduits
and cables at damper drive units, motor operated valves, and other equipment. This
information is being supplied to the manufacturer for information to illustrate the field

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

20 of 53 Rev. 8

installation.
Unless otherwise specified on the Construction Drawings, conduit terminations at
motors and other electrically driven equipment shall be made with liquid-tight flexible
conduit.
Minimum one foot length of liquid-tight flexible conduit will be used for terminating of
rigid steel conduit to the equipment.
Motors and drives located outdoors shall have terminal housing that can be oriented to
allow conduit entrance from the bottom or either sides.
See following typical detail installations as shown below.

DETAIL A KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

DETAIL B DETAIL C 21 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

22 of 53 Rev. 8 9. CABLE AND WIRE COLOR 9.1.

Cable and wire color shall be applied NEMA WC 57. The terminal points of bus, cable and
wire shall be marked by using shrinkable tube or color masking tape for demonstrating color
of each phase.

9.2.

Cable and wire colors are shown as follows.
Cable jacket color
1) Channel A : Red
2) Channel B : Green
3) Channel C : Yellow
4) Load group M and N : Black
Wire insulation color (as per NEMA WC 57. Table E-1)
1) Black
2) White
3) Red
4) Green
5) Orange
6) Blue
7) ETC (Wire insulation color shall be applied NEMA WC 57.)
Phase color
1) AC phase color

R : Brown
S : Black
T : Grey
N : Blue
G : Green/Yellow

2) DC phase color

Positive : Red

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

23 of 53 Rev. 8

Negative : White

Wire color (EPRW : ethylene propylene rubber wire)
1) phase color

R : Brown
S : Black
T : Grey
N : Blue

10.

COVER CABINETS FOR TERMINAL BLOCK MOUNTING

10.1.

Hinged cover cabinets with non-locking handles and latches, with panels mounted on studs
in rear for installation indoors in dry, non-hazardous locations, shall be 14 gauge sheet steel
and shall conform to the National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA) Standard for
Type 1 enclosures.

10.2.

Cabinet sizes, except for Detail A, are based on minimum spacing required for the installation
and wiring of 12 point molded bakelite terminal blocks with washer head screw contacts as
follows:
A.

Control Terminations (10-32 Screw, 600V Rated or above)
Series 1500, Catalog No. 1512ST Series 1600,
Catalog No. 1612ST Marathon Special Products
Co.
Type EB-25, Catalog No. EB25A12W General Electric
Co.
Catalog No. TBU-I2 Westinghouse Electric
Corp.
Series YSFT-XXX-XX-S-FN Yongsung Electric Co., Ltd.
or equivalent

Terminal Blocks shall be suitable to the size of external wiring which will be decided by the
buyer. Therefore, terminal blocks rating and dimension shall be provided to the buyer for
review. The Class IE terminal blocks shall be Yongsung Electric Co., Ltd's products or
equivalent.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

24 of 53 Rev. 8 10.3.

Detail A shows the cabinet arrangement for mounting a single 8 point Marathon Special
Products Co's series 1600 terminal block, or equivalent.

10.4.

Cabinet sizes shown are typical sizes

10.5.

The quantity, size and position of conduit or cable openings in the cabinets shall be
determined from Electrical Installation Drawings (where applicable ) and punched by the
Construction Contractor.

10.6.

Hinged cover cabinets that are to be installed outdoors shall be 12 gauge, they shall be
galvanized without knockouts, and the cover shall be suitably gasketed. If galvanized finish
is damaged by welding, drilling or cutting, the exposed metal shall be repaired with a zincrich paint or a galvanized repair stick. Cabinet shall conform otherwise to NEMA Standard
for Type 4X enclosures.

10.7.

Cabinets shall have a 1 inch diameter drain hole provided in a bottom front corner with a
bronze screen or mesh spot-brazed on the inside surface over the opening.

10.8.

Terminal blocks shall be mounted to the panel at the rear of the cabinet.

10.9.

Terminal block number plate shall be attached near each terminal block within cabinet.

10.10.

All terminal blocks shall be marked in a permanent manner with the name of the manufacturer,
the identification or serial no., etc and these information shall be provided to the buyer for
review.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

DETAIL
NUMBER

TERMINAL BLOCKS 25 of 53 Rev. 8 CABINET DIMENSIONS QUANTITY

MAX. NO.
OF POINTS

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH A 1 8 16” 12” 6-5/8” TO 7” B 1 12 20” 16” 6-5/8” TO 7” C 2 24 20” 20” 6-5/8” TO 7” D 4 48 30” 20” 6-5/8” TO 7” E 6 72 30” 24” 6-5/8” TO 7” 11.

CABLE DATA REQUIREMENT FOR SUPPLIER FURNISHED CABLE

11.1.

Cable Requirements
The external cable supplied by Vendor shall meet the following requirements unless
otherwise specified in Design Specification.
-

All cables for Nuclear power plant (50 years) shall be used.
Flame Retardant shall be applicable.

Class 1E cable
a.

Class 1E cable shall be suitable and qualified for the environmental condition mentioned in
Design Specification of Cable.

Class 1E cable shall meet the following Code and STD :
-

IEEE 323, 383 and Reg. Guide 1.131
NEMA WC55 (ICEA S82-552), NEMA WC57(ICEA S73-532), NEMA WC70,
NEMAWC74

Non-Class 1E cable
a.
b.

Non-class 1E cable shall be suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in
Design Specification.
Non-class 1E cable shall meet the following Code and STD :

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

- 26 of 53 Rev. 8

IEEE 383, Section 2.5
NEMA WC55 (ICEA S82-552), NEMA WC57(ICEA S73-532), NEMA WC70,
NEMAWC74

Insulation and jacket material
a.
b.
c.
11.2.

Insulation – EPRW (or equivalent)
Jacket (Class 1E and Non-class 1E cable) – Cross-linked polyolefin (XLPO)
PVC is not acceptable for insulation or jacket material.

Supplier furnished cable shall have the following identifications on the outer surface of the
cable and Supplier shall submit the detail method of each cable identification for the buyer's
review.
Cable Color Code
a.

Class 1E

: Red for Channel A
Green for Channel B
Yellow for Channel C

b. Non-Class 1E :Black

Wire Color Code
Inter-channel wiring shall be colored according to circuit classification (except internal
assembly and component wiring). Cabinet wiring which remains in the channel of its
circuit classification shall have neutral color. Imprinting the color name or providing
color sleeving is not acceptable.
Channel

1E Circuit Associated Circuit A Red White/Red stripe B Green White/Green stripe C Yellow White/Yellow stripe

Phase Color Code
Phase color for bus shall be divided by using insulation tube or sticker. Also phase color
for wire shall be divided by using shrinkable tube and so on.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

27 of 53 Rev. 8

Phase color code is same as follows;
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

A phase : Brown
B phase : Black
C phase : Grey
Neutral phase : Blue
Ground : Green/Yellow
DC phase P : Red
DC phase N : White
Color code for one phase circuit shall be follow existing color before distributing circuits
Lighting wire(EPRW-L : ethylene propylene rubber wire ) shall be followed phase color code
same as written
Package items supplied by Vendor also shall be followed cable color code (10.2.1) and
phase color code (10.2.2.)

The Buyer 's Cable Type Code: (The buyer will provide the cable type code after the
buyer receives the cable data mentioned in para. 9.3 below)
The Buyer's Cable number (If required)
The following information shall be printed on the outer surface of the cable

11.3. a. Supplier's name b. Rated circuit voltage c.

Insulation/Jacket material

d. Year of manufacture e.

Supplier's traceability code

Number of conductors and wire size

The following cable data shall be supplied by the Supplier for the Buyer's review and approval
Copper cable for power, control and instrument
a.

Class 1E / Non-Class 1E b. Number of conductors KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

c. Conductor size d. Overall diameter e.

Shield material (If required)

f. Voltage rating g. Temperature rating (°C) h.

Insulation/Jacket material

i. Jacket color j.

Weight/Foot (lb) (Note 1)

k. BTU/ft for fire loading l. AC Ohm/100' (Note 2) 28 of 53

m. DC Ohm/100' (Note 2)
n.

Rated ampacity in air (Note 2)

o. Min. pulling temperature p. Radiation Rating (Gy) q.

Bend radius (Pulling/Training) (Note 1)

Allowable sidewall pressure (lb/ft) (Note 1)

Max tension (lb) (Note 1)

Cable length (ft) (Include length limitation, if any)

Overall diameter of connectors (for cables furnished with connector)

Has cable been qualified to IEEE 383 vertical tray flame test? (Yes/No)
Note. 1 It is not applicable for pigtails.
2 It is applicable for power cable only.

Fiber Optic cable Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

12. 29 of 53 Rev. 8 a. Number of fibers b.

Fiber type (Singlemode or Multimode, etc.)

c. Core/Clad size d.

Attenuation (dB/km) @850nm and @1300nm

Bandwidth(Mhz-km) @850nm and @1300nm

f. Jacket material/color g.

F.O Cable type (Loose or Tight Tube)

h. Radiation rating (Gy) i. Overall diameter (inch) j. Weight per feet (lb/ft) k. Max. tension (lb) l.

Sidewall pressure (lb/ft)

Bend radius (Pulling/Training)

Cable length of limitation to assure the acceptable range of the signal (ft) (If required)

Has cable been qualified to IEEE 383 vertical tray flame test? (Yes/No)

INSULATION
The insulation of all control device coils shall be impervious to moisture and suitable for
operation in atmosphere. The insulation shall completely seal the conductors to prevent
penetration of moisture or other contaminants and shall be suitable for continuous operation
at a rated total temperature of 130℃ (Class B.) The type of insulation desired is one in which
the coil windings are fully encapsulated with an epoxy resin, resulting in homogeneous
watertight seal.

13. GROUND BUS KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

30 of 53 Rev. 8

Ground bus of 50 mm by 6 mm thick copper bar shall be installed to extend the length of
each cabinet at a convenient location just above the mounting base. Each section of the
cabinet and all instrument and device grounds shall be grounded directly to this bus. The
ground bus shall be drilled for NEMA two-hole compression type for AWG 1/0 (50mm2)
ground cable at each end of the ground bus. The lugs will be furnished by the Purchaser.
Ground bus for equipment and instrument shall be separated in the instrument cabinet or
local control panel and each ground bus shall be connected with the exclusive ground system.
14.

CONTROL COMPONENTS 14.1.

GENERAL
Control components shall be the heavy duty type suitable for operation at 120V AC or
125 V DC.
Control device contacts for use in external circuits shall be suitable for use with 120V
AC 6A inductive loads, or 125 V DC 0.5A inductive load as required.

14.2.

PUSH BUTTONS AND SELECTOR SWITCHES
Push buttons and selector switches shall be the heave-duty oil-tight type.

14.3.

MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTACTORS
Supplier shall only supply starting equipment for low-voltage motors (460 volts and under)
rated 200HP and below.
The starting equipment to be furnished shall comply with the following :

14.3.2.1. Motor starters shall be the combination type consisting of a full voltage magnetic starter with
thermal overload relays, molded case circuit breaker, and auxiliary control devices as
required.
14.3.2.2. Motor starters shall be the magnetic type suitable for full voltage starting, and shall either be
of the reversing or the non-reversing type. The two contactors of the reversing starter shall
be mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent their coils being energized at the same
time.
14.3.2.3. Overload protection shall consist of three manual-reset thermal overload relays of the
bimetallic ambient compensated type or solid state overload relay (SSOR) without opening
the door. Starters shall be minimum NEMA Size 1.
14.3.2.4. Molded case circuit breakers for motor starters shall be equipped with adjustable magnetic
trip elements and have a minimum of 30kA symmetrical interrupting for three-phase, 60Hz
480V
14.3.2.5. Contactor units for non-motor loads shall consist of a magnetic contactor, molded case circuit
breaker, and necessary auxiliary control devices.
14.3.2.6. Molded case circuit breakers for non-motor loads shall be equipped with thermal-magnetic
trip elements and have a minimum of 30kA amperes symmetrical interrupting rating for threephase, 60Hz 480V service.
14.4.

CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

31 of 53 Rev. 8

Each combination starter unit and contactor unit shall be provided with a control power
transformer equipped with a secondary fuse in the ungrounded line. and rated to supply
indicating lights and other auxiliary devices, in addition to the holding coil.
14.5.

RELAYS, METERS, AND INSTRUMENTS
Protective relays and meters furnished shall be installed on the front of the control
cabinets, panels, and cubicles. The relays shall be of semi-flush, drawout design and
testing devices. Types and details shall be subject to acceptance by the Purchaser.
Auxiliary control relays shall be the front connected machine tool type with provisions for
additional auxiliary contacts.
Indicating instruments shall be semi-flush mounted and the panel type with expanded
scales.

14.6.

INDICATING LIGHTS
Indicating lights shall be the heavy-duty, oil tight, LED type.

14.7.

FUSES
Fuses if required, in the alarm, metering, and control circuits, shall be furnished by the
Supplier. These fuses shall be of the nonrenewable cartridge type.

14.8.

INSTRUMENTATION
All control components such as transmitters, switches for pressure, temperature, and
control, solid state logic blocks, etc., shall be of the heavy-duty type suitable for
operation in the intended service. Refer to Design Specification for Instrumentation and
Control Equipment, [KJ-070-DT-410-009].

15.

APPROVAL
All electrical components and devices shall be subject to acceptance by the Purchaser
before fabrication.

16.

ELECTRIC MOTORS
Electric motors shall comply with the Appendix [KJ-070-DT-410-006] of "Standard
Appendix for Alternating Current Motors".

17. NAMEPLATES KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

32 of 53 Rev. 8

Nameplates are used to display basic information, including function and may alsobe used in
the back of panels to aid assembly, maintenance, and troubleshooting.
17.1.

Panel and Cabinet Name Plate
All panel and cabinet shall be identified after fabrication by using name plate.
Name plate shall be attached horizontally on center of panel and cabinet.
Attach name plate to the panel and cabinet with approved adhesive without holeswill be
accepted. Adhesive are available to attach name plate to clean smooth surfaces.
Name plate shall be mounted with double sided tape and shall not peel off for the design
life of 50 years.
The color coding of the name plate are as follows :

Safety Related Channel A : Red face, White letter
Safety Related Channel B : Green face, White letter
Safety Related Channel C : Yellow face, Black letter
Non-safety Related : Black face, White letter

Identification lettering should be oriented horizontally and centered or left-justified.
The three-ply name plate shall be used and engraved through to core color. Engraving
shall be performed by rounded square ended cutter, “V” shaped type engraving is
unacceptable. The three-ply name plate material should be a kind of ‘Acrylic’.
Lettering style shall be gothic.
Name plate thickness shall be minimum 3mm.
Name plate shall be made of low glare, non-wrapping material.
Name plate detail is shown in Attachment #E of Panel and Cabinet Name Plate.

18. FINISH 18.1.

Control panels and cabinets shall be cleaned, primed, and finish painted in accordance
with the Supplier's standard procedures. The Supplier shall submit technical data of
paint.

18.2.

Finish color shall be Munsell No. 2.8Y 7.7/0.8 (Bright yellow) in accordance with
Appendix of KJ-070-DT-410-004.

18.3.

Battery rack shall be Munsell No. 10GY6.5/3 (Grey green) in accordance with Appendix
of KJ-070-DT-410-004.

19. TESTS 19.1.

Control circuit functions shall be checked as far as possible by actuating control
switches and push buttons and by applying appropriate signals at the terminal blocks.
The functioning of associated panel devices shall be observed and checks made for

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

33 of 53 Rev. 8

proper output signals at the terminal blocks.
19.2.

All cables shall be capable of passing the tests indicated in ICEA standard S-66-524
and S-19-81.

20.

SHIPMENT
Completed cabinets shall have provisions for lifting and shall have ample strength to
withstand all stresses incidental to shipping and installation without damage. The
Supplier shall furnish all material required to prepare the cabinet for shipment, including
structural steel lifting beams for the assembly.

21.

DRAWINGS
The Supplier shall submit in accordance with Appendix [KJ-070-DT-410-002] of
‘General requirement for document submittal’ as following :

21.1.

Preliminary outline drawings

21.2.

Final outline drawings with final anchor bolt location.

21.3.

Preliminary location of all incoming and outgoing connections.

21.4.

Final locations of all incoming and outgoing connection

21.5.

Preliminary schematic and wiring diagrams of all circuits and inter locks required for
operation of the equipment.

21.6.

Final schematic and wiring diagrams.

ATTACHMENT #A Terminal lugs
RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURER
CLASS 1E
WIRE SIZE
(AWG)

STUD SIZE AMP PANDUIT CATALOG NUMBER INSTALLATION TOOL CATALOG NUMBER INSTALLATION TOOL 22-18 6 53407-1 47386 PK18-6R CT-400 22-18 8 53408-1 47386 PK18-8R CT-400 22-18 10 53409-1 47386 PK18-10R CT-400 16-14 6 53416-1 47387 PK14-6R CT-400 16-14 8 53417-1 47387 PK14-8R CT-400 16-14 10 53418-1 47387 PK14-10R CT-400 16-14 1/4” 53984-1 47387 PK14-14R CT-400 12-10 6 53423-1 59239-4 PK10-6R CT-460 12-10 8 53424-1 59239-4 PK10-8R CT-460 12-10 10 53425-1 59239-4 PK10-10R CT-460 12-10 1/4” 53426-1 59239-4 PK10-14R CT-460 8 10 53978-1 69061 WITH 48752-1 DIE PK8-10R CT-720 8 1/4” 53943-1 69061 WITH 48752-1 DIE PK8-14R CT-720 A-1

ATTACHMENT #A Terminal lugs
RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURER
WIRE
SIZE
(AWG)

NON-CLASS 1E
STUD
SIZE

THOMAS & BETTS BURNDY PANDUIT 3M KS marked CATALOG INSTALLATI CATALOG INSTALLATI CATALOG INSTALLATI CATALOG INSTALLATIO CATALOG INSTALLATIO NUMBER ON TOOL NUMBER ON TOOL NUMBER ON TOOL NUMBER N TOOL NUMBER N TOOL

TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484
TH482
Or TH 484

6 18RA-6X WT 145C TP16-6 MR8-89-1 PV18-6R CT-400 MV18-6R/S 22-18 8 18RA-8X WT 145C TP16-8 MR8-89-1 PV18-8R CT-400 MVI8-8R/L 22-18 10 18RA-10X WT 145C TP16-10 MR8-89-1 PV18-10R CT-400 MV18-10R/L 16-14 6 14RB-6X WT 145C TP14-6 MR8-89-1 PV14-6RX CT*400 MV14-6R/S 16-14 8 14RB-8X WT 145C TP14-8 MR8-89-1 PV14-8RX CT-400 MV14-8R/L 16-14 10 14RB-10X WT 145C TP14-10 MR8-89-1 PVI4-10RX CT-400 MV14-10R/L 16-14 1/4” 14RB-14X WT 145C TP14-14 MR8-89-1 PVI4-I4EIX CM00 MV14-14R/S 12-10 6 10RC-6X TP10-6 MR8-89-1 PV10-6RX CT-460 MV10-6R

TH482
Or TH 484

RBP 4,5-3.5

Recommended
Manufacture

TP10-8 MR8-89-1 PVI0-8RX CT-460 MV10-8R

TH482
Or TH 484

RBP 4,5-4

Recommended
Manufacture

MR8-89-1 PV10-10RX CT-460 MV10-10R

TH482
Or TH 484

RBP 4,5-5

Recommended
Manufacture

TP10-14 MR8-89-1 PV10-14RX CT-460 RBP 4, 6-6

Recommended
Manufacture

PV8-10RX CT-720 RBP 10-5

Recommended
Manufacture

PV8-14RX CT-720 RBP 10-6

Recommended
Manufacture

WT 145C or
WT 2130
WT 145C or

12-10 8 10RC-8X 12-10 10 10RC-10X WT 2130 TP10-10 12-10 1/4” 53426-1 59239-4 10RC-14X

8
8

10
1/4”

53978-1
53943-1

WT 2130

WT 145C or
WT 2130

69061 WITH
48752-1 DIE
69061 WITH
48752-1 DIE

A-2 (END) RBP 1.5-3.5

Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture
Recommended
Manufacture

22-18

RBP 1.5-4
RBP 1.5-5
RBP2.5-3.5
RBP 2.5-4
RBP 2.5-5
RBP 2.5-6

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
AMP
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT.
NO.

BOLT
SIZE

#2 325202 #1

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 5/16 (7.9) 1.62 (41.15) 0.84(21.34) 0.71 (21.34) 325202 5/16 (7.9) 1/0 325303 3/8 (9.5)

1.62(41.15)
1.97 (50.04)

0.84(21.34)
1.04(26.42)

0.71(21.34)
0.87 (22.10)

2/0 325403 3/8 (9.5) 2.11 (53.59) 1.09 (27.69) 3/0 325503 3/8 (9.5) 2.26 (57.40) 4/0 325605 1/2 (12.7)

250
MCM

325705 1/2 (12.7)

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE PART NO.

DIE
CODE

69065 69099 69082 2 46321-3 46765-3 - 2

46321-3
46766-2

- 1/0

46321-3
46322-2

0.97 (24.64) 2/0 46323-2 46767-2 - 1.14(28.96) 1.08(27.43) 3/0 46324-2 46749-2 - 2.45 (62.23) 1.21 (30.74) 1,19(30.23) 4/0 46325-2 46750-2 - 2.58 (65.53) 1.25 (31.75) 1.28 (32.51) 250 - 46751-2 -

ONE HOLE LUG
DIMENSION DETAIL
B-1

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
AMP
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE SIZE CAT. NO. BOLT SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C

DIE
CODE

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD
& DIE CODE PART NO.
69065
69099
69082

1/0 53680-2 1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4(107.9) 2-51/64(71.0) 27/32 (21.4) 1/0 46322-2 46766-2 • 2/0 53681-2 1/2(12.7) 4-7/16(112.7) 2-27/32 (72.2) 61/64 (24,2) 2/0 46323-2 46767-2 • 3/0 53682-2 1/2 (12.7) 4-21/32 (118.3) 2-57/64 (73.4) 1-1/16(27.0) 3/0 46324-2 46749-2 - 4/0 327284 1/2 (12.7) 4.21 (106.93) 2.96 (75.19) 1.19(30.23) 4/0 46325-2 46750-2 - 250 MCM 327285 1/2(12.7) 4.34(110.24) 3 (76.2) 1.28 (32.51) 250 •• 46751-2 - 300 MCM 327286 1/2(12.7) 4.43(112.52) 3 (76.2) 1.40 (35.56) 300 - 46752-2 - 350 MCM 327287 1/2(12.7) 4.55 (115.57) 3 (76.2) 1,51 (38.35) 350 - 46753-2 69653 400 MCM 53685-2 1/2(12.7) 5-37/64(141.7) 3 (76.2) 1-19/32 (40.5) 400 - • 46754-2 500 MCM 327289 1/2 (12.7) 4.80(121.92) 2.98 (75.69) 1.80(45.72) 500 - - 46755-2 600 MCM 327290 1/2 (12,7) 4.97(126.24) 3 (m2) 1.95 (49.53) 600 - - 46756-2 700 MCM 53686 1/2(12.7) 6-9/32 (159.5) 3 (76.2) 2-3/32 (53.2) 700* - - 46757-2 1000 MCM 327294 1/2 (12.7) 5.64 (143.00) 3.19(81.02) 2.51 (63.75) 1000 - • 46760-2

*RANGE FROM 650 TO 750 MCM.

TWO HOLE LUG DIMENSION DETAIL
B-2

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs

BURNDY
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT.
NO.

BOLT
SIZE

#6 YA6C #4

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)

COLOR KEY A B C 1/4 (6,4) 2-1/64 (51.2) 21/32(16.7) 13/32 (10,4) BLUE YA4C 1/4 (6.4) 2-7/64 (53.6) 11/16(17.4) 1/2 (12.7) GRAY #2 YA2C 5/16 (7.9)

2-27/64
(61.5)

45/64(17.9) 19/32 (15.0) BROWN #1 YA1C 5/16 (7.9) 2-3/8 (60.5) 11/16(17.4) 43/64 (17.0) GREEN 1/0 YA25TC38 3/8 (9.5) 53/64 (21.0) 3/4(19.1) PINK 2/0 YA26 3/8 (9.5) 51/64 (20.2) 13/16(20.6) BLACK 3/0 YA27 1/2 (12.7) 3-7/32 (81.8) 1-3/16 (30.2) 29/32 (23.1) ORANGE 4/0 YA28 1/2 (12.7) 1-3/64 (26.6) I (25.4) PURPULE

2-21/32
(67.5)
2-51/64
(71,0)

2-31/32
(75.4)

DIE
INDEX
NO.

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD &
DIE CODE PART NO.
Y39

Y46

1 374
2
7
1 346
2
8
1 10
2 10
1 375
2 11
1 348
2 12
1 13
2 13
1 14
2 14
1 15
2 15

U8CABT
U5CRT
U6CABT
U4CRT
U2CRT
U2CRT
U4CABT
U1CRT
U2CABT
U25RT
U26RT
U26RT
U27RT
U27RT
U28RT
U28RT

C28R
C28R

U29RT
U29RT

C29R
C29R

1 16
250
U29RT
YA29 1/2 (12.7) 3-3/16(81.0) 1-3/32 (27.8)
1-3/32 (27.7)
YELLOW
MCM
2 16
U29RT
NOTE: FOR THE DIE INDEX, 1 MEANS THAT DIE IS COLOR CODED AND 2 MEANS THAT DIE IS NOT COLOR CODED.

B-3 Y48B

•
-

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs

BURNDY
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
MCM
300
MCM
350
MCM
400
MCM
500
MCM

CAT.
NO.
YA252N
YA262N
YA272N
YA282N
YA292N
YA302N
YA312N
YA322N
YA342N

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)

COLOR KEY A B C 1/2 (12.7)

4-51/64
(121.8)

3-1/16 (77.8) 13/16 (20.8) PINK 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/32 (127.8) 3-1/32 (77.0) 13/16 (20.8) BLACK 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/16 (128.6) 3-1/32 (77.0) 15/16 (23.8) ORANGE 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/16 (128.6) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1 (25.4) PURPLE 1/2 (12.7) 5-5/16 (134.9) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-1/32 (26.2) YELLOW 1/2 (12.7) 5-3/4 (146.1) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-7/32 (31.0) WHITE 1/2 (12.7)

5-23/32
(145.2)

3 (76.2) 1-9/32 (32.5) RED 1/2 (12.7) 5-7/8 (149.2) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-13/32 (35.8) BLUE 1/2 (12.7)

5-31/32
(151.6)

3-1/32 (77.0) 1-17/32 (38.9) BROWN

DIE
INDEX
NO.

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD &
DIE CODE PART NO.
Y39

Y46

1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2

U2CABT
U25RT
U26RT
U26RT
U27RT
U27RT
U28RT
U28RT
U29RT
U29RT
U28ART
U30RT
U29ART
U31RT
U30ART
U32RT
U31ART
U34RT

348
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
298
17
324
18
470
19
299
20

NOTE: FOR THE DIE INDEX, 1 MEANS THAT DIE IS COLOR CODED AND 2 MEANS THAT DIE IS NOT COLOR CODED.
B-4

Y48B
C28R
C28R
C29R
C29R
C28AR
C30R
C29AR
C31R
C30AR
C32R
C31AR
C34

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
BURNDY
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE
600
MCM
750
MCM
1000
MCM

CAT. NO.

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)

BOLT
SIZE

A B C

COLOR
KEY

YA36-2N 1/2 (12.7) 6-5/8 (168.3) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-23/32 (43.7) GREEN YA39-2N 1/2 (12.7) 6-3/4 (171.5) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-29/32 (48.4) BLACK YA44-2N 1/2 (12.7) 7 (177.8) 3-1/32 (77.0) 2-3/16 (55.6) WHITE

DIE
INDEX
NO.

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD &
DIE CODE PART NO.
Y39

Y46 Y48B

1 472
2 22
1 473
2 24
1 27
2 27

U32ART
U36RT
U36ART
U39RT
-

U32ART
U36RT
U36ART
U39RT
P44RT
P44RT

C32AR
C36R
C36AR
C39R
C44R
C44R

NOTE: FOR THE DIE INDEX, 1 MEANS THAT DIE IS COLOR CODED AND 2 MEANS THAT DIE IS NOT COLOR CODED.
PANDUIT
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
CAT. NO.

1/0 LCB 1/0-56 5/16 (7.9) 2.61 (66.3) 0.755(19.2) 0.76(19.3) PINK 2/0 LCB 2/0-38 3/8 (9.5) 2.82 (71.6) 0.838(21.3) 0.85(21.6) BLACK P45 P45 U26RT 3/0 LCB 3/0-12 1/2 (12.7) 3.12(79.2) 1.088(27.6) 0.96 (24.4) ORANGE P50 P50 U27RT 4/0 LCB 4/0-12 1/2 (12.7) 3.22 (81.8) 1.090(27.7) 1.06 (26.9) PURPLE P54 P54 U28RT

250
MCM

LCB 250-12 1/2 (12.7) 3.32 (84.3) 1.090(27.7) 1.17(29.7) YELLOW P62 P62 U29RT

BOLT SIZE
A

B C

COLOR
KEY

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE CODE
NO.

WIRE
SIZE

PANDUIT
CT-930
P42

B-5

PANDUIT
CT-940CH
P42

BURNDY Y39
U25RT

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
PANDUIT
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. 1/0 LCC 1/0-12 2/0

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 1/2 (12.7) 4.86 (123.4) 3 (76.2) 0.80 (20.3) LCC 2/0-12 1/2 (12.7) 3 (76.2) 3/0 LCC 3/0-12 1/2 (12.7)

4.98 (126.5)
5.03 (127.7)

4/0 LCC 4/0-12 1/2 (12.7) LCC 250-12

250
MCM
300
MCM
350
MCM
400
MCM
500
MCM
750
MCM
1000
MCM

COLOR
KEY

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE NO.
T&B 13642

T&B TBM15 BURNDY Y39 PINK P42 P42 U25RT 0.85 (21.6) BLACK P45 P45 U26RT 3 (76.2) 0.96 (24.4) ORANGE P50 P50 U27RT 5.13 (130.3) 3 (76.2) 1.06 (26.9) PURPLE P54 P54 U28RT 1/2 (12.7) 5.23 (132.8) 3 (76.2) 1.17 (29.7) YELLOW P62 P62 U29RT LCC 300-12 1/2 (12.7) 5.94 (150.9) 3 (76.2) 1.19 (30.2) WHITE P66 P66 U30RT LCC 350-12 1/2 (12.7) 5.99 (152.1) 3 (76.2) 1.28 (32.5) RED P71 P71 U31RT LCC 400-12 1/2 (12.7) 6.10 (154.9) 3 (76.2) 1.39 (35.3) BLUE P76 P76 U32RT LCC 500-12 1/2 (12.7) 6.36 (161.5) 3 (76.2) 1.54 (39.1) BROWN P87 P87 U34RT LCC 750-12 1/2 (12.7) 7.04 (178.8) 3 (76.2) 1.89 (48.0) BLACK P106 P106 U39RT LCC 1000-12 1/2 (12.7) 7.29 (185.2) 3 (76.2) 2.17 (55.1) WHITE - P125 - B-6

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
3M COMPANY
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. 2/0 31036 3/0

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 3/8 (9.5) 2-27/32 (72.2) 29/32 (23.1) 13/16 (20.6) 31041 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/8 (79.2) 1-5/32 (29.4) 4/0 31045 1/2 (12.7) 3-5/16 (84.1)

250
MCM

31049 1/2 (12.7) 3-3/8 (85.7)

DIE
CODE

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE INDEX NO.
T&B 13246

T&B TBM15 BURNDY Y39 2/0 42 42H U28RT 29/32 (23.1) 3/0 45 45 U27RT 1-5/32 (29.4) 1 (25.4) 4/0 50 50 U28RT 1-3/32 (27.7) 1-1/8 (28.4) 250 54 54H U29RT B-7

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs

3M COMPANY
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. 4/0 31145

250
MCM
300
MCM
350
MCM
400
MCM
500
MCM
750
MCM

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 1/2 (12.7) 5-5/32 (131.0) 3 (76.2) 1 (25.4) 31149 1/2 (12.7) 5-5/16 (134.9) 3 (76.2) 31153 1/2 (12.7) 5-3/4 (146.1) 31156 1/2 (12.7) 31166

DIE
CODE

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE INDEX NO.
T&B 13246

T&B TBM15 BURNDY Y39 4/0 54 54H U28RT 1-1/8 (28.4) 250 62 62 U29RT 3 (76.2) 1-7/32 (31.0) 300 66H 66 U30RT 5-3/4 (146.1) 3 (76.2) 1-9/32 (32.5) 350 71H 71H U31RT 1/2 (12.7) 6-5/32 (156.4) 3 (76.2) 1-17/32 (38.9) 500 87H 87H U34RT 31172 1/2 (12.7) 7 (177.8) 3 (76.2) 1-29/32 (48.4) 750 106H 106H U39RT 31178 1/2 (12.7) 7-9/32 (185.0) 3 (76.2) 2-3/16 (55.6) 1000 - 125H - B-8

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs

THOMAS & BETTS CO.
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. #8 54930 #6

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 1/4 (6.4) 1-15/32 (37.3) 9/16 (14.3) 15/32 (11.9) 54905 1/4 (6.4) 1-1/2 (38.1) 9/16 (14.3) #4 54906 1/4 (6.4) 1-17/32 (38.9) #2 54942 5/16 (7.9) #1 54947 1/0

COLOR
KEY

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE INDEX NO.
13642

TBM15 21940 RED 21 21 - 7/16 (11.1) BLUE 24 24 24 9/16 (14.3) 9/16 (14.3) GRAY 29 29 29 1-27/32 (46.8) 23/32 (18.6) 21/32 (16.7) BROWN 33 33 33 5/16 (7.9) 2-1/16 (52.4) 13/16 (20.6) 43/64 (17.1) GREEN 37 37 37 54909 3/8 (9.5) 2-3/32 (53.2) 13/16 (20.6) 3/4 (19.1) PINK 42 42H 42 2/0 54910 3/8 (9.5) 2-3/32 (53.2) 1-1/16 (27.0) 13/16 (20.6) BLACK 45 45 45 3/0 54965 1/2 (12.7) 2-17/32 (64.3) 1-1/16 (27.0) 15/16 (23.8) ORANGE 50 50 50 4/0 54970 1/2 (12.7) 2-11/16 (68.3) 1-1/16 (27.0) 1-1/32 (26.2) PURPLE 54 54H 54

250
MCM

54913 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/32 (77.0) 1-1/16 (27.0) 1-1/16 (27.0) YELLOW 62 62 62 B-9

ATTACHMENT #B Compression copper lugs
THOMAS & BETTS CO.
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

WIRE
SIZE

CAT. NO. 2/0 54862

3/0
4/0
250
MCM
300
MCM
350
MCM
400
MCM
500
MCM
750
MCM
1000
MCM
250
MCM

BOLT
SIZE

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
A

B C 1/2 (12.7) 4-5/16 (109.5) 2-15/16 (74.6) 13/16 (20.6) 54864 1/2 (12.7) 4-13/32 (111.9) 2-15/16 (74.6) 54866 1/2 (12.7) 4-3/4 (120.7) 54868 1/2 (12.7) 54870

COLOR
KEY

HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
CODE INDEX NO.
13642

TBM15 21940 BLACK 45 45 45 15/16 (23.8) ORANGE 50 50 50 3 (76.2) 1-1/32 (26.2) PURPLE 54H 54H 54 4-27/32 (123.0) 3 (76.2) 1-3/32 (27.9) YELLOW 62 62 62 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/32 (127.8) 3 (76.2) 1-1/4 (31.8) WHITE 66 66 66 54872 1/2 (12.7) 5-1/4 (133.4) 3 (76.2) 1-23/64 (34.5) RED 71H 71H 71 54874 1/2 (12.7) 5-9/32 (134.1) 3 (76.2) 1-7/16 (36.5) BLUE 76 76 76 54876 1/2 (12.7) 5-11/16 (144.5) 3 (76.2) 1-5/8 (41.3) BROWN 87H 87H 87 54878 1/2 (12.7) 5-13/16 (147.6) 3 (76.2) 1-3/4 (44.5) GREEN 94H 94H 94 54880 1/2 (12.7) 6 (152.4) 3 (76.2) 1-15/16 (49.2) BLACK 106H 106 106 54882 1/2 (12.7) 6-39/64 (167.9) 3 (76.2) 2-17/64 (57.5) - - 125H 125 B-10 (END) KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #C. TERMINAL BLOCK REQUIREMENTS

TERMINAL BLOCK REQUIREMENTS

46 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #D.

REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING SPACE AT TERMINAL BLOCKS

47 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #E.

PANEL AND CABINET NAMEPLATE

48 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

ATTACHMENT #F. Cable Numbering System

49 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

50 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

51 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

52 of 53 Rev. 8 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet

53 of 53 Rev. 8

===== KJ-070-DT-410-008_IFC_2_Chemical Requirements for Materials Used in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements for Materials Used in Contact with Austenitic Stainless
Steel
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-008 2 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Sichoon Park 2021-08-20

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DM AE)

Signature

Date
2021-08-20

Min-Gi Jee
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DM LE)

Signature

Date
2021-08-20

Jong Seo Choi
Approved by :
기술책임자(EM)

Signature Date 2021-08-24 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

1 of 17

Revision History
Document Title: Chemical requirements for materials used in contact with austenitic
stainless steel
Document No : KJ-070-DT-410-008

Rev. 2

Rev.
No.

Date Description of Revision 0 2014.12.01 Issue for Use 1 2016.08.17

Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0892

2 결재정보참조

Revised by submittal purpose change

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

2 of 17 Rev. 2

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 4

LUBRICANTS AND SEALANTS .................................................................................. 5

MARKING MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 6

TEMPERATURE INDICATING CRAYONS .................................................................. 7

ADHESIVE BACKED AND PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPES ..................................... 8

LIQUID PENETRANT MATERIALS ............................................................................. 9

DESICCANTS..............................................................................................................10

PLUGS, CAPS, AND WRAP MATERIALS ................................................................11

10.

ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION COUPLANTS AND LEAK TEST SOLUTIONS .......12

11.

ANTISPATTER MATERIALS......................................................................................13

12.

CLEANING MATERIALS ............................................................................................14

13.

WATER QUALITY .......................................................................................................16

14.

CERTIFICATION .........................................................................................................17

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

1. 3 of 17

SCOPE
This Specification describes the requirements lubricants and sealants, marking
materials, temperature indicating crayons, adhesive backed and pressure sensitive
tapes, liquid penetrant materials, desiccants, plugs, caps and wrap materials, ultrasonic
examination couplants and leak test solutions, anti-spatter materials, cleaning materials
and water quality which are used in the fabrication, marking, cleaning, examination,
testing and shipment of austenitic stainless steel.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

4 of 17 Rev. 2 2. GENERAL 2.1.

All limitations specified, e. g., percent(%), parts per million(ppm), etc, are to be by weight

2.2.

Where nuclear grades of material are available, they shall be used in preference to other
grades.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

5 of 17 Rev. 2 3. LUBRICANTS AND SEALANTS 3.1.

Machining oils usually contain either sulfur based agents, sulfur-chloride agents, or chloride
agents.
1. Lubricants use for fabrication shall contain the minimum level of detrimental
contaminants consistent with good machinability.
2. Low melting point metals (lead, bismuth, zinc, mercury, antimony, cadmium and tin)
shall not be added intentionally.
3. Lubricants used during fabrication of austenitic stainless steels shall be removed
completely after the fabrication process has been completed.

3.2.

Permanent lubricants (i. e., those which are not removed) and sealants
1. Sulfur and Zinc content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
2. Total organic and inorganic halogen content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
3. Copper and silver shall not be added intentionally.
4. Mercury content shall not exceed 1 ppm.
5. Lead content shall not exceed 10 ppm.
6. Arsenic content shall not exceed 2 ppm.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

6 of 17 Rev. 2 4. MARKING MATERIALS 4.1.

Requirements for marking materials applied by the materials manufactured shall be as
specified in the applicable ASME or ASTM specification

4.2.

Temporary marking materials, applied subsequent to shipment from the materials
manufacturer's plant, shall meet the following requirements:
1. The total inorganic and organic halogen and sulfur content shall not exceed 1%
2. Low melting point metals shall not be added intentionally.
3. Zinc content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
4. Mercury content shall not exceed 1 ppm.
5. Lead content shall not exceed 10 ppm.
6. Arsenic content shall not exceed 2 ppm.

4.3.

Temporary marking materials shall be removed completely under the following conditions:
1. Prior to heat treatment.
2. Within 2 inches of the weld region prior to local preheat or welding.
3. As soon as their presence is no longer required.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

TEMPERATURE INDICATING CRAYONS

5.1.

Temperature indicating crayons shall meet the following requirements:
1. The inorganic halogen content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
2. The total inorganic and organic halogen content shall not exceed 1%.
3. The sulfur content shall not exceed 1%.
4. Zinc content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
5. Mercury content shall not exceed 1 ppm.
6. Lead content shall not exceed 10 ppm.
7. Arsenic content shall not exceed 2 ppm.

7 of 17 Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

8 of 17 Rev. 2 6.

ADHESIVE BACKED AND PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPES

6.1.

Adhesive backed and pressure sensitive tapes shall have the total halogen and sulfur content
each less than 1,000 ppm.
Low melting point metals shall not be added intentionally.

6.2.

Adhesive backed and pressure sensitive tapes shall be removed completely under the
following conditions:
1. Prior to heat treatment.
2. Within 12 inches of the weld region prior to local preheat, welding and post-weld heat
treatment except that during welding, tape used to seal purge dams is permitted.
3. As soon as their presence is no longer required.

6.3.

Any residual adhesive shall be removed by wiping with and approved solvent.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

9 of 17 Rev. 2 7.

LIQUID PENETRANT MATERIALS

7.1.

When austenitic stainless steels are liquid penetrant examined, the penetrant materials used
shall meet the requirements of article 6, T-641, of ASME Section V.

7.2.

All penetrant materials shall be removed completely from the surface immediately after
examination.

7.3.

Supplier shall obtain certification of content for all liquid penetrant materials. This certification
shall be included the penetrant manufacturer’s lot number and test results.

7.4.

Chemistry requirements shall apply to all penetrant components, such as dye solutions,
solvents, developers, etc., excluding aerosol propellants.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

10 of 17 Rev. 2 8. DESICCANTS 8.1.

The desiccant and the bag materials shall each have a total halogen content not exceeding
2,500 ppm.

8.2.

Low melting point metals not be added intentionally.

8.3.

Sulfur shall not exceed 1000 ppm.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

11 of 17 Rev. 2 9.

PLUGS, CAPS, AND WRAP MATERIALS

9.1.

Plugs and caps shall not be made of halogenated materials.

9.2.

Wrap materials shall not be made of halogenated materials and shall have self-extinguishing
burning characteristics.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

12 of 17 Rev. 2 10.

ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION COUPLANTS AND LEAK TEST SOLUTIONS

10.1.

Ultrasonic examination couplants and leak test fluids shall be removed completely when their
use in nondestructive examination is no longer required.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

13 of 17 Rev. 2 11. ANTI-SPATTER MATERIALS 11.1.

Anti-spatter compounds, used in welding, shall not be compounded of or have as intentional
additions the following elements:
chlorine, fluorine, sulfur, lead, tin, antimony, bismuth, cadmium and mercury

11.2.

Anti-spatter compounds shall be removed their use welding is no longer required.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

12. CLEANING MATERIALS 12.1. Mechanical Cleaning 14 of 17 Rev. 2

Mechanical cleaning of austenitic stainless steel parts or components may consist of very
light ceramic abrasive blasting, vapor blasting using a fine ceramic abrasive suspended in
water, grinding, filing or wire brushing, and may be used for removing lightly adhering surface
contamination. Only stainless steel brushes and aluminum oxide grinding wheels shall be
used. Tools or abrasives previously used on ferritic materials shall not be used on austenitic
stainless steel.
12.2.

Organic Solvents
Solvent cleaning is a process for removing contaminants from metal surface by
immersion or by spraying or swabbing with common organic solvents. Acetone and
alcohol are recommended for cleaning austenitic stainless steel. Chlorinated
hydrocarbon solvents may be used as a final cleaning fluid provided the following
requirements are met.
1.

Chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents shall be analyzed total residual halogens and

sulfur by evaporating a 100 gram sample of the material for 3 hours at a temperature
of 100℃ or the boiling point of the materials, whichever is lower. The solvents are
acceptable if the residue does not exceed 0.005 grams. If the residue exceeds 0.005
grams, it shall be analyzed for halogens in accordance with ASTM-D808 and for sulfur
in accordance with ASTM-D129. The total halogen content and sulfur content of the
residue shall not exceed 1 percent each. The manufacturer (user) shall obtain
certification of these tests for all solvents used on austenitic stainless steels, giving
solvent batch number and test results, the manufacture of the solvent shall certify the
total amount of the residue.
2.

Chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents not meeting the requirements of Paragraph

12.2.1 may be used for cleaning austenitic stainless steel parts that are easily drainable
and contain no dead legs or crevices, provided that a final rinse is made with water
containing less than 1 ppm of inorganic chlorides or with demineralized water when the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

15 of 17

component will handle water containing a maximum of 1 ppm inorganic chlorides during
services
12.3.

Inorganic Cleaning Materials
Because of the propriety nature of many of the inorganic cleaners, the cleaning
procedure and the chemical analysis of this material shall be submitted to the Buyer for
approval.

Rev. 2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

16 of 17 Rev. 2 13. WATER QUALITY 13.1.

Fresh water may be used for hydrostatic, leak testing, process, rinse and flush operations
where this water quality is consistent with the quality of water specified for the operating
system. Systems which handle higher quality water shall receive a final cleaning with
demineralized water before the surface dries.

13.2. 13.3.

Fresh water as a minimum shall meet the following requirements:
1.

The pH at 25℃(77℉) shall be in the range 5.5 to 8.0

The Chloride content shall not exceed 250 ppm.

The fluoride content shall not exceed 5 ppm

The sulfide content shall not exceed 1 ppm.

The total dissolved solids shall not exceed 500 ppm

Demineralized water as a minimum shall meet the following requirements at the point of entry
into the item.
1.

The pH at 25℃(77℉) shall be in the range 5.5 to 8.0

The chloride content shall not exceed 1 ppm.

The fluoride content shall not exceed 1 ppm.

The sulfide content shall not exceed 1 ppm

The conductivity at 25℃(77℉) shall not exceed 0.2 micro mho/cm

The silica content shall not exceed 0.05 ppm.

The total suspended solids shall not exceed 3 ppm.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet

17 of 17 Rev. 2 14. CERTIFICATION 14.1.

The Supplier shall certify each “lot” of material for compliance with the contaminant limits
specified herein.
1. A “lot” shall consist of material manufactured in same “batch” of a process.
2. Supplier and Sub-supplier shall submit a certificate of compliance with the
requirements of this specification.

===== KJ-070-DT-410-009_IFC_2_STANDARD APPENDIX FOR GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
REQUIREMENTS
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-009 2 NNS N/A Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 T S

Safety Class
N/A
Quality Class
Q
N/A
Seismic Category
Electrical Class

Ⅰ Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A Preliminary For Information For Approval

Submittal Purpose
For Construction

For Fabrication Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Verification Status Complete Incomplete Kyung-Eun Kim Qualification Tests 2025-07-01

Prepared by :
Signature

Date
2025-07-01

Eugene Park
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DJ LE)

Signature

Date
2025-07-01

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
EM

Signature

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

Date KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

Revision History
Rev.
No.

Description of Revision 0

First Issue
(Reissued by CAR-KJDH-16-06.2016.05.19)

Revised
2.2, 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12

Revised
4.4.2, 4.4.11
Added
Attachment 1.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

1 of 34 Rev.2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

2 of 34 Rev.2

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

CODE & STANDARDS ................................................................................................. 4

UNIT AND SCALE ........................................................................................................ 6

GENERAL DESIGN AND REQUIREMENT .................................................................. 7

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

3 of 34 Rev.2 1. SCOPE 1.1.

This appendix is applicable to furnishing components, associated piping or tubing, and package
specification. Instrumentation wiring within a package specification.

1.2.

All control panels and associated panel mounted devices for safety related system shall be
designed to meet the Human Factors Engineering design requirements.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

4 of 34 Rev.2 2. CODE & STANDARDS 2.1.

The following standards can be used as a guide for this specification; equivalent or higher
standards may be used but those shall be approved by the purchaser.

2.2.

The code cut-off date is 31 March 2012. The latest edition of codes and standards issued and
in force on the code cut-off date shall be used.

2.2.1 IAEA-NS-R-4

Safety of Research Reactors Safety Requirements.

2.2.2 NS-G-1.6

Seismic Design and Qualification for Nuclear Power Plants Safety
Guide.

2.2.3 10CFR50

Appendix A, General Design Criteria.

2.2.4 RG 1.29

Seismic Design Classification

2.2.5 RG 1.75

Physical Independence of Electric Systems

2.2.6 RG 1.152

Criteria for Digital Computer System Software in Safety Systems of
Nuclear Power Plants

2.2.7 RG 1.180

Guideline for Electromagnetic and Radio-Frequency Interference in
Safety Related I&C System

2.2.8 IEEE 7-4.3.2

Standard Criteria for Digital Computer in Safety Systems of Nuclear
Power Generating Stations

2.2.9 IEEE 577

Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of
Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations

2.2.10 IEEE-Std 1012

Software Verification and Validation

2.2.11 IEEE-Std 1074

Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process

2.2.12 IEEE-Std 12207

Systems and Software Engineering-Software Life Cycle Process

2.2.13 IEEE-Std 730

Software Quality Assurance Plans

2.2.14 IEEE-Std 828

Software Configuration Management Plans

2.2.15 IEEE-Std 830

Practice for Software Requirements Specifications

2.2.16 IEEE-Std 472

Surge Withstand Capability Test

2.2.17 IEC 60880 Ed. 2.0

Nuclear Power Plants - I&C systems important to safety - Software
aspects for computer based systems performing category A
functions

2.2.18 IEC 60801.2 Electrostatic Discharge 2.2.19 IEC 61131

Standard for Controller Language

2.2.20 ASME NQA-1

Subpart 2.2, “Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging,
Shipping, Receiving,

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

5 of 34 Rev.2 2.2.21 NEMA ICS-1-110

Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems

2.2.22 NEMA ICS-6

Standard for Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems

2.2.23 ANSI/ISA 67.02.01

Nuclear Safety-Related Instrument-Sensing Line Piping and Tubing
Standard for Use in Nuclear Power Plant

2.2.24

USNRC NUREG-0700 Human-System Interface Design Review Guidelines”, Rev.02, 2002

2.2.25

KEPIC ENB
2006 Add.

2.2.26 KJ-600-KI-340-001

Software Program Manual for I&C

2.2.27 KJ-600-KI-340-008 Cyber Security Plan 2.2.28 KJ-600-KI-348-004

Design Guidelines for Display

2.2.29 KJ-600-KI-348-005 HFE Design Guideline 2.2.30 KJ-577-DJ-416-001

Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and
Specialty Cables

2.3.

6360- Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors
Engineering to Systems Equipment, and Facilities of Nuclear Power
Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities, 2006.

The Purchaser has an option to incorporate requirements resulting from changes in code,
standard and regulation between dates of the purchase order and the Supplier’s initiation of
fabrication. Advising the Purchaser of resulting effect is a Supplier's responsibility. In the event
of any apparent conflict among standards, codes or this specification, the Supplier shall submit
the conflict details to the Purchaser for written resolution. The Purchaser will have a right for
decision and approval of the conflict.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

6 of 34 3. UNIT AND SCALE 3.1.

Application of measuring unit based on S.I. unit system shall be followed as follows.

3.1.1.

Pressure measurement
a) Gauge pressure

: kPa G b) Absolute pressure : kPa A c) Draft pressure : kPa d) Vacuum pressure : kPa 3.1.2. Temperature measurement : ℃ 3.1.3. Level measurement : m, mm 3.1.4.

Flow measurement
a) Liquid

: kg/s b) Steam, water and fuel : kg/s c) Air and gases : Nm3/h 3.1.5. Density measurement : kg/m3 3.1.6.

Analysis
a) Conductivity

: μS/cm b) pH : pH c) Position measurement :%

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

Rev.2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

7 of 34 Rev.2 4.

GENERAL DESIGN AND REQUIREMENT

4.1. General Requirement 4.1.1.

The following requirements generally are applicable only to custom-built package systems.
Package systems, especially those that have been built in a particular configuration through
several units of manufacture, will normally be purchased on the standardized version. The
Purchaser reserves the right to evaluate and approve system drawings before fabrication.

4.1.2.

Equipment shall be arranged to prevent hazard to personnel or damage to major equipment in
the event of mechanical failure or loss of power.

4.1.3.

Adequate spacing shall be provided for personnel performing operation or maintenance
procedures and for servicing, maintaining, removing, and replacing components.

4.1.4.

Local indicating instrumentation shall be visible to the operator at the normal floor level. Where
instrumentation is elevated or arranged such that it is not accessible from a floor or a major
structure, the Supplier shall supply permanent platforms, ladders, or other access.

4.1.5.

The Supplier shall furnish the instrument data sheet, instrument list. The required data and
general device information shall be provided via data base or text file which is a PC compatible
magnetic media.

4.1.6.

Ingress protection of all field-mounted instruments and associated electrical devices shall be
IP65 rated or located in NEMA type 4 or Type 12 enclosure.

4.1.7.

The Supplier shall furnish the cyber security controls according to the KINAC/RS-015 and
KINAC/RS-019.

4.1.8.

Cyber security shall be provided to digital equipment to restrict unauthorized access and shall
follow KJ-600-KI-340-008, “Cyber Security Plan”

4.2.

Installation
Instrumentation and control equipment shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the
following requirements. In case not specified herein, the Supplier's standard practice shall be
applied following Purchaser's approval.

4.2.1.

Package system control panels or cabinets will be located in the vicinity of the related equipment
so that easy operation and monitoring can be made.

4.2.2.

The materials used in fabrication or installation shall be as follows:
a) Sensing lines
Material of tubing, fittings, valves and manifold valves shall be austenitic stainless steels.
b) Air distribution / pneumatic signal lines
Material of tubing, fittings, valve and manifold valves shall be austenitic stainless steels in
case of related to non safety or safety instruments, but non safety related instrument could
be applied seamless copper for tubing and brass/bronze for fittings and valves with approval
by the Purchaser.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

8 of 34 Rev.2

c) Tubing clamps : Stainless steel
d) Process tap and root valve : Main line class
e) Quality class shall be applied to Q, T, S class satisfied with process system and certified
material test report shall be supplied.
4.2.3.

Root valve shall be located as close to the process tap as practical but they shall be accessible.

4.2.4.

The type and size of process taps shall be as follows, root valve size shall be the same as the
process tap size:
a) Pressure (including differential pressure) : 3/4”, Socket weld or thread construction shall
be in accordance with the branch table on each Piping Material Classification. Fitting shall
be 3000 lb (in case of threaded : 2000 lb) minimum.
b) Temperature: 1 1/2", Socket weld
c) Orifice flange.
-

Class 900 and higher / 800°F and higher : Socket weld or Screwed (3/4")

Less than Class 900 / Less than 800°F : Socket weld or Screwed (1/2”)

d) Averaging Pitot Tube: depend on type and size
e) Sampling probe: S.W type. size to be dependent on probe size
4.2.5.

Sensing tubing shall be 3/8” O.D and be suitably selected thickness depend on process class
and shall meet in accordance with ASME B31.3 and ASME B31.1. Sensing tubing shall not be
over 50 feet long. Sensing tubing run shall be continuously sloped by 1 inch per 1 foot. Reversal
slope without a separate drain or vent valve shall be avoided.

4.2.6.

Safety-related instrument sensing lines shall be as short as practical and shall be installed
according to ANSI/ISA 67.02.01 Nuclear Safety-Related Instrument-Sensing Line Piping and
Tubing Standard for Use in Nuclear Power Plant.

4.2.7.

The discharge points of vents or drains shall be away from electrical equipment or operational
areas. In case of hazardous fluid, the discharge Iines of drains and vent shall be connected to
a safe disposal point.

4.2.8.

Instruments shall be located in accessible areas where they will be free from vibration, missile
or jet-impingement, and rigidly mounted, and protected against physical damage, shock, high
temperature freezing, or adverse effect on the process fluid.

4.2.9.

Preferred instrument elevations relative to process taps shall be as follows:

4.3. a) Liquid

: below process connection

b) Slurry

: below process connection

c) Steam above 20 psi A

: above process connection

d) Steam below 20 psi A

: above process connection

e) Gas or Air

: above process connection

Programmable Logic Controller (if necessary)

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

9 of 34 Rev.2 4.3.1.

The main control and monitoring system of the microprocessor based control system,
programmable logic controller system (PLC) may be used for the large volumes of sequential
processing package system.

4.3.2.

The PLC shall be a digital operating electronic apparatus which uses a programmable memory
for the inter storage of instructions for implementing specific functions, such as logic, sequencing,
timing, counting and arithmetic to control various type of machines or processes.

4.3.3.

The PLC shall be composed of redundant and fault-tolerant control processors, communications
and power supplies to allow continued system operation while maintaining the block fully operational.

4.3.4.

The PLC shall be provided from reputable manufacturer with proven experience of the
manufacturer of nuclear facilities.

4.3.5.

The supplier shall confirm the continuous supporting of the supplied equipment during the
lifetime of the plant. The support shall be included :
a) The continuing availability of hardware spares compatible with the characteristics of the
system provided.
b) The continuing availability of system equipment and expertise to enable hardware
expansions and extensions which are compatible with the original system.
c) The availability of services to modify the system software to enable hardware expansions or
extensions to be accommodated.
d) The availability of services to produce effective new application programs to cater for modified
operational needs using the original equipment or with additional equipment.

4.3.6.

A sufficient spare capacity shall be provided for the proposed PLC equipment for the future
expansion and/or modification of the system. At least 20% of spare capacity shall be provided
for I/O modules, slot and terminal block. CPU loading shall be less than 60%.

4.3.7.

Digital/Analogue inputs to the PLC shall be made via suitable input modules. Each input shall
be electrically isolated and shall be provided with a state indicator.

4.3.8.

Digital/Analogue outputs from the PLC shall be provided via suitable output modules. The output
channels and the supply shall be isolated from the processor circuitry. Each output shall be
electrically isolated. Output modules shall source current from the control system power supply.
Where necessary suitable interposing relays shall be incorporated in the output circuitry to drive
loads such as solenoid valves and contactors.

4.3.9.

The PLC offered shall be capable of supporting a proven communication interface compatible
with an international standard. The Supplier shall provide details of the proposed link
specification. This shall include diagrams of the network topology, details of the link cable, baud
rate, protocol specification, error detection and correction and character encoding.
Communication links to I/O modules and other peripherals shall also be detailed by the Supplier.

4.3.10. The PLC main processor and memory shall be suitably sized for the application. The Supplier
shall provide details of the equipment proposed. This information shall include the unit
configuration, memory structure, type and capacity, execution times, the effects of adding
peripherals and a description of the diagnostic functions. The Supplier shall also provide details
of the capability of the equipment to cater for future expansion.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

10 of 34 Rev.2

4.3.11. The Supplier shall provide program loader. This program loader shall be available for the control
system whilst the system is running and include on-line programming, configuration,
downloading and diagnostic functions. The Supplier shall provide details of the facilities to be
included. This shall cover the method of programming, program storage, program loading and
program documentation. Any modifications to an existing program shall be protected by
password or key switch security.
4.3.12. Comprehensive self testing and self diagnostic facilities are required to be included in the PLC,
I/O and communication equipment.
4.3.13. The PLC software program shall be in accordance with KJ-600-KI-340-001, “Software Program
for I&C”

4.4.

Control Panels, Cabinets, and Racks

4.4.1.

All enclosed control panels shall be NEMA Type 12 for indoor use and NEMA Type 3 for outdoor
use. Control panels shall be fabricated steel construction, unless provided as integral parts of a
prewired, skid-mounted package. Each panel, cabinet and rack shall be rigid, suitably braced,
stiffened, and reinforced to withstand all stresses incidental to shipping, installation and
operation without warping or twisting.

4.4.2.

Control panels, cabinets and racks enclosures shall be constructed of stainless steel. The steel
plate thickness of control panels, cabinets and rack enclosures shall be of minimum 3.2 3.0 mm
for surfaces with instrument cutouts and minimum 2.3 2.0 mm for other surface.

4.4.3.

Control panels, cabinets, and racks shall be completely tubed, wired, and assembled with all
instruments, devices, and controls installed so that the assembly is an operating unit ready for
installation.

4.4.4.

All panels, cabinets, and racks shall be of the self-standing, wall mounted, and floor mounted
type provided with ways and means for supporting devices. All required base frames, anchors,
supporting material etc., shall be provided.

4.4.5.

Each freestanding control panel/cabinet shall be provided with sufficient interior lighting and
duplex, grounded type 120VAC 1Ø receptacles. Control panel/cabinet heater when required
during construction stage and during long storage shall also be provided. Anti condensation
heaters thermostatically controlled shall be rated at 240V, 60Hz single phase for operation
120VAC, 60Hz single phase system.

4.4.6.

The Supplier shall provide incoming circuit breakers for the incoming power circuit and
documents showing the characteristics of the circuit breakers shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for coordination with the Purchaser's upstream circuit breakers.

4.4.7.

Where 480VAC circuits are required to be terminated, this area shall be physically segregated
form the control and instrument wiring termination points.

4.4.8.

Each control panel load shall be limited to 2KVA at 120VAC, 60Hz. For higher control panel
loads, the panel shall be provided with a step down transformer 480-120V of adequate capacity
with incoming circuit breakers.

4.4.9.

Piping, tubing, fittings, and wiring shall be arranged such that instruments or devices may be
removed or serviced without disturbing piping, tubing, or wiring.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

11 of 34 Rev.2

4.4.10. Instruments exerting strong cantiIever forces on the panel surface shalI be adequately
supported to remain plumb and true within 1/16 inch of vertical and horizontal alignment.
4.4.11. The size and shape of the operator desks and cabinet shall be designed on the basis of human
factors consideration. It shall be accordance with KJ-600-KI-348-005, “HFE Design Guideline”
Also, The colors of the lamps and buttons installed on the panel should be manufactured in
accordance with the specifications outlined in Attachment 1.
4.4.12. Wiring
Control panels, cabinets, racks wiring shall be performed in accordance with KJ-070-DT-410007 “Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements”, Paragraph 5 and the following:
a) Extra flexible wiring shall be provided over door hinges or other locations where leads may
be subject to flexing.
b) Interconnecting wiring between components mounted on package (skid mounted) units shall
be run in minimum 3/4” rigid steel galvanized metallic conduit except where vibratory
conditions require the use of flexible metal conduit or where galvanized steel is prohibited.
For outside containment applications, flexible metal conduits shall be liquid tight galvanized
steel flexible conduits covered with a synthetic outer jacket. All cables shall be capable of
passing the tests indicated in ICEA Standard S-66-524. S-68-516 and S-1981 as well as the
flame test in IEEE 383.
c) Conductor insulation shall be cross-linked polyethylene or ethylene propylene rubber
compound. Cable jacket shall be Neoprene, Hypalon or equivalent, if required. PVC is not
acceptable for insulation or jacket material.
d) Wires shall be identified by individual wire numbers or letters at all terminal points. Wires shall
be identified by individual sleeve-type wire markers slipped over the ends of and fastened to
wires at each termination. Sleeves shall be flame-resistant, non-conducting, a minimum of
25mm in length, lettered length-wise. PVC sleeves are not acceptable.
e) All control panels and cabinets shall be completely wired at the factory prior to shipment in a
manner to ensure satisfactory and reliable operation. Particular attention shall be given to
factors such as vibration, temperature, ease of installation, testing, and routine maintenance.
All wiring shall be protected from sharp edges and corners.
f) External wire entrances shall be in accordance with the Purchaser's standard for wiring
segregation.
g) All electrical equipment and instruments which require external connections shall be prewired
to terminal boxes mounted on skids.
h) Control panels containing both Class 1E and Non-Class 1E devices shall follow the
separation and isolation requirements identified in IEEE-384 and USNRC RG 1. 75.
i) Instrument cables nearby electric wire shall have shield type and sufficient separation
distance form electric wire to avoid the electric noise. And a separation distance shall be
applicable as per IEEE 384 (ENB 2000).
j) The Supplier shall provide enough space in each control panel for cable training bend radius.
4.4.13. Connections and Terminations

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

12 of 34 Rev.2

Control panels, cabinets, racks wiring shall be performed in accordance with KJ-070-DT-410007 “Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements” Paragraph 7, 8 and the following:
a) Circuits connecting to the Purchaser's external equipment shall be terminated at heavy duty
terminal blocks including shield wires for instrumentation cable. Instruments interfaced with
the Purchaser's equipment shall be wired to a centralized terminal block. The Supplier's
wiring shall not have more than two wires connected to any terminal point.
b) Wiring connections shall be made with compression crimp on type ring-tongue terminals with
insulated ferrules.
c) Any electronic components, which are arranged in sliding drawers for rack mounting shall be
provided with quick disconnect type connectors for ease of removing the drawers. Mating
connectors shall be supplied with an apparatus where such terminations are provided as
manufacturer's standard.
d) Provisions shall be made for the entrance of all power cables to the cabinets with adequate
space provided for termination. The Supplier shall furnish cable supports with a flameresistant non hygroscopic material suitable to withstand the maximum short circuit stresses.
e) Terminal block bars for thermocouple circuits shall be of appropriate material such as chromel
or constantan for signal continuity.
f) The Supplier shall furnish terminal blocks with a minimum of 20 percent spare terminals for
each panel.
g) Terminal blocks shall be suitable for external wires and shall be approved by the Purchaser.
4.4.14. Insulation
a) All insulation and clearances to ground shall be designed such that the live parts will
withstand a high potential test of not less than 2500 volts at 60Hz for 1 minute (except for
solid state equipment).
b) The insulation of all control device coils shall be impervious to moisture and suitable for
operation in a salt laden air. The insulation shall completely seal the conductors to prevent
penetration of moisture or other contaminants and shall be suitable for continuous operation
at a rated total temperature of 130°C (266°F) (CIass B). The type of insuIation desired shall
be one in which the coil windings are fully encapsulated with an epoxy resin, resulting in a
homogeneous watertight seal.
4.4.15. Ground Bus
a) A ground bus of 50mm by 6mm thick copper bar shall be installed to extend the length of
each cabinet at a convenient location just above the mounting base. Each section of the
cabinet and all instrument and device grounds shall be grounded directly to this bus. The
ground bus shall be dried for NEMA tow-hole compression type for QWG 1/0 (50mm2)
ground cable at each ent of the ground bus. The lug will be furnished by the Purchaser.
b) Ground bus for equipment and instrument shall be separated in the instrument control panel,
cabinet and racks. And each ground bus shall be connected with the exclusive ground system.
4.4.16. Insofar as practical, arrangement of instruments and conduits on panels, cabinets and racks
shall place the electrical devices out of likely paths of condensate or water drains that may occur
during testing or calibrating of instruments.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

13 of 34 Rev.2

4.4.17. With the multiple instrument arrangement, the panels, cabinets and racks shall be arranged so
any instrument can be serviced without taking the other instruments out of service.
4.4.18. Panels, cabinets and racks, when requested, shall have hinge, gasket, removable doors. The
doors shall be equipped with handles. The doors shall be of the lift-off type secured with 3-point
locking system. Cabinets and doors shall be structurally stiff and braced to withstand twisting
without distortion flush fitting and sealed with a gasket of rubber or other approved material to
prevent the ingress of dust and vermin.
4.4.19. Instrument with pigtail electrical connections, such as solenoid valves, shall have all pigtails
terminated with ring tongue-type lugs adjacent to the device in Iieu of spliced connections.
4.4.20. All instrument piping, tubing, valves, and fittings shall be installed and securely fastened to the
panels, grouped in an orderly manner, and terminated with fittings and plugs at points located
at the top or bottom of each panel. Each terminal point shall be identified by a stainless steel
tag bearing the number of the instrument associated with the sensing Iine. All clamps, pads, and
supports in direct contact with stainless steel pipe or tubing shall be of stainless steel material.
4.4.21. All process-sensing line piping, tubing, fittings, and welding within the panels, unless otherwise
noted, shall conform to the ASME B31.1 Code for Power Piping. The Supplier shall certify that
the design, materials, fabrication, construction, and testing of all piping provided by the Supplier
conforms to the ASME B31.1 Code.
4.4.22. Test connections shall be provided such that each device can be calibrated and checked without
its removal from the panel.
4.4.23. All valves located within tubing runs (tube connection at inlet and outlet) shall be mechanically
supported from the panel structure. Valves in piping runs may be supported by the pipe, provided
adequate pipe supports are utilized.
4.4.24. All process-sensing line fittings and connections for safety related shall be of welded
construction except final connections to the instruments and test connections at the instruments,
which shall be threaded.
4.4.25. Connections from control devices shall be terminated in bulkhead fittings unless specified
otherwise.
4.4.26. Tubing runs shall be continuous from equipment to terminal area except where tees are required
or where tubing cannot properly be formed, attached, or removed in one piece without
deformation.
4.4.27. Each air supply stop valve and tube terminal connection shall be identified by a stainless steel
tag stamped with a Purchaser's tag number of the connecting instrument on the instrument panel.
4.4.28. Control switches, indicating instruments and alarm lamps shall be located in front of the panel.
Relays, contactors, etc., shall be located on the inside of the rear and side panels. The
arrangements of equipment inside the panel shall be such as to provide ample access and meet
applicable separation requirements as called in the Technical Specification.
4.4.29. The freestanding control panel shall be designed to receive cables from above and below unless
otherwise specified. Top cover plates shall be removable in sections for the Purchaser's drilling
of conduit and cable entrance fittings. The top of the panel shall be designed for attaching and
supporting the Purchaser's cable trays with space allowed for cable entry.
4.4.30. An internally mounted motor-driven blower, if required, shall be provided complete with intake

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

14 of 34 Rev.2

filter and necessary grills. The blower shall be of sufficient flow capacity to limit the air
temperature rise of 10°F.
4.4.31. Fuses shall be non reusable cartridge type with indication when blown and shall be assembled
in NEMA 1 type enclosure with adequate lighting for maintenance and service. There shall be a
proper protective coordination between main fuses or circuit breakers and branch fuses or circuit
breakers where the control panels provide the main and feeder fuses and circuit breakers. The
Supplier shall provide coordination verification documents for the Purchaser's approval.
4.4.32. The Supplier shall supply all necessary power sources for the components which are operated
or controlled by the control panel. The Supplier shall also supply adequate terminal blocks for
external wirings for the components. The Supplier shall also supply suitable voltage regulating
transformers for instrumentation when required.
4.4.33. If plug-in relays are used, a plug-in test device shall be furnished.
4.4.34. Timers, relays, stepping switches, logic controllers and other similar devices shall be provided
with dust-tight enclosures.
4.4.35. All recorders and indicators shall be arranged for optimum viewing by the operator and ease of
chart removal. In no case shall recorders be mounted that maintenance and chart changing will
require ladders or foot stools.
4.4.36. Control and instrument wiring running inside the panels shall be installed in raceways having
removable covers.
4.5.

Cable 4.5.1.

Material and fabrication shall be suitable for the design and operating conditions mentioned in
KJ-577-DJ-416-001, “Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and
Specialty Cables” and shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of KJ-577-DJ416-001, “Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”,
unless otherwise specified in the design specification.

4.5.2.

The cables shall be manufactured in accordance with the approved procedure/process utilized
for Environmental Qualification of the specimen cables. Otherwise, the Supplier shall submit the
manufacturing procedure/process for the Purchaser’s review and approval before
manufacturing.

4.5.3.

Materials that are known to produce toxic effects shall not be permitted unless a suitable nontoxic material is not available. If it is required to use the material that produces toxic effects, the
Supplier shall submit the instruction for special attention and maintenance procedure for the
Owner’s approval before manufacturing.

4.5.4.

No splicing, repair or rework during manufacture shall be allowed in any point of cable, insulation
or jacket.

4.5.5.

The cable shall comply with the flame test of KEPIC END 3810 (2005), IEEE 383 (2003), IEEE
1202 (2006), NRC Regulatory Guide 1.189 (2009) and NRC Regulatory Guide 1.211 (2009).

4.5.6.

Class 1E and Non-Class 1E 600V Control Cables
a) General
-

Cables shall be either single conductor or multi conductor as specified in this specification.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

15 of 34 Rev.2

Single conductor cables shall have jackets. Multi conductor cables shall consist of a core
of insulated single conductors with common overall jacket.
b) Single conductor cable
-

Single conductor cables shall consist of either an insulated conductor with a flame
resistant outer jacket or a conductor covered with a homogeneous material with both
insulating and jacketing properties.

c) Multi-conductor cable
-

Individual conductors of multi-conductor cables shall be identified in accordance with
method 1 for 3 or less conductor cable and method 3 for more than 3 conductor cable, in
NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532).

The total covering of each single conductor shall have an average thickness as stated in
NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532). This covering may consist of a single layer or of multiple
layers of insulation.

Fillers material shall not contain asbestos or PVC.

The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame resistant common overall jacket.

The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame-resistant and radioactivityresistant common overall jacket.

d) Conductor
-

Conductors shall be tin coated soft or annealed copper in accordance with the
requirements of KEPIC ECB 1200 - 2010 for tin-coated copper conductors as specified
in NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532), Paragraph 2.3.1

Conductor stranding shall be Class B in accordance with requirements for stranded softannealed copper in KEPIC ECB 1400 - 2010.

Conductors shall be coated or other means provided to ensure clean stripping of
insulation.

e) Insulation
-

The insulation shall be made of a heat, flame, moisture, ozone, radioactivity resistant and
ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR) or cross-linked polyethylene(XLPE) material.

The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 90 percent of the nominal
design thickness.

Filler materials shall not contain asbestos or PVC.

Cable strand and insulation shall be free of water or water vapor. The Supplier shall full
describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing cables to ensure the absence
of water or water vapor.

If a strand separator tape is used over the metallic conductor and under the primary
insulation, it shall be pigmented to be readily visible to ensure its complete removal before
termination.

f) Shielding

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

- 16 of 34 Rev.2

For Class 1E 600V Control cable
∙ Control cables as specified with shielding shall have tinned copper tape overall shielding.

For Non-Class 1E 600V Control cable
∙ Control cables as specified with shielding shall have tinned copper tape overall shielding
with minimum 25% overlapping.

g) Jacket
-

Cable jacket, where used in the following cases, shall be a durable and moisture, flame
and radioactivity resistant material.

- PVC is not acceptable. -

The jacket shall maintain its color for the service life of the plant.

Cable jacketing and the interstitial spaces within the jacket shall be free of water or water
vapor. Supplier shall fully describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing
cable.

The overall jacket shall be clean, dry and free of grease.

h) Cable identification
-

All cables shall have a permanent identification such as distinctive color code, pigmented
compounds or a printed legend on the jacket. The identification shall be durable enough
to remain legible for the service life of the plant.

Each cable shall be marked on the overall jacket, at a maximum of 1 meter intervals, with
the Supplier’s name, year date, voltage class, number and size of conductors, and a
unique serial number indicating the production run or batch.

Each cable shall also be marked, at a maximum of 1 meter intervals, with sequential
meterage markings, with the lowest numbered meterage marker innermost on the reel.

For Class 1E 600V Control Cable
∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Red” for channel A, “Green” for channel B, “Yellow” for
channel C, “Black” for channel N/A.

For Non-Class 1E 600V Control Cable
∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Black”.

i) Test voltage
4.5.7.

The voltage levels shall be as specified for the insulation levels of Table 3-3 of NEMA
WC 57 (IECA S-73-532).

Class 1E and Non-Class 1E Instrument Cables
a) General
-

Cables shall be twisted pairs, twisted triplet or multi-conductor as specified in this
specification. Cables shall consist of a core of insulted single conductors with shielding
and common overall jacket.

Instrumentation cables shall consist of core of insulated single conductors with shielding

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

17 of 34 Rev.2

as specified, and an overall jacket.
-

Twist pairs, twisted triplet, or multi-conductor cables shall be assembled in accordance
with Part 5, KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

The total covering of each single conductor shall have an average thickness.

Filler shall be non-hygroscopic, flame-resistance, and compatible with the jacket and
insulation material.

The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame-resistance and radioactivityresistance common overall jacket.

If necessary to achieve the required flame-resistance characteristics, the cable may have
a flame-resistance binder tape of non–hygroscopic material beneath an outer overall
jacket.

b) Conductors
-

Conductors shall be tin-coated soft or annealed copper in accordance with the
requirements of KEPIC ECB 1200 - 2010 for tin-coated cooper conductors as specified
in KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010, Paragraph 2.3.1

Conductor stranding shall be Class B in accordance with requirement for stranded softannealed cooper in KEPIC ECB 1400 - 2010.

Conductor shall be coated or other means provided to ensure clean stripping of insulation.

c) Insulation
-

The insulation shall be made of heat, flame, moisture, ozone and radioactivity resistant
material. Insulation of instrumentation cables shall be type II as per KEPIC ECB 3000 2010.

The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 90 percent of the nominal
design thickness.

Filler materials shall not contain asbestos or PVC.

Cable strand and insulation shall be free of water or water vapor. The Supplier shall fully
describe its methods and procedures or drying and testing cables to ensure the absence
of water or water vapor.

If a strand separator tape is used over the metallic conductor and under primary insulation,
it shall be pigmented to be readily visible to ensure its complete removal before
termination.

d) Shielding
-

Instrumentation cables as specified with shielding in the design table shall have flame
resistance copper (inner) mylar (outer) tape not less than one(1) mil thick with 100
percent coverage and at least 25 percent overlap with a tinned copper drain wire for each
shield. Drain wire shall be bare, stranded and 18 AWG minimum and shall be in contact
with the metallic side of the tape.

Instrument cable shield shall be applied for each individual pair and overall.

e) Jacket

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

18 of 34 Rev.2 -

The jacket shall be durable and moisture, radioactivity and flame resistant material.

PVC material is not acceptable.

The jacket shall maintain its color for the service life of the plant.

Cable jacketing and the interstitial spaces within the jacket shall be free of water or water
vapor. The Supplier shall fully describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing
cables.

The overall jacket shall be clean, dry and free of grease.

f) Cable identification
-

For pairs, one conductor of each pair shall be colored “black” or “white” and the other
conductor shall be colored with any other contrasting color. Pairs shall be identified in
sequence by same printed numbers on both conductor in each pair, beginning with the
number 1.

For triads, each triad shall consist of one black conductor, one white conductor and one
red conductor. Triads shall be identified in sequence by the same printed numbers on
three conductors in each triads, beginning with the number 1.

Multi-conductor instrumentation cables shall be identified by the same method of control
cable.

Cable identification shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Attachment A
The requirements and Test Summary of KJ-577-DJ-416-001, “Design Specification for
Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”.

For Class 1E 600V Instrument Cable
∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Red” for channel A, “Green” for channel B, “Yellow” for
channel C, “Black” for channel N/A.

For Non-Class 1E 600V Instrument Cable
∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Black”.

g) Test voltage
4.5.8.

The test voltage levels for instrumentation cables shall be as specified for 600V in table
10 in KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

Non-Class 1E Communication Cables
a) General
-

Twist pairs or Multi-conductor cables shall consist of a core of insulated single conductors
with a common overall jacket and shall be assembled in accordance with Part 5 of NEMA
WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532) or KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

Fillers, if used, shall be non-hygroscopic, flame-resistance, and compatible with the
jacket and insulation material.

Multi-conductor cables specified in pairs shall have twisted pairs with systematically
varying lay, designed to enable the cable to meet the transmission characteristic stated
in Section 6.2.3 6). The components shall be paired and cabled together with a maximum

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

19 of 34 Rev.2

lay length as specified in Part 5 of NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532) or KEPIC ECB 3000 2010.
-

The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame-resistant and radioactivityresistant common overall jacket.

If necessary to achieve the required flame-resistant characteristics, the cable may have
a flame-resistant binder tape of non-hygroscopic material beneath outer overall jacket.

These cables shall be used as follows:

SF/UTP Cable
∙ CAT.5E
∙ Jacket shall be use LSZH(Low Smoke Zero Halogen) material
∙ Color code shall comply with Attachment-A part 9.2 of KJ-577-DJ-416-001, “Design
Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”.

Fiber Optic Cable
∙ Single-Mode (9/125 μm)
∙ The insulation and cable jacket shall be flame retardant and shall be capable of passing
the flame resistance test of IEEE 1682-2011.
∙ Details specification shall comply with Attachment-A part 9 of KJ-577-DJ-416-001,
“Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”.

Above-mentioned cable or cable consists of equal or higher material shall be used. Also,
connector and pigtail about this communication cables shall be supplied.

b) Conductors
-

Conductors shall be solid or stranded tin coated annealed copper in accordance with the
requirements of KEPIC ECB 1200 - 2010 for tin-coated copper conductor.

Conductor stranding shall be Class B in accordance with requirements for stranded softannealed copper in KEPIC ECB 1400 - 2010.

Conductor shall be coated or other means provided to ensure clean stripping of insulation.

c) Insulation
-

The insulation shall be made of heat, flame, moisture, ozone and radioactivity-resistant
cross-linked polyethylene or ethylene-propylene rubber compound type II.

The nominal average thickness of the insulation shall be not less than that given in Table
3-1 of NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532) or KEPIC ECB 300 - 2010.

The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 90 percent of the nominal
design thickness.

Filler materials shall not contain asbestos or PVC.

Cable strand separator tape is used over the metallic conductor and under the primary
insulation. It shall be pigmented to be readily visible to ensure its complete removal before
termination.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

20 of 34 Rev.2

d) Shielding
-

Communication cables as specified with shielding in the design table shall have tinned
copper tape overall shielding. The shield shall be applied spirally with a minimum of 25
percent overlap. However 1P 14AWG plus 7P 16AWG cables shall have flame resistant
copper mylar tape not less than one(1) mil thickness with bare, stranded and 16 AWG
drain wire. Drain wire shall be in contact with the metallic side of the tape.

e) Jacket
-

The jacket shall be a durable and moisture, radioactivity, and flame-resistant material.

- PVC is not acceptable. -

The overall jacket color shall be black. The jacket shall maintain its color for the service
life of the plant.

Cable jacketing and the interstitial spaces within the jacket shall be free of water or water
vapor. The Supplier shall fully describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing
cables.

The overall jacket shall be clean, dry, and free of grease.

f) Transmission Characteristics
-

The communication cable shall be satisfied with 100Mbit/s.

g) Cable Identification
-

Multi-conductor Communication cable
∙ Individual conductors of multi-conductor cables shall be identified on the outer surface
by permanent color compound in accordance with method 1 or 3, Table E-1 of Appendix
E in KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

Pairs Communication Cable
∙ For pairs, one conductor of each pair shall be in accordance with following table for
cable of 25 pairs in accordance with Attachment-A part 9.2. This color sequence shall be
repeated for cable of more than 25 pairs.

4.6. Instrument air systems 4.6.1.

Small Air Systems
a) If instrument air consumption to the package system is less than 600 scfh (Standard cubic
feet per hour), individual combination filter reducers shall be used with each instrument or
with a panel or rack header using less than 600 scfh for the complete panel.

4.6.2.

Large Air Systems
a) On large systems, the Supplier shall provide a dual instrument air regulator filter station to
reduce the nominal 100 psig instrument air to 20 psig.
b) The valve and manifold arrangement shall permit removal of one reducing valve and one
filter from service without disturbing the other or affecting its operation.
c) A minimum 4 inch diameter and more than Grade 2A, 0 to 30 psig pressure gauge shall be

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

21 of 34 Rev.2

provided downstream of each reducing regulator but ahead of manifold valves.
d) If instruments requiring air pressures different described here are furnished, the Supplier shall
additional filter / reducing station for each different system.
e) All filter / reducing stations shall be furnished with a separate relief valve downstream of the
reducing valve.
f) On panels, individual air supply takeoffs for an instrument shall be made from the top of a
brass air header through 1/4 inch brass packless valves attached to 1/4 inch brass nipples
brazed into the header.
g) Each instrument and valve shall be tagged with the instrument number in accordance with
the Purchaser's Numbering system.
h) The Supplier shall furnish 20 percent extra valve branches on each header installed.
4.7.

Calibration 4.7.1.

The Supplier shall provide One (1) set of portable HART calibrator (handheld programmer) for
each different type transmitters.

4.7.2.

Performance
The Following are minimum acceptable performance requirements for instruments of package
systems, all expressed as percentages of instrument operating span.
a) Panel mounted indicator
Accuracy(%)
±1.5

Repeatability(%)
±0.2

b) Field mounted instrument
Accuracy(%)

Repeatability(%) ±0.5 ±0.2 Span to 50 mmHg ±1.0 ±0.5 Span exceeding 50 mmHg ±0.5 ±0.1 Span to 500 in H2O ±0.5 ±0.2 Span 500 to 850 in H2O ±0.75 ±0.2 Resistance ±0.5 ±0.15

Transmitter
-

Gauge Pressure - Absolute Pressure - - Different Pressure

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

- Milli volts - Level - 22 of 34 ±0.5 ±0.15 Displacer ±0.5 ±0.2

Flanged Different Pressure

±1.0 ±0.1 Current/Pneumatic ±0.5 ±0.2 Local Indicator / Switch Rev.2 Accuracy(%) - Diff. Pressure Indicator ±0.75% of F.S -

Diff. Pressure Indicator Switch

±1.5% of F.S - Pressure Indicator ±0.5% of F.S - Pressure Switch ±0.5% of F.S - Temperature Indicator ±1.0% of F.S - Temperature Switch ±1.0% of F.S - Flow Indicator ±5.0% of F.S - Flow Switch ±2.0% of F.S - Level Indicator ±1.0% of F.S - Level Switch ±1/4 inch

c) Instrument Loop Set point Uncertainty and Calculation:

4.8. -

The Supplier shall perform a set point calculation for all safety-related instruments and
devices which the Supplier is furnishing with the equipment. The set point calculation
shall be performed in accordance with USNRC RG 1.105 and lSA standard RP 67.04.
The Supplier shall include in performing the set point calculation the instrument accuracy,
calibration accuracy, drift, repeatability, temperature effect, seismic effect, cycling, aging,
etc. Any other effect on instrument accuracy shall also be included. The Supplier's set
point margin calculation methodology shall be submitted for review prior to completion of
the calculation. Certified copies of the calculation shall be submitted to the Purchaser.

The Supplier shall furnish all relevant data in performing the set point calculation required
by USRG 1.105 and ISA RP 67.04, statistical basis of accuracy limits, based on two
sigma values.

Electronic Field-Mounted Instruments
The following features shall be incorporated as applicable into all electronic field-mounted
instruments included in this specification :
a) Signals : 4 to 20 mA DC, two-wire

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

23 of 34 Rev.2

b) Electronic circuitry : solid-state
c) Electrical connection : 3/4 inch PF conduit
d) Non-interacting zero and span adjustments
e) Diaphragm seals shall be provided for pressure, flow and level transmitters in application
such as acid, caustic, radioactive fluids, etc.
f) Transmitters shall be provided with shop-filled capillaries where required.
4.8.1.

Pressure Transmitters (gauge, absolute and differential)
a) Type

: 2 wire b) Wetted parts

: Type 316 stainless steel
(except body, gaskets and seals)

4.8.2. c) Amplifier : integral d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

e) Junction box

: integral with wiring terminals

f) Elevation and suppression capability

: as required

Temperature Transmitters (resistance to current)
a) Sensor

: RTD
platinum
100 ohm rating at 0 ℃ base temperature.
coefficient of exactly 0.00385 ohm/ohm-C
three or four wire
ungrounded

b) Range and span : field adjustable c) Output : linear d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

e) Adaptability to : 3 wire system

f) Thermowells shall be provided with RTD
4.8.3.

Temperature Transmitters (mV to current)
a) Sensor

: thermocouple (E, K, J Type)

b) Range and span : field adjustable c) Output : linear with mV input d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

e) Thermowells shall be provided with thermocouple
4.8.4.

Temperature Transmitters (Filled-system type)

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

a) Output 24 of 34 Rev.2 : 4 - 20 mA

b) Bulb furnished with a companion thermowell
c) Ambient temperature compensation for Class II thermal systems without compensation (bulb
elevation calibration correction may be required), all other system classes with compensation
either fully compensated or easily compensated as suited for the accuracy requirements.
4.8.5.

Level Transmitters (Displacer type)
a) Displacer length

: to suit application range

b) Displacer material

: type 304 or 316 stainless steel

c) Hanger rod

: 300 series stainless steel

d) Mounting type

: external cage type (preferred)
or internal displacer

e) Mounting orientation and connections to suit application
f) Housing suitable for specified service environment.
4.8.6.

4.8.7. 4.9.

Level Transmitters (differential-pressure type, flanged or extended diaphragm)
a) Mounting

: Side of vessel b) Flange

: material, size and rating to match application

c) Wetted parts

: type 316 stainless steel

d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

Converters (current to pneumatic)
a) Input / Output

: 4 to 20 mA to / 3 to 15 psig

b) Air line connection : 1/4" NPT preferred c) Accessories

: pressure reducing valve with filter and gauge

d) Housing

: suitable for specified service environment

Panel Mounted Instruments
The following features, as applicable, shall be incorporated into all panel mounted instruments
included in this specification
a) Signal transmission

: 4 to 20mA b) Electronic circuitry

: microprocessor based solid state
or equivalent

4.9.1. c) Scale

: white with black numerals.

d) Accessories

: mounting hardware and shelves.

Electric Indicators
a) Terminal connections

: studs on rear of instrument

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

4.9.2. 4.9.3. 4.9.4. 25 of 34 Rev.2

b) Engineering units and scaling factors

: metric unit c) Zero adjustment : front of instrument d) Scale

: printed, engineering units and scaling factors

e) Mounting Method

: from the front of the panel.

Recorders (Miniature strip chart)
a) Pens

: color coded in multi pen units

b) Chart capacity : for 30 days c) Inking system : capsule d) Ink and chart supply

: for 2 years plant normal operation

e) Chart speed : variable speed f) Chart drive : 120 VAC, 60Hz g) Display : LCD or LED

Indicating Controllers
a) Control modes

: non interactive and to suit application

b) Control action : reversible c) Indicators

: set point, controlled variable, and output

d) Scale : fixed e) Display : LED or LCD f) Servicing

: provision for maintaining manual control.

Manual Control Station
a) Setting device

: thumbwheel, knob, or pushbuttons

b) Scale

: calibrated 0 to 100 percent
unless otherwise required by application

4.9.5. 4.9.6. c) Output indicator

: If furnished, scaled 0 to 100 percent

d) Measured variable indication

: when required by application

Manual/Automatic Transfer Stations
a) Scale

: calibrated 0 to 100 percent

b) Indication

: measured variable and output

c) Switch

: manual/automatic transfer

d) Signal biasing

: when required by application

e) Manual/automatic transfer

: bumpless and balanceless

Signal Comparators (electronic receiver switches)
a) Set point capability

: 0 to 100 percent of input

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

26 of 34 b) Dead band : adjustable c) Output relay : SPDT d) Relay contact rating

: 0.5 A, at 125 VDC inductive load,

Rev.2

5A, at 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load.
4.9.7.

4.10.

Signal Selectors (high-low)
a) Capability

: select on 1 percent difference

b) Type : non indicating c) Field convertible : on high or low signal Alarm and Alarm Contacts

4.10.1. Alarm contacts shall be normally open and shall close to alarm.
4.10.2. The alarm system shall incorporate the momentary acknowledge, test and reset pushbuttons
and buzzer.
4.10.3. Twenty percent spare active windows complete with logic circuits shall be provided for the
Purchaser's future use.
4.10.4. The center of all analog indicators shall have an elevation of 50 inches from the floor lever
whenever possible.
4.10.5. All control switches and pushbuttons shall be located below the analog indicators whenever
possible
4.10.6. A minimum clearance of 1 inch on either side and 2 inch on top and bottom of the analog
indicator to any other instrument or raceway shall be provided whenever possible.
4.10.7. A minimum clearance of 2 inches on all sides of control switches any other instruments or
equipment shall be provided.
4.11.

Miscellaneous Instrument and Hardware
The following are miscellaneous instruments and hardware, so defined because they do not
specifically fall into any of the previously defined categories. However, they are part of many
package systems and therefore must meet the following specifications. With regards to process
related switches, high set point contact shall be energized to close on process rising action while
low set point contact be energized to close on process falling action.
ANSI B16.104 shall be applied to control valves seat leakage test. MMS-SP-61 shall be applied
to on-off valves seat leakage test.
The maximum allowable sound level at 1m downstream of the line mounted item and 1m from
the pipe surface shall be under 85dBA and noise calculation in accordance with IEC 60534-8-3.
Where the process service conditions required, the following accessories shall be provided:
Differential pressure instrument : 5-way manifold
Pressure instrument : 2-way manifold

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

27 of 34 Rev.2

4.11.1. Control Valves
a) Minimum body size 1 inch, with reduced trim as required
b) Use of butterfly or ball valves for special applications
c) Valve sizing : Valve sizing and Cv rating shall be specified based on minimum and maximum
pressure drop, pressure and flow requirement of the system. Valve shall be 70 to 85 percent
open during rated maximum process condition.
d) All positioners and electro/pneumatic converters shall be furnished with more than two, air
supply, signal input and control air output, and an air filter regulator set with a lubricator.
e) Pneumatic actuators and drive units shall automatically return to a safe/pre-determined
position upon signal and/or air supply failure unless the process operating requirements or
the specification dictates a “stay put” response. In this case, “lock up” devices shall be
provided where necessary to ensure the actuator remains in the operating position prevailing
immediately before an air failure.
f) Valve body and trim material shall be adequately selected depend on piping material class.
g) Valves shall be equipped with hand-wheels shall be arranged so that rotating the hand-wheel
in a clockwise direction shall close the valve. Hand-wheels shall be marked with the words
‘open’ and ‘shut’ with the relevant arrow to indicate the direction of rotation
4.11.2. Motor Operated Valves
a) The actuator shall be sized to control the valve action from wide open, fully modulating to
shut-off condition without excess oscillation, hunting or fluid produced disturbances.
b) The actuator shall be equipped with a direct-coupled adjustable travel or position indicator
for local indication. The position shall be indicated by a permanent mark on a reversible scale
with the words (‘open’ and ‘close’) at the travel limits.
c) The material of the actuator case or housing shall be steel or other metallic materials.
Aluminum shall not be used. The actuator spring shall be fully enclosed in a metal housing
and permanently treated to resist atmospheric corrosion and other environmental hazards.
d) The stroking times shall be calculated by the Supplier.
e) The accessories shall be suitable for specified environment.
f) Valve body and trim material shall be adequately selected depend on piping material class.
g) Valve shall be equipped with hand-wheels shall be arranged so that rotating the hand-wheel
in a clock wise direction shall close the valve. Hand-wheels shall be marked with the words
‘open’ and ‘shut’ with the relevant arrow to indicate the direction of rotation.
h) The actuator shall be sized to control the valve action from wide open, fully modulating to
shut-off condition without excess oscillation, hunting or fluid-produced disturbances. To
achieve this aim, the Supplier shall ensure that the actuator has at least 150 percent of
required force during modulation and 125 percent at the shutoff condition.
4.11.3. Solenoid Valves
a) Coil insulation

: Class H

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

28 of 34 Rev.2 b) Power : 120VAC, 60Hz

c) Solenoid valve enclosures

: Suitable for specified service environment
junction box enclosure type for wiring
3/4 inch PF threaded conduit hub

d) Solenoid coil

: screw terminal coils on junction box enclosure

e) Solenoid valves : Mounted such that conduit and cable may be connected without causing
misalignment or incorrect operation
f) Solenoid valves shall be as approved by Purchaser.
4.11.4. Pressure, Temperature and Flow Switches
a) Enclosures: suitable for specified service environment
b) Switches rigidly fastened to panel, rack, or cabinet such that removal of tubing, piping, and
wiring may be accomplished without dismounting of the instrument.
c) Contact rating 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load and 0.5A, 250 VDC inductive load. Switches
shall be snap acting micro switch type and have one DPDT or two SPDT contacts.
d) Pressure, temperature and flow switches : Installed such that the Purchaser's connections
are to terminal blocks.
4.11.5. Level Switches
a) Displacer type
-

Contact rating

: 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load
0.5A, 125VDC inductive load

- Switch type : DPDT or 2 X SPDT -

Others refer to Paragraph 3.7.5

b) Electronic type (ultrasonic, capacitance, etc)
-

Enclosures

: suitable for specified service environment

Switch contact rating and type

: see Paragraph 4.11.5.a

4.11.6. Limit Switches
a) Enclosures

: suitable for specified service environment

b) Contacts : DPDT or 2 X SPDT c) Contact rating

: 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load
0.5A, 125 VDC inductive load.

4.11.7. Auxiliary Relays
a) Auxiliary relays shall be rated 600 VAC self-reset front connected surface mounted with cover,
coil rated for 5A, 120VAC, 60Hz and 0.5A, 125 VDC continuous duty.
b) Contact rating : 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load and 0.5A, 125 VDC inductive load.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

29 of 34 Rev.2

4.11.8. Pressure Gauges
a) Pressure gauges : Minimum 4 inch diameter dial (white face with black graduations) and
blowout protection
b) Dial inscriptions shall not be used : The service shall be indicated by a permanent label
attached to the gauge case.
c) Diaphragm seals : On instruments used for handling viscous liquids or liquids with suspended
solids. Means shall be provided for onsite calibration of all instruments furnished with
diaphragm seals.
d) Wetted part material shall be 316 stainless steel.
e) Over range protection device, siphon tube and dampner shall be supplied to suit application
service.
4.11.9. Thermowells
a) Type

: Socket weld (1 1/2") b) Location

: After fluid mixing but not in the minimum
straight run of pipe upstream or downstream
of a flow element.

c) Material

: To suit application service

4.11.10. Thermometers
a) Dial type

: Bimetallic with 4 inch diameter

b) Orientation type

: Every angle type for adjustment

c) Stem

: 1/4 inch stainless steel

d) Thermowell shall be provided.
4.11.11. Averaging Pitot Tubes
a) Averaging pitot tubes shall provide suitable signal for proper recording, totalizing or control
of complex systems
b) The sensing probes shall be designed to sense flow velocity in each of several equal annular
cross sectional areas of the flow stream and provide an output signal proportional to the
average flow.
c) Material

: To suit application service

4.11.12. Vibration Sensors
All the vibration sensors furnished by the Supplier shall provide the same generation of design,
from the same manufacture of vibration monitoring system.
a) Radial Transducer
-

Two radially oriented transducers shall be provided for each guide bearing.

Two probes located at each bearing shall be 90 degrees apart.

b) Axial Transducer

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

- 30 of 34 Rev.2

Axial transducer shall be located on or as near as possible to the thrust bearing housing.

c) Phase-Reference Transducer (Keyphasor)
-

Keyphasor with a one-event-per-revolution mark shall be provided on the driver for each
machinery train.

d) Proximity (non contact) Transducer
-

Proximity shall be used for machinery having fluid film bearing.

Proximity (non-contact) transducer shall consist of probe, extension cable and proximitor
(oscillator-demodulator: a signal-conditioning device powered by -24V DC).

Probe
∙ Body diameter

: 3/8”-24-UNF ∙ Integral cable

: Stainless steel armor type

Stainless steel connector shall be provided.

Extension Cable
∙ Armored coaxial cable with flexible conduit shall be provided.

Probe-Driver (Proximitor)
∙ Input Voltage

: -24 VDC Nominal ∙ Input impedance : 1kΩ ∙ Output Sensitivity : 200 mV/mil ∙ Output impedance : less than 50Ω ∙ Performance - Accuracy : ± 5% of 200 mV/mil Frequency range : 0 to 10 kHz ∙ Connection type

: Barrier screw with size 6-32 screws of 316SS

Environmental Requirements
∙ Operating temperature range
Probe and extension cable

: -35℃ to 120℃ Proximitor : -35℃ to 65℃ ∙ Relative humidity : To 95% noncondensing

e) Accelerometer Transducer
-

Accelerometer shall be generally used for machinery having high shaft-to-bearing
transmissibility, such as with rolling element bearing, for speed changer except when it
is difficult to use the accelerometer, in which case an alternate design may be substituted
as mutually agreed upon by the Purchaser and Supplier.

Accelerometer transducer shall consist of an accelerometer, extension cable and charge

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

31 of 34 Rev.2

amplifier (a conditioning device powered by -24VDC).
-

Probe
∙ Mounting stud

: 1/4”-28-UNF ∙ Material : Stainless steel ∙ Case

: Electrically isolated from machine case
and hermetically sealed.

Stainless steel connector shall be provided.

Extension Cable
∙ Armored coaxial cable with flexible conduit shall be provided.

Charge-Amplifier (Interface Module)
∙ Input Voltage

: -24 VDC Nominal ∙ Input impedance : 10kΩ ∙ Output Sensitivity : 100 mV/g ∙ Output impedance : less than 60Ω ∙ Performance - Accuracy : ± 5% of 100 mV/g Frequency range : 5 to 20 kHz ∙ Connection type

: Barrier screw with size 6-32 screws of 316SS

Environmental Requirements
∙ Operating temperature range
Probe and extension cable

: -55℃ to 120℃ Proximitor : -35℃ to 85℃ ∙ Relative humidity : To 95% noncondensing

4.11.13. Timers
a) The type of timers shall be timer selector switch, reset timer or program timer as required.
b) Each timer shall have proper adjustable range and 120VAC, 60Hz continuous duty coils.
c) Contact rating : 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load and 0.5A, 125 VDC inductive load.
4.11.14. Control Switches, Pushbuttons, Selector Switches
a) The number of stages and contacts, number of switch positions, and handle style and color
shall be specified or reviewed by the Purchaser.
b) All contacts shall have contact rating designations as defined in NEMA ICS-2.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

32 of 34 Rev.2

c) Removable handles or keys for control switches shall not be interchangeable with other
switches. Supplier shall furnish two handles per unit for use with all control switches. .
4.11.15. Uninterruptible Power Supply System
In case of supply of UPS is necessary,
a) All equipment are subject to short period of power interruption during the fast bus transfer
from normal power source to standby power source. Standby power source is supplied
approximately 5 to 10 cycle after initiation of bus transfer.
b) All equipment shall continue to operate without any degradation of performance during or
after bus transfer. Also, Purchaser will supply UPS power to package LCP.
4.12.

EMI/RFI

4.12.1. The equipment supplied by the Supplier shall minimize both the generation of the EMI/RFI and
susceptibility of the equipment to the externally generated EMI/RIF and Power surges in
accordance with Reference USNRC Reg.Guide 1.180. In addition, the equipment supplied by
the Supplier shall have immunity to electrostatic discharge in accordance with Reference IEC
61000 Series, Part 4 and Part6.
4.12.2. The equipment supplied by the Supplier shall be designed and manufactured to avoid upset and
malfunctions caused by EMI, RFI, power surges and electrostatic discharge.
4.13.

Instrument Tagging
Refer to Appendix KJ-070-DT-410-010 " Standard Appendix for Instrument Tagging &
Nameplate"

4.14.

Document & Drawing list
Supplier shall submit the document & drawing list as followings:
a) Control system configuration
b) Panel arrangement drawing
c) Control logic/Loop diagram
d) Electrical schematic diagram
e) Instrument and control valve data sheet
f)

Instrument and control valve list

g) Instrument detail drawing
h) Instrument Installation detail drawing
i)

Instrument location drawing

Instrument wiring drawing

k) Cable Schedule

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

l) Cable connection diagram

m) Instrument calibration report
n) Interface signal list with Man-Machine Interface System
o) Bill of Material
p) Catalogue
q) Quality Verification Document List
r) Test Reports
s) CMTR or CoC (if required)
t)

Plan, procedure and report for Cyber Security (if required)

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

33 of 34 Rev.2 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet

34 of 34 Rev.2

Attachment 1.
Type

Description Color

"START"(RUN) Push Button Switch

White

"STOP" Push Button Switch

Black

"EMERGENCY STOP" Push Button Switch

Red READY White RUN Red STOP Green ALARM Yellow EMERGENCY STOP Red DUTY Blue FAULT Yellow SILENCE Red Push Button for ACKNOWLEDGE Yellow Annunciator RESET Green LAMP TEST Black Push Button Status Lamp Remark

Button arrangement order:
(from left to right)
Silence, Ack., Reset, Lamp
Test

Note. 1) If color requirements are not specified in the specifications or the scope of work instructions, it is
recommended to apply the colors listed in this table.
Note. 2) In unavoidable cases, such as when manufacturing has already been completed, different colors
may be used; however, even in such cases, the provisions of KS C IEC 60204 must be followed.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

===== KJ-070-DT-410-010_IFC_1_Standard Appendix Specification for Name Plate.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix Specification for Name Plate
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-010 1 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A For Construction For Fabrication Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary

For Information For Approval Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests Verification Status Complete Incomplete Seung Lee 2021-08-12

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DJ AE)

Signature

Date
2021-08-12

Eugene Park
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DJ LE)

Signature

Date
2021-08-12

Jong Seo Choi
Approved by :
기술책임자(EM)

Signature Date 2021-08-24 ! "#$" KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

Revision History
Rev.
No.

Description of Revision 0

First Issue
(Reissued by CAR-KJDH-16-06,2016.05.19)

Change the document format

! "#$" 1 of 6 Rev.1 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

2 of 6 Rev.1

CONTENTS
Para.

Description Page 1.

NAMEPLATE INSTRUCTION .......................................................................................3

TAGGING INSTRUCTION ............................................................................................4

FIGURES .......................................................................................................................4

! "#$" KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

3 of 6 Rev.1 1. NAMEPLATE INSTRUCTION 1.1.

Nameplates are used to display basic information, including function and may also be used
in the back of panels to aid assembly, maintenance, and troubleshooting.

1.2. Instrument Nameplate 1.2.1.

All instruments except in-line instrument and valve shall be identified after installation by using
name plate.

1.2.2.

Name plate shall be attached instrument mounting plate, 2” pipe stanchion and instrument rack
by using stainless steel screws or rivet.

1.2.3.

The color coding of the name plate are as follows :
-

Safety Related Channel A : Red face, White letter

Safety Related Channel B : Green face, White letter

Safety Related Channel C : Yellow face, Black letter

Non-safety Related : Black face, White letter

1.2.4.

Identification lettering shall be oriented horizontally and centered or left-justified.

1.2.5.

The three-ply name plate shall be used and engraved through to core color. Engraving shall
be performed by rounded square ended cutter, “V” shaped type engraving is unacceptable.
The three-ply name plate material should be acrylic or phenol or equivalent.

1.2.6.

Lettering style shall be gothic.

1.2.7.

Name plate thickness shall be minimum 3mm.

1.2.8.

Name plate shall be made of low glare, non-wrapping material.

1.2.9.

Name plate detail is shown in Figure 1. Instrument Name Plate

1.3.

Panel and Cabinet Nameplate

1.3.1.

All panel and cabinet shall be identified after fabrication by using name plate.

1.3.2.

Name plate shall be attached horizontally on center of panel and cabinet.

1.3.3.

Attach name plate to the panel and cabinet with approved adhesive without holes will be
accepted. Adhesive are available to attach name plate to clean smooth surfaces.

1.3.4.

Name plate shall be mounted with double sided tape and shall not peel off for the design life
of 40 years.

1.3.5.

The color coding of the name plate are as follows :

! "#$" KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

Safety Related Channel A : Red face, White letter

Safety Related Channel B : Green face, White letter

Safety Related Channel C : Yellow face, Black letter

Non-safety Related : Black face, White letter

4 of 6 Rev.1 1.3.6.

Identification lettering should be oriented horizontally and centered or left-justified.

1.3.7.

1.3.8.

Lettering style shall be gothic.

1.3.9.

Name plate thickness shall be minimum 3mm.

1.3.10. Name plate shall be made of low glare, non-wrapping material.
1.3.11. Name plate detail is shown in Figure 2. Panel and Cabinet Name Plate.
2.

TAGGING INSTRUCTION 2.1. Instrument Tag 2.1.1.

Tags are used to display specific information about item identified.

2.1.2.

All instrument, control valve, electrical device and loose accessory shall be tagged with a
stainless metal tag and securely attached to the instrument by pins, metal screws, or stainless
steel wire.

2.1.3.

Tagging information stamped on the tag shall contain as below.
-

Purchase order No. - Instrument ID tag No. 2.1.4.

Instrument tag detail is shown in Figure 3. Instrument Tag

3. FIGURES

< Figure 1. Instrument Name Plate >

! "#$" KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

< Figure 2. Panel and Cabinet Name Plate >

! "#$" 5 of 6 Rev.1 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet

KJ – J - 001
KJ – 300 – PDS – 001A

< Figure 3. Instrument Tag >

! "#$" 6 of 6 Rev.1

===== KJ-070-DT-410-015 Welding Requirements for Structural Steel (AWS) Rev.1.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for Structural Steel (AWS)
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-015 1 Class 1 Class 2 NNS N/A Class 3 Q T S Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A Preliminary For Information For Approval Safety Class

Quality Class
N/A
Ⅰ
Seismic Category
N/A
Electrical Class
Submittal Purpose
For Construction

For Fabrication Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Verification Status Complete Incomplete Hyun-Gu Kim Qualification Tests 2016-10-07

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DP AE)

Signature

Date
2016-10-07

Jong-Beom Song
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DP LE)

Signature

Date
2016-10-07

Min-Gi Jee
Approved by :
기술책임자(EM)

Signature Date 2016-10-10 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

1 of 11

Document Title: Welding Requirements for Structural Steel (AWS)
Document No: KJ-070-DT-410-015
Rev.
No.

Rev.1
Description of Revision
1st Issue

(Reissued by CAR-KJ/DH-16-06, 2016.05.13)
General Revision
(Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0916)

1 Rev.1 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

2 of 11 CONTENTS Para. Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

CODES & STANDARDS ............................................................................................... 3

GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 3

SUBMITTAL AND APPROVAL .................................................................................... 4

WELDING PROCESS ................................................................................................... 5

DETAILS OF WELDED JOINTS ................................................................................... 5

WORKMANSHIP AND VISUAL EXAMINATION ......................................................... 6

PROCESS TECHNIQUES ............................................................................................. 7

WELDING MATERIAL .................................................................................................. 8

10.

HEAT TREATMENT ...................................................................................................... 9

11.

REPAIR OF WELDS ...................................................................................................10

Rev.1 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

3 of 11 Rev.1 1. SCOPE 1.1.

This Appendix describes the welding requirements for structural steel and miscellaneous
steel.

2. CODES & STANDARDS 2.1.

Welding, welding procedures and welder performance qualification shall meet the
requirements of ANSI/AWS D 1.1, Structural Welding Code-Steel (Hereinafter referred to as
"the Code").

3. GENERAL 3.1.

All welding shall conform to the requirements of this Appendix, the design specification and
the design drawings.

3.2.

All welding procedures shall be approved by the purchaser prior to the commencement of
any welding activities.

3.3.

The supplier shall be responsible for the welding performed by his organization.
Qualification of welding procedures, welders, and welding operators by other organizations
shall not be permitted.

3.4.

The completed WPS shall describe all the essential, nonessential, and, when required,
supplementary essential variables for each welding process used in the WPS. Ranges of
these variables shall be correctly addressed.

3.5.

The Supplier shall maintain a record of the results obtained in the WPS, Procedure
Qualification Record (PQR), and Welder and Welding Operator Performance Qualification
(WPQ).

3.6.

Records of WPS, PQR, and WPQ shall be in reproducible form, as appropriate.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

4 of 11 Rev.1 3.7.

The WPS, PQR, and WPQ shall be certified by the Supplier.

3.8.

The welder and welding operator shall be tested under the full supervision and control of
the Supplier.

3.9.

The Purchaser or Purchaser's Representative shall have the right of free access to the
Supplier's facilities and equipment for the purpose of monitoring and witnessing welding
activities performed by the Supplier.

4. SUBMITTAL AND APPROVAL 4.1.

In case of specific applications other than those deviated from this Appendix, the Supplier
shall submit the complete details of the applications to be used for the Purchaser’s review
and approval. Specific applications shall not be permitted without a written acceptance of
the Purchaser.

4.2.

The Supplier shall demonstrate his capability to use specific application beyond this
Appendix, if required. The Purchaser shall be notified of the demonstration in advance for
the witnessing purposes. Test specimens, such as procedure qualification test specimen
used for a specific application, shall be maintained to be accessible to the Purchaser and, if
necessary, the Supplier shall submit the specimens to the Purchaser.

4.3.

The Supplier shall submit detailed welding related procedures which meet the requirements
of the Code for the Purchaser's review and approval.

4.4.

The Supplier's submittals for the Purchaser's review and approval are listed below as
applicable:

4.4.1.

Welding Procedure Specification (WPS)

4.4.2.

Procedure Qualification Record (PQR)

4.4.3.

Heat Treatment Procedure, if applicable

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

5 of 11 Rev.1 4.4.4.

Others, if requested by the Purchaser

5. WELDING PROCESS 5.1.

The following processes shall be permitted for welding with the use of each individual
welding process or with a combination of welding processes:

5.1.1.

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW)

5.1.2.

Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)

5.1.3.

Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) except for short circuiting transfer mode.

5.1.4.

Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW)

5.2.

Other welding processes may be used provided:

5.2.1.

The Supplier demonstrates its capability to use the process within procedural limitations that
are acceptable to the Purchaser;

5.2.2.

Welding process acceptance shall also be based upon the Purchaser's evaluation of the
required reliability of the equipment or component being fabricated.

6. DETAILS OF WELDED JOINTS 6.1.

Weld joint details for major load carrying components shall be in accordance with Section 2
of the Code.

6.2.

Where possible, prequalified joints which meet the details prescribed in paragraph 3.9 for
fillet welds, paragraph 3.13 for complete joint penetration groove welds, and paragraph 3.12
for partial joint penetration groove welds of the Code shall be used. These joints shall be

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

6 of 11 Rev.1

deemed as prequalified and should be exempt from test or qualification, except for all
groove and fillet weld joints for weld metal and base metal with a minimum specified yield
strength of 90ksi or higher.

WORKMANSHIP AND VISUAL EXAMINATION

7.1.

Surfaces and edges of parts to be welded shall be smooth, uniform, and free from fins,
tears, cracks, and other discontinuities that would adversely affect the quality or strength of
the weld.

7.2.

Welds on all load-carrying members shall be continuous.

7.3.

Surfaces to be welded and surfaces adjacent to a weld shall also be free from loose or thick
scale, slag, rust, moisture, grease, and other foreign material that would prevent proper
welding.

7.4.

Welding shall not be performed when the ambient temperature is lower than -20℃ (0℉).
Ambient temperature does not mean the ambient environmental temperature but the
temperature in the immediate vicinity of the weld.

7.5.

Tack welds to secure alignment shall either be removed completely or shall be visually
inspected for cracks to incorporate into the final welds. Tack welds, whether removed or left
in place, shall be made by a qualified welder.

7.6.

In assembling and joining parts of a structure to members, the procedure and sequence
shall be established to minimize distortion and shrinkage.

7.7.

Run-off tabs, when used in production welding of longitudinal welds, shall be removed after
weld completion.

7.8.

Member distorted by welding shall be straightened by mechanical means or by carefully
supervised application of a limited amount of localized heat. The temperature of heated
area as measured by approved methods shall not exceed 600℃ (1100℉) for quenched
and tempered steel nor 650℃ (1200℉) for other steels.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

7 of 11 Rev.1 7.9.

Complete joint penetration groove welds made without the use of backing shall have the
root of the initial weld gouged, chipped, or otherwise removed to all but traces of the root of
the initial weld before welding is started from the reverse side.

7.10.

Peening may be used on intermediate weld layers for control of shrinkage stresses in thick
weld to prevent cracking. No peening shall be done on the root or surface layer of the weld
or the base metal at the edges of the weld. The use of manual slag hammers, chisels, and
light weight vibrating tools for the removal of slag and spatter shall be permitted and shall
not be considered peening.

7.11.

Acceptance Criteria for Visual Examination shall be in accordance with "NCIG-01, VWAC
(Visual Weld Acceptance Criteria)".

8. PROCESS TECHNIQUES 8.1.

Welding processes shall be subject to the limitations mentioned herein, as appropriate.

8.1.1.

The following limitations shall apply for SMAW:

8.1.1.1. Welding current shall be determined to reflect the range recommended by the electrode
manufacturer;

8.1.1.2. Complete joint penetration groove welds made with the use of steel backing shall have the
root gouged to sound metal before welding is started from the reverse side.

8.1.2.

The following limitations shall apply for SAW:

8.1.2.1. The diameter of electrodes shall not exceed 6.5 mm (1/4 inch);

8.1.2.2. The Supplier shall furnish an electrode manufacturer's certification that the electrode and flux
combination meet the requirements of the classification or grade;

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

8 of 11 Rev.1

8.1.2.3. All welds except fillet welds shall be made in the flat position;

8.1.2.4. Fillet welds may be made in either flat or horizontal position, except that single pass fillet
welds which may be made in the horizontal position. Removable starting and stopping tabs
shall be used for longitudinal welds.

8.1.3.

The following limitation shall apply for GMAW and FCAW:

8.1.3.1. A gas or gas mixture used for shielding shall be of a welding grade having a dew point of 40 ℃ (-40℉) or lower;

8.1.3.2. The Supplier shall furnish a gas manufacturer's certification that the gas or gas mixture is
suitable for the intended application and meet the dew point requirement;

8.1.3.3. Welding with external gas shielding shall not be done in a draft or wind unless the weld is
protected by a shelter. Shelter shall be of material and shape appropriate to reduce wind
velocity in the vicinity of the weld to maximum of five (5) miles per hour (2.2 m/sec.);

8.1.3.4. GMAW in the short circuiting transfer mode shall not be permitted unless prior review and
written acceptance by the Purchaser.

9. WELDING MATERIAL 9.1.

All welding material used in the construction and repair of components or material shall
conform to the requirements of the welding material specification.

9.2.

Suitable storage and handling of electrodes, fluxes, and other welding materials shall be
maintained. Precaution shall be taken to minimize absorption of moisture by fluxes or cored,
fabricated, and coated electrodes.

9.3.

A written procedure shall be established to provide the method used to control the receipt,
storage, baking, drying, and disbursal of all welding materials.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

9 of 11 Rev.1 9.4.

Low hydrogen electrode coverings shall be limited to a maximum moisture content not
exceeding 0.4 percent by weight. For proper application of this requirement, Annex VIII of
the Code or any standard psychometric chart may be used in the determination of
temperature-relative humidity limits.

9.5.

Low hydrogen type electrodes for SMAW shall be used when any of the following
conditions apply:

9.5.1.

For carbon steels having either a specified allowable carbon content above 0.30 percent, or
having a total alloy content of 0.50 percent or more.

9.5.2.

For carbon steels having a specified minimum tensile strength of 70 ksi and a thickness
greater than 25 mm (1 inch).

9.5.3.

For repair welding of any steel casting.

10. HEAT TREATMENT 10.1. Preheat

10.1.1. Preheat requirements shall also apply to tack welds, fillet and attachment welds, and thermal
gouging and cutting of structural steels.

10.1.2. The minimum preheat temperature shall be in accordance with the Code for the welding
process being used and higher strength steel being welded. In any cases, minimum preheat
temperature of 16℃ (60℉) shall be applied.

10.1.3. The preheat temperature shall be checked by suitable methods, such as temperatureindicating crayons or thermocouple pyrometers, to ensure that the required temperature is
uniformly maintained during the welding operation.

10.2. Interpass temperature KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

10 of 11 Rev.1

Minimum preheat temperature requirements in Table 3.2 of the Code shall also apply
to minimum interpass temperature.

10.3.

Stress-relief heat treatment

Where required by the drawings or specifications, welded assemblies shall be stressrelieved by heat treatment. The stress-relief heat treatment shall conform to
paragraph 5.8 of the Code.

11. REPAIR OF WELDS 11.1.

The removal of weld metal or positions of the base metal shall be repaired in accordance
with paragraph 5.26 of the Code.

11.2.

Surface defects may be removed by grinding or machining and may not be repaired by
welding provided that the following requirements are met:

11.2.1. The remaining thickness of the section is not below the required thickness;

11.2.2. The area is examined, after blending, by a suitable method to ensure that the defect has
been removed or the indication reduced to an acceptable limit.

11.3.

The surface area of defects shall be cleaned of all foreign materials for a distance of 51 mm
(2 inch) from the outside of the defect.

11.4.

The repaired or replaced weld shall be restored by the method originally used, and the
same technique and acceptance criteria shall be applied.

11.5.

Additional weld metal to compensate for any deficiency in size shall be deposited using an
electrode smaller than that used for making the original weld, and preferably not more than
4.0 mm in diameter.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

Welding Requirements
for Structural Steel (AWS)

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-015
Sheet

11 of 11 Rev.1 11.6.

After repair the surface shall be blended uniformly into the surrounding surface.

11.7.

Prior written approval of the Purchaser shall be obtained for repairs to base metal, repair of
major defects or delayed cracks, or for a revised design to compensate for deficiencies.

11.8.

Definition of major repair

Major repairs are defined as the repair of any crack other than crater cracks or the
repair of defects that are indicative of a fundamental materials problem or of a
process out of control.

===== KJ-070-DT-410-016_IFC_5_General Requirement for Weld End Details.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirement for Weld End Details
Doc. No.

Rev. No. KJ-070-DT-410-016 5 NNS N/A Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 T S

Safety Class
N/A
Quality Class
Q
N/A
Seismic Category
Electrical Class

Ⅰ Ⅱ Non Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A Preliminary For Information For Approval

Submittal Purpose
For Construction

For Fabrication Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Verification Status Complete Incomplete CHO SANG UN Qualification Tests 2024-03-21

Prepared by :
설계담당자(DP AE)

Signature

Date
2024-03-22

Jong-Beom Song
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DP LE)

Signature

Date
2024-03-22

Hoon Lee
Approved by :
EM

Signature Date KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 1 of 7

Rev.5

Revision History
Document Title : General Requirements for Weld End Details
Document No.:KJ-070-DT-410-016

Rev.5

Rev
Date

Description of Revision 0 2016.05.20

1st Issue
(Reissued by CAR-KJ/DH-16-06, 2016.05.13)

1 2016.07.14

Revision as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0729, Table 1

2 2016.10.10

Revision as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0892, 0916

3 2020.04.30 Table 3. Note 4 2023.02.27

2.2, 4.1, Table1, Figure 2

5 결재정보참조 전면 개정 No KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 2 of 7

Rev.5 CONTENTS Para. Description Page 1.

SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3

GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 3

BUTT WELD END PREPARATION AND TRANSITIONS ........................................... 3

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 3 of 7

Rev.5 1. SCOPE 1.1.

This Appendix provides the requirements for butt weld end preparation and transitions to be
used on pipe, fitting or component and weld preparation.

1.2.

This Standard Appendix doesn't cover Automatic Narrow Gap Welding. Weld end details for
Automatic Narrow Gap Welding shall be prepared under the responsibility of applicable
contractors or suppliers.

2. GENERAL 2.1.

There shall be no welds included in pipe bends because the machining diameter "C" may
remove the bending allowance. If available pipe lengths are not sufficient for a complete bend,
the actual pipe diameter and wall dimensions shall be submitted to the Purchaser with a
request for a special welding end detail.

2.2.

For large diameter piping where the joint is readily accessible for welding, double welded
joints may be used if the Purchaser accepts. After welding the first side, the weld shall be
back chipped or ground to sound metal from the second side, inspected by magnetic particle
or liquid penetrant method and then welded to completion.

BUTT WELD END PREPARATION AND TRANSITIONS

3.1.

Welding end transitions for component or fitting shall be in accordance with KEPIC
4250(ASME Section III, Fig. NX-4250-1) or ASME B31.1, Fig. 127.4.2, as applicable.
However when minimum wall thickness is specified in PMC, tmin shall be as specified in PMC.

3.2.

Pipe Weld End Preparation and Transition for GTAW root pass without Backing Rings shall
be As per Figure 1 (A), (B).

3.3.

Component Weld End Preparation and Transition for GTAW root pass without Backing Rings
shall be As per Figure 2

3.4.

The following piping shall be with gas tungsten arc root pass without backing rings
-

All stainless steel piping

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 4 of 7

- Rev.5 LNG Lines 3.5.

Welding end detail for all others shall be in accordance with ASME B16.25

3.6.

Weld end preparation “B” and “C” dimensions for pipe shall be in accordance with ASME B
36.10M, ASME 36.19M

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 5 of 7

Rev.5 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 6 of 7

Rev.5 KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR

General Requirements for
Weld End Details

Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 7 of 7

Rev.5

===== 붙임11. 수출용신형연구로 화재수신반및워크스테이션 상세설계, 제조 입찰안내서(세부기준 포함).hwp =====

수출용신형연구로 건설공사 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation) 입찰안내서

수출용 신형연구로 개발 및 실증사업 수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션

(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation)

입찰안내서 2026. 09. 수출용신형연구로실증사업단 Contents 1.0 입찰안내서 1.1 제작 개요

1.2 사업자 선정방법
3

1.2.1 입찰참가 자격
3

1.2.2 입찰 방법
3

1.3 입찰 추진일정 및 현장설명회
3

1.3.1 입찰 추진일정
3

1.3.2 현장설명회
4

1.4 입찰서 제출 및 기술(규격) 입찰서 작성방법
4

1.4.1 입찰서 제출일시 및 방법
4

1.4.2 기술(규격) 입찰서의 작성방법
4

1.5 기술(규격) 입찰서 평가
4

1.5.1 평가 방법
4

1.5.2 평가 일정
5

1.5.3 적격자 선정
5

1.6 낙찰자 선정
5

1.6.1 낙찰자 선정 방법
5

1.7 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 1부. (별도첨부)
5

1.0 입찰안내서 제작 개요

품 명: 수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation)

제작기간: 계약일로부터 16개월 이내, 초도납품일 : 계약후 3개월 이내

(* 상세 과업지시서 참조) 사업예산: 입찰공고문 참조

과업 역무범위: 과업지시서 및 설계시방서 참조

※ 본 계약은 ‘총사업비관리지침(기획예산처훈령 제59호, '260511)’에 따라 운영, 관리됩니다.

1.2 사업자 선정방법 1.2.1입찰참가 자격

(1)『국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률』시행령 제12조(경쟁입찰의 참가자격) 및 동법 시행규칙 제14조(입찰 참가자격 요건의 증명)의 규정에 의한 자격을 구비하고, 같은 법 시행령 제76조에 따라 입찰참가자격을 제한받지 않는 업체

(2)「중소기업제품 구매촉진 및 판로지원에 관한 법률」 제9조 및 같은 법 시행령 제10조에 의한 직접생산확인증명서[세부품명:4618250401화재수신반]를 소지한 자

1.2.2 입찰 방법

입찰방법: 2단계 입찰 [기술(규격)/ 가격 동시입찰]

단독계약 방식으로 공동계약(공동수급)을 불허함

본 입찰은 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령 제18조(2단계 경쟁등의 입찰) 제3항에 따른 “기술(규격)과 가격 동시입찰”로 기술(규격) 입찰서와 가격 입찰서를 동시에 제출하고, 기술(규격) 심사 결과 적격자로 확정된 자에 한하여 가격입찰을 개찰하며, 기술(규격) 적격자 중 예정가격 이하 최저가로 입찰한 업체를 낙찰자로 선정함

1.3 입찰 추진일정 및 현장설명회 1.3.1 입찰 추진일정 1.3.2 현장설명회 해당없음

”현장설명회는 제안요청서 및 서면질의로 갈음”.

본 입찰 관련 문의사항 및 도면의 열람은 입찰서 제출 마감일 이전까지 한국원자력연구원 수출용신형연구로실증사업단 (공사관리팀 신성기, 051-726-7632 또는 공사관리팀장 최민호, 051-726-7612)으로 연락하여 주시기 바랍니다.

1.4 입찰서 제출 및 기술(규격) 입찰서 작성방법

1.4.1입찰서 제출일시 및 방법

입찰서 제출일시 및 방법: ’입찰공고서.에 의함’.

1.4.2 기술(규격) 입찰서의 작성방법 (1) 제출서류: 제안요청서 참조

(2) 제출부수: A4 규격의 기술(규격)입찰서 및 요약서 파일 각 1부

(3) 작성분량: 제한없음/ 요약서의 경우 PDF 25페이지 이내

(4) 작성요령: 1.7 제안요청서(별도첨부) 참조

※ 요약서는 발표자료로 활용될 예정이므로, 작성분량을 준수하시기 바랍니다.

1.5 기술(규격) 입찰서 평가 1.5.1 평가 방법 평가위원회 구성

평가위원장 포함하여 전문가 5명이상으로 구성하며, 명단은 비공개로 함

평가위원회 구성 및 운영은 발주기관의 기준을 적용함

평가 항목 및 배점

평가항목 및 배점은 1.7 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함, 별도첨부) 참조

∙ 정량평가(20점): 제출된 서류에 의함

∙ 정성평가(80점): 제출된 서류 및 발표평가에 의함

제출된 기술(규격) 입찰서에 기재되지 않은 사항 및 부적합한 내용은 평가대상에서 제외함

※ 발표평가는 접수 상황 및 기타 연구원 사정 등에 따라 비대면 평가, 서면평가 등으로 대체 될 수 있음

1.5.2 평가 일정 평가일시: 제안서 접수 마감 후 별도 공지 발표순서: 제안서 접수 순

발표시간: 총 40분(발표 30분, 질의응답 10분)

발표자료: 기 제출된 요약서에 의함

※ 제안업체 수 및 기타 연구원 사정에 따라 시간은 변동 될 수 있음

1.5.3 적격자 선정

배점한도의 85% 이상 획득한 경우 적격자로 선정함

각 평가위원별 평가점수의 평균값으로 함(단, 평균점수 산정시 최고점 및 최저점을 제외하며, 소수점 이하의 숫자가 있는 경우에는 소수점 다섯째 자리에서 반올림하여 소수 넷째자리까지 산출함)

획득점수 = 각 위원별 평가점수의 합 ÷ 평가위원 수

낙찰자 선정 1.6.1 낙찰자 선정 방법

기술(규격) 심사 결과 적격자로 확정된 자에 한하여 가격입찰을 개찰하며, 가격입찰서 개찰 결과 예정가격 이하의 최저가격으로 입찰한 자를 낙찰자로 결정함. 단, 낙찰될 수 있는 동일가격으로 입찰한 자가 2인 이상인 때에는 규격 또는 기술우위자를 낙찰자로 결정하되, 규격 또는 기술평가 결과도 동일한 때에는 추첨에 의하여 낙찰자를 결정함

제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 1부. (별도첨부)

===== 붙임12. 수출용신형연구로 화재수신반및워크스테이션 기자재구매 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함).hwp =====

수출용신형연구로 건설공사 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation) 제안요청서

수출용 신형연구로 개발 및 실증사업 수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션

(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation)

제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 2026. 09. 수출용신형연구로실증사업단 Table of Contents Contents 1.0 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함)

1.1 제안서 작성
3

1.1.1 품명 및 사양
3

1.1.2 제안서 작성 순서
3

1.1.3 제안서 작성 일반사항
3

1.1.4 제안서의 효력
4

1.1.5 제안서 제출

1.2 제안서 평가항목 및 배점표
6

1.3 평가 세부기준
7

1.3.1 정량지표 세부 평가기준
7

1.3.2 정성지표 세부 평가기준
10

1.3.3 제출서류 목록 및 서식
13

1.0 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 제안서 작성 1.1.1 품명 및 사양

품 명: 수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation)

사 양: 과업지시서 참조 1.1.2 제안서 작성 순서

제안서는 다음의 평가항목 순서로 목차를 구성하여 작성한다.

평가항목 및 배점 구분 평가항목 평가 기준 배점 소계

정량
지표

신용도 ○ 신용평가등급별 배점 3 (20) 참여기술자 (8점) ○ 기술등급 4 ○ 경력 4 수행실적 ○ 최근 3년간 납품실적 4 보유시설 (5점) ○ 공장등록증 보유 여부 2 ○ 가공기계 및 시험/검사 장비 보유 3

정성
지표

제작이해도 ○ 업무수행 범위 및 목표 이해도 ○ 제안요청서와의 일치성 20 (80) 제작수행계획 (20점) ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성 15 ○ 추진일정의 적정성 5

제작수행 기술성
(25점)

○ 기기검사/검증시험 수행능력 15 ○ 제작 후 관리방안 10 제작기관 수행능력 ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력 5 품질보증 ○ 품질보증 체계 적합성 10 합 계 100 1.1.3 제안서 작성 일반사항

제안자는 입찰 안내서 및 제안요청서를 충분히 숙지하고 이를 준수하여야 한다.

제안자는 관련규정에 적합하게 설계, 제작될 수 있도록 계획을 작성한다.

제출 도서의 작성은 한글, 아라비아숫자, 미터법으로 표기한다.

(다만, 문구의 특성상 영문이 불가피한 경우 사용이 가능함)

제출 서류의 작성시 정량 평가 요소는 지정 서식에 따라 작성한다.

제안서는 명확한 용어를 사용하며, “~를 제공할 수도 있다”, “~이 가능하다”, “~를 고려하고 있다” 등 모호한 표현은 제안서 평가 시 불가능한 것으로 평가한다.

공고에 포함되지 않은 사항은 제안요청서에 따르며, 그 외에 명시되지 않은 사항은 한국원자력연구원의 결정에 따라 작성한다.

실적증명서 등 사실 확인을 요하는 사항에 대하여는 해당 증명서 또는 계약서 사본(원본대조필 날인)을 첨부한 것에 한하여 인정한다.

컨소시엄(공동, 분담)은 불허하며, 하도급은 제안서에 명시되어야 하며, 계약자의 신청에 의해 발주자의 승인 후 수행이 가능하다.

1.1.4 제안서의 효력

제안서의 내용은 제안사가 사업자로 선정된 후 계약서에 명시 되지 않더라도 계약서의 일부로서 효력이 있다.

제출된 제안서의 내용은 발주기관의 요청에 의해서만 변경할 수 있으며, 계약체결 시 계약의 일부로서 효력이 있다.

발주기관의 필요에 따라 입찰참가자에 대한 추가 제안/자료를 요청할 수 있으며, 이에 따라 제출된 자료는 제안서와 동일한 효력을 가지며 계약의 일부로 효력을 가진다.

계약의 이행과정에서 발생하는 산출물은 계약서에 별도의 명시가 없더라도 한국원자력연구원이 소유권을 갖는다.

제안서의 모든 기재사항은 객관적으로 입증할 수 있는 관련증빙서류를 첨부하여야 하며, 제출된 자료 중 일부라도 허위가 있을 경우 평가대상에서 제외 함은 물론 계약체결 후라도 계약해지와 함께 민·형사상 책임을 져야한다.

1.1.5 제안서 제출

제안서는 제출기간 내에 일괄 제출하여야 하며, 제출된 서류는 사업자 선정 여부와 관계없이 일체 반환하지 않는다.

제출 서류는 어떠한 경우에도 수정, 보완, 변경이 불가하다. (누락 서류 제출시 보고)

기술(규격)입찰서에는 반드시 제안사의 대표자가 서명 날인 하여야 한다.

다음의 각호에 해당하는 경우, 실격처리 또는 계약을 취소할 수 있으며, 이에 따른 변상 등의 손해에 대해서는 제안자(또는 계약자)의 책임으로 한다.

제1호. 등록구비서류에 허위 사실을 기재하거나, 중대한 미비 사항이 있을 경우

제2호. 제안한 내용과 달리 사업이 수행되거나, 현저하게 사업목적을 충족시키지 못하는 경우

본 제안요청서에 거론되지 않은 사항에 대하여는 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」등 관련 법령을 적용한다.

제안서 평가항목 및 배점표

▣ 제작명:수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation)

구분 평가항목 평가 기준 배점 소계 비고 기술능력평가 (1)

정량적
평가

신용도 ○ 신용평가등급별 배점 3 (20) 제출

서류
평가

참여기술자 (8점) ○ 기술등급 4 ○ 경력 4 수행실적 ○ 최근 3년간 납품실적 4 보유시설 (5점) ○ 공장등록증 보유 여부 2 ○ 가공기계 및 시험/검사 장비 보유 3 (2)

정성적
평가

제작이해도 ○ 업무수행 범위 및 목표 이해도 ○ 제안요청서와의 일치성 20 (80) 제출

서류 및 발표
평가

제작수행계획 및 능력 (20점) ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성 15 ○ 추진일정의 적정성 5

제작수행 기술성
(25점)

○ 기기검사/검증시험 수행능력 15 ○ 제작 후 관리방안 10 제작기관 수행능력 ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력 5 품질보증 ○ 품질보증 체계 적합성 10 합 계 100 평가 세부기준 1.3.1 정량지표 세부 평가기준 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 1.신용도 ○ 신용평가등급

○ ‘신용정보의 이용 및 보호에 관한 법률’ 제4조 제1항 제1호 내지 제3호의 업무를 영위하는 신용정보업자가 입찰공고일 이전에 평가한 유효한 기간 내에 있는 회사채, 기업어음, 기업신용평가등급을 기준으로 평가하며, 가장 최근의 신용평가등급으로 평가

[3] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항>

○ 제출서류 : 입찰공고일 현재 유효한 신용평가등급 확인서

[입찰 참가용으로 사용이 불가한 확인서는 제외하며, 확인되지 않은 경우 최저등급으로 평가함]

○ 신용평가 등급에 따른 평가 기준표 회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 기업어음에 대한 신용평가등급 기업신용평가등급 배점한도 [3점] AAA, AA+, AA0, AA, A+A0,A-, BBB+,BBB0 이상 A1, A2+, A20, A2-, A3+, A30 이상

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 A+에 준하는 등급 ~

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 BBB0에 준하는 등급

(3.00) (배점의 100%) BBB-,BB+,BB0, BB- A3-, B+, B0

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 BB-에 준하는 등급

(2.85) (배점의 95%) B+, B0, B- B-

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 B-에 준하는 등급

(2.70) (배점의 90%) CCC+ 이하 C 이하

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 CCC+에 준하는 등급 이하

(2.1) (배점의 70%)

*등급별 평점이 소수점 이하의 숫자가 있는 경우 소수점 다섯째자리에서 반올림 함.

평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 2.참여 기술자 [8] (1) 기술등급 ○ 자격 및 등급에 따라 평가 평가방법: Σ참여기술자 점수/참여기술자수 자격 특급기술자 이상 고급기술자 중급기술자 초급기술자 점수 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 (4) (2) 경력 ○ 누계경력기간에 따라 평가 평가방법: Σ참여기술자 점수/참여기술자수 기간 15년 이상 15년미만 ~10년이상 10년미만 ~5년이상 5년미만 점수 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 (4) <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항>

○ 참여기술자는 총 5인 이상으로 구성되어야 하며, 품질(QA) 분야의 경우 전문 분야에서의 경력을 보유한 인력이여야 함.

○ 참여 기술자는 납품 후 설치 및 시운전 관련 업무에 필수적으로 지원 필요.

○ 경력은 관련분야의 누계 경력임. ○ 제출서류

투입예정기술자의 기술등급, 경력, 실적 총괄표 【서식2】

투입예정기술자의 개인별 상세설계경력, 설계실적 【서식3】

한국건설기술인협회, 한국엔지니어링진흥협회 발행 경력증명서 첨부 (기술등급 평가에 활용)

경력기간에 해당하는 회사에서 발급한 재직증명서, 경력증명서 각 1부 첨부

(해당회사에서 발급한 경력증명서는 누계경력기간 평가에 참고 자료로 활용되며, 기술등급에 따른 평가 자료로는 불인정함)

○ 입찰공고일 현재 파견근로자(당원 및 타 기관포함)는 평가대상 인력에서 제외함

○ 기술 등급: [별첨1]의 기술등급 및 자격기준 참고

평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 3.수행 실적 ○ 관련분야 기기 계약 및 납품 실적 ○ 최근 3년간 납품실적 실적 누계 해당사업금액 100% 이상 해당사업금액 90% 이상 해당사업금액 80% 이상 해당사업금액 70% 이하 점수 4 (배점의100%) 3.6 (배점의90%) 3.2 (배점의80%) 2.8 (배점의70%) [4] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> ○ 제출서류 - 해당품목 관련한 공급 실적 【서식4】

발주처 발행 준공실적 증명서 【서식4-1】 및 계약서 사본 첨부

○ 실적은 입찰 공고일 기준으로 최근 3년간 사업수행실적(금액기준)을 합산적용.

단, 입찰공고일을 기준으로 최근7년 이내에 사업을 개시한 창업기업의에 대해서는 최근

7년간 사업 사업수행실적을 합산적용. ○ 해외실적 및 하도급 실적 인정 <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 4. 보유시설 [5점] ○ 사업수행에 요구되는 시설보유의 적절성평가 ○ 공장등록증 보유 여부 보유 미보유 2 0 (2) ○ 가공기계 및 시험/검사 장비의 보유 20대이상 15대 10대 7대 5대 미보유 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.0 (3) ○ 제출서류 - 공장등록증

가공기계 (용접 및 제관설비 포함) 및 시험/측정 장비 목록(사진 대지포함)

1.3.2 정성지표 세부 평가기준 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 1.제작 이해도 ○ 제작 이해도

○ 제작업무 수행 범위 및 목표에 대한 이해도

○ 제안요청서와의 일치성 구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 (20) 배점의100% (18) 90% (16) 80% (14) 70% (12) 60% [20] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항>

○ 제작업무 수행 범위 및 목표에 대한 이해도 평가

각 품목별 적용코드 및 수행역무 범위에 대한 이해도

- 각 품목별 연계요건에 대한 이해도 ○ 제안요청서와의 일치성

제안요청서와 일치 사항 및 불일치 사항을 구분하여 목록 작성 (불일치 사항 경우 방안 제시)

○ 제출서류

각 품목별 재료목록 (Billl of Materials)

각 품목별 제안도면 (Proposal Drawing)

<참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 2.제작 수행계획 및 능력 [20] ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성

○ 계약 수행에 적절한 체계적 계획이 제시되고, 일정이 우리연구원 사업일정에 부합하는지 평가

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 15 (배점의100%) 13.5 (90%) 12 (80%) 10.5 (70%) 9 (60%) (15) ○ 추진 일정의 적정성

○ 계약 수행에 체계적 일정이 제시되는지 평가

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 5 (배점의100%) 4.5 (90%) 4 (80%) 3.5 (70%) 3 (60%) (5) ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성 만족 - 과업 업무 수행 방법론 제시 - 제작 수행 체계의 명확성 제시 - 추진전략 및 결과물의 타당성 제시 ○ 추진 일정의 적정성 - 과업 수행 계획 및 일정 제시 - 각 일정 별 인력 투입 계획 제시 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 3.제작수행 기술성 [25] ○ 기기검사 /검증시험 수행능력 ○ 검사/시험 장비의 보유 및 운영능력, 구조건전성 평가 수행 능력 구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 15 (베점의100%) 13.5 (90%) 12 (80%) 10.5 (70%) 9 (60%) (15) ○ 제작 후 관리방안 ○ 제작품 운송 계획의 적정성

납품 완료 시 설치 후 사용전검사 수행방안 제시

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 10 (배점의100%) 9 (90%) 8 (80%) 7 (70%) 6 (60%) (10) <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> ○ 기기 검사/시험 수행능력 평가

각 품목별 제작 치수 검사 및 제작 단계별 기능시험 수행 계획 제시

구조건전성평가(지진해석 포함) 수행계획 제시

○ 제작 후 관리방안 - 각 품목별 운송 및 현장설치 방안 제시 - 연계구조물 설치 시 정렬방안 제시 - 설치 단계별 기능시험 방안 제시 - 사용 전 검사 수행 방안 제시 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 4.제작기관 수행능력 ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력

○ 계약 수행에 적절한 조직이 제시되고, 업무 수행능력이 적절한지 평가

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 5 (배점의100%) 4.5 (90%) 4 (80%) 3.5 (70%) 3 (60%) [5] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력 - 조직도 제시 - 사업책임자의 동등 이상 제작 참여 경험 - 분야별 인력구성 및 배분의 적정성 - 조직 및 인원의 기술 수준 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 5.품질보증 [10] ○ 품질 보증체계 적합성

○ 본 사업에 적용될 품질보증절차서 및 작업절차서 수립 현황 절대평가

○ 본 사업에 적용될 품질보증절차서 및 작업절차서 수립 현황, 각 절차서 표지 및 목차(서명 포함) 제시 【서식 5】

품질보증/작업 절차서 만족 미흡 미수립 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2)

○ 내/외부 품질보증감사 이행 및 외부 품질보증감사 수검 현황 절대평가

○ 내/외부 품질보증감사 이행 현황, 외부 품질보증 감사 수검 현황, 최근 3년간의 감사계획 및 이행 실적 제시 【서식 5】

품질보증감사 만족 미흡 미이행 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2) ○ 품질부서장 품질교육 이수 현황 절대평가

○ 최근 3년간의 품질부서장 품질보증교육 실적 및 해당 교육훈련기록 제시 【서식 5】

품질부서장 품질교육 만족 미흡 미이수 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2) ○ 품질보증교육 이행 현황 절대평가

○ 최근 1년간의 품질보증교육 실적 및 해당 교육훈련 기록 제시 【서식 5】

전직원 품질교육 만족 미흡 미실시 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2)

○ 품질보증인력 및 품질검사인력에 대한 절대평가

○ 품질보증인력 및 품질검사인력 현황 제시 【서식 5】

품질보증/검사 인력 만족 미흡 인력 부재 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2) 1.3.3 제출서류 목록 및 서식 서식 1-1. 수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션

(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation) 상세설계 제조

기술제안서 2026. 00. 00. 제안사명: 주식회사 OOO 대표: OOO 서식 1-2. 기술제안서(요약) 1. 입찰명

수출용신형연구로 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation)

2. 제안사 일반사항 회사명 사업자등록번호 대표자 주소

(대표)전화번호 :
이메일 :

3. 주요연혁 (요약) 4. 사업책임자 ① 성명 및 직위: ② 해당분야 경력 기간: 00년 00개월 ③ 연락처: 전화번호/ E-mail 5. 투입 인력현황

본 사업관련 업무수행 인력을 일(Man Day) 단위로 기재

서식 1-3. 서 약 서 제안사명: 사업자등록번호: 주 소: 연락처(대표):

당사는 한국원자력연구원에서 추진하는『화재수신반 및 워크스테이션(Fire Alarm Control Panel & Workstation)』 입찰에 참가하며 아래와 같이 제반 사항을 준수할 것을 서약합니다.

가. 제출된 모든 관련 증빙서류는 성실하게 작성·제출하며, 만일 허위 기재사항 등이 확인될 경우에는 참가자격에서 제외되어도 아무런 이의를 제기하지 않겠습니다.

나. 제안서 평가를 위해 구성된 평가위원회의 평가방법 및 기준, 평가결과에 어떠한 이의 제기도 하지 않겠습니다.

2026. 00. 00.

서 약 자 : 제안사명
(인)

한국원자력연구원장 귀하 서식 2. 투입예정 기술자의 자격, 경력 총괄표 성 명 (생년월일)

본 과업
참여분야

(직위)

최종학교
(학위)

전공 자격증 자격증

해당 전문분야 경력
( 년 월)

기술자
등급

종류 취득일

전체경력
( 년 월)

갑(예시) 사업책임 기술자 0년 0월 0년 0월 을(예시) 참여기술자 0년 0월 0년 0월

주) 1. 본 과업 참여분야는 사업책임기술자, 참여기술자로 구분 작성.

2. 해당 전문분야 경력은 기계, 전기, 전자, 및 원자력관련 분야 설계, 제작, 및 설치/시운전 경력을 기재할 것.

3. 【서식3】의 사업책임기술자, 참여기술자에 대한 설계경력을 집계하여 총괄표로 작성함.

4. 설계경력의 총참여기간 합계 작성시 년,월기준이며 일수는 한달기준으로 반올림하여 년,월까지만 작성함.

5. 참여기술자의 자격, 경력은 경력관리수탁기관(엔지니어링진흥협회, 건설기술인협회)의 확인을 받은것에 한함(단, 경력관리수탁기관의 확인 대상이 아닌 경우는 제출된 증빙서류로 평가함)

6. 기술자 등급, 자격, 학력, 경력 등은 근거 및 증빙서류를 첨부할 것.

서식 3. 투입예정 기술자의 해당분야 자격, 경력 ○ 자격 및 경력

주) 1. 투입 예정기술자의 자격 및 경력은 경력관리수탁기관(한국건설기술인협회, 한국엔지니어링진흥 협회)의 확인을 받은 것에 한함. (한국건설기술인협회, 한국엔지니어링진흥협회 발행 경력증명서 첨부, 해당 회사에서 발급한 경력증명서는 불인정 함)

성명 소속 본 과업 참여 분야(직위) 연령 만 세 최종학교 (학위)

(
)

전공 기술자 등 급 취득년․월․일

.
.
.

자격증 (분야 및 종류) 취득일 전체 경력

년
월

해당전문분야 기술경력

년
월

2. 설계경력의 총참여기간 합계 작성시 년, 월 기준이며 일수는 한달 기준으로 반올림하여 년월까지만 작성함.

3. 기술등급은 엔지니어링 사업대가 기준([별첨 1])에 따름.

4. 사업책임기술자, 참여기술자의 개인별로 각각 연도순으로 작성.

5. 입찰공고일 현재 파견근로자(당원 및 타 기관 포함)는 평가대상 인력에서 제외함.

서식 4. 사업 수행실적 ○ 최근 3년 이내 사업 수행 실적 년 도 사 업 명 사업기간 계약금액 (천원, 부가세 별도) 발주처 비고 수행실적 총 건 총 금액

주)
1. 실적은 일반 기계설비 제작 및 전기 전자적인 자동제어 관련 실적 및 원자력 분야 관련 실적을 대상으로 하여야 하며 입찰 공고일 기준으로 최근 3년 이내 사업 실적으로서, 공급계약 및 납품실적 건에 한함.

2. 실적 기준은 사업수행실적(금액기준)을 합산 적용

3. 실적 증빙서류는 발주처, 원도급자, 한국엔지니어링협회 등에서 발급한 해당분야 실적 증빙서류 사본 또는 계약서 사본을 첨부.

○ 검증된 기술 및 디지털 기술 적용 년 도 사 업 명 사업기간 계약금액 (천원, 부가세 별도) 발주처 비고 수행실적 총 건 총 금액 ○ 검증실적 년 도 사 업 명 사업기간 계약금액 (천원, 부가세 별도) 발주처 비고 수행실적 총 건 총 금액 서식 4-1. 실적증명서

주) 1. 이행실적 증명은 본 양식에 발급기관(/기업)의 확인을 필 한 원본이 제시되어야 함.

신청인 업 체 명 대 표 자 소 재 지 전화번호 사업자번호 증명서용도 입찰 참여 신청용 제 출 처 한국원자력연구원 사업범위 및 기준 (면적, 금액 등) 사업 이행 실적 내용 사 업 명 실적 구분 사업개요 계약번호 계약일자 계약기간 계약금액 (부가세 별도) 이행실적 비 고 비율 실적 % 증명서 발급 기관 (/기업) 위 사실을 증명함

년
월
일

기관(/기업)명 :
(인) (전화번호 :
)

주 소 : (FAX번호:
)

발급부서 :

담당자 :
(인)

2. 이행실적은 입찰공고시에 제시한 사업범위 및 기준 등의 조건에 부합되는 실적에 한하며, 공동계약으로 이행하였을 경우에는 비율과 이행실적을 기재하여야 함.

3. 이행실적증명서의 증빙서류로서 계약서(사본) 및 세금계산서(사본)을 제시하여야 함.

4. 계약금액에 부가세 별도 여부 명시

※ 본 양식의 동일한 내용이 포함된 발급기관의 고유 서식도 인정함

서식 5. 품질시스템 현황 1. 품질보증시스템 수립 1) 품질보증절차서 현황

※ 첨부 : 상기 항목이 모두 포함된 목록 1부.

품질보증절차서 작성일자 관리부서 제목 절차서번호 개정번호 최초 최신 개정 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 2) 작업절차서 현황

※ 첨부 : 상기 항목이 모두 포함된 목록 1부.

작업절차서 작성일자 관리부서 제목 절차서번호 개정번호 최초 최신 개정 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 2. 내/외부 품질보증감사

1) 내/외부 품질보증감사 이행 현황(최근 3년간)

※ 첨부 : 각 감사보고서 1부. 구분 (내부/외부) 감사대상분야 감사수행기관 감사기간 감사결과 (지적/권고) 비고

2) 외부 품질보증감사 수검 현황(최근 3년간)

※ 첨부 : 각 감사보고서 각 1부. 감사대상분야 감사수행기관 감사기간 감사결과 (지적/권고) 비고 3. 품질보증 교육훈련

1) 품질부서장 품질보증교육 실적(최근 3년간)

※ 첨부 : 해당 교육훈련기록(수료증 등) 1부.

교육주관기관 교육과정 교육일정 교육시간 2) 품질보증교육 실적(최근 1년간)

※ 첨부 : 해당 교육훈련기록(서명록 등) 1부.

교육과정 교육일정 교육대상 수강인원 교육시간 명 명 4. 품질보증 및 품질검사 인력 품질보증요원 성명 직급 경력

※ 첨부 : 회사 조직도(부서의 인원수 포함) 1부.

품질검사요원 성명 직급 경력 별첨 1. 기술자 등급 및 자격기준 가. 기술계 엔지니어링기술자 구 분 국가기술자격자 및 학력자 기준 기술사

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기술사 자격을 가진 사람

특 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를 10년 이상 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련

업무를 13년 이상 수행한 사람 고 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를

7년 이상 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련

업무를 10년 이상 수행한 사람 중 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를

4년 이상 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련

업무를 7년 이상 수행한 사람 초 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 2년 이상 해당 전문분야의

[R26BK01786914] 화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 제작

상세 정보

📄 공고문 전문 첨부 「1. 공고문 (화재수신반 및 워크스테이션 제작 2026-8008)_제한경쟁.hwp」에서 추출 · 원문 파일이 우선합니다

📎 첨부파일